Sanskrit Dictionary

mfn. (grammar 223; gaRa sarvādi-

) this, this here, here (especially as pointing to what is nearest to the speaker exempli gratia, 'for example' eṣa bāṇaḥ-,this arrow here in my hand; eṣa yāti panthāḥ-,here passes the way; eṣa kālaḥ-,here id est now, is the time; etad-,this here id est this world here below)

mfn. sometimes used to give emphasis to the personal pronouns (exempli gratia, 'for example' eṣo'ham-,I, this very person here) or with omission of those pronouns (exempli gratia, 'for example' eṣa tvāṃ svargaṃ nayāmi-,I standing here will convey thee to heaven; etau praviṣṭau svaḥ-,we two here have entered)

mfn. as the subject of a sentence it agrees in gender and number with the predicate without reference to the noun to be supplied (exempli gratia, 'for example' etad eva hi me dhanam-,for this [ scilicet cow] is my only wealth

)

mfn. but sometimes the neuter singular remains (exempli gratia, 'for example' etad guruṣu vṛttiḥ-,this is the custom among guru-s

)

mfn. etad- generally refers to what precedes, especially when connected with idam-, the latter then referring to what follows (exempli gratia, 'for example' eṣa vai prathamaḥ kalpaḥ- anukalpas tv ayaṃ jñeyaḥ-,this before-mentioned is the principal rule, but this following may be considered a secondary rule

)

mfn. it refers also to that which follows, especially when connected with a relative clause (exempli gratia, 'for example' eṣa caiva gurur dharmo yam pravakṣyāmy ahaṃ tava-,this is the important law, which I will proclaim to you

)

etc.

ind. in this manner, thus, so, here, at this time, now (exempli gratia, 'for example' n/a v/ā u et/an mriyase-,thou dost not die in this manner or by that

)

; ([ confer, compare Zend ae7ta; Old Persian aita; Armenian aid; Osk.eiso.])

etadādi

mfn. beginning with this, and so forth.

etadanta

mfn. terminating with this, ending thus

etadartham

ind. on this account, for this end, therefore

etc.

etadatirikta

mfn. besides this.

etadavadhi

ind. to this limit, so far.

etaddā

mfn. granting or bestowing this

etaddevatya

mfn. having this as deity

etaddvitīya

mfn. doing this for the second time

etadīya

mfn. belonging or relating to this (person or thing)

etādṛkṣa

mf(ī-)n. such, such like, so formed, of this kind, similar to this

etādṛś

mf(ī-)n. such, such like, so formed, of this kind, similar to this

etādṛśa

mf(ī-)n. such, such like, so formed, of this kind, similar to this

etadupaniṣad

mfn. following this upaniṣad-,

etadvat

ind. like this, thus.

etadyoni

mfn. of this origin

etajja

mfn. arising from this.

etana

m. expiration, breathing out, discharging air from the lungs

etanmaya

mf(ī-)n. made or consisting of this, of such a kind

etarhi

ind. now, at this time, at present, now-a-days

etc.

etatkṣaṇāt

ind. from this moment, henceforth

etatkṣaṇe

ind. in this moment, now.

etatpara

mfn. intent on or absorbed in this commentator or commentary on

etatprabhṛti

mfn. beginning with this,

etatprathama

mfn. doing this for the first time

etatsama

mfn. equal to this.

etatsamīpa

n. presence of this one.

etattṛtīya

mfn. doing this for the third time

etattulya

mfn. similar to this.

etāvanmātra

mfn. of this measure, of this quantity, so great, such

etṛ

m. (et/arī-

et/ari- locative case

) ( i-), one who goes or approaches (for anything)

eva

ind. (in its most frequent use of strengthening the idea expressed by any word, eva-must be variously rendered by such adverbs as) just, exactly, very, same, only, even, alone, merely, immediately on, still, already, etc. (exempli gratia, 'for example' tvam eva yantā nānyo 'sti pṛthivyām-,thou alone art a charioteer, no other is on earth, i.e. thou art the best charioteer

; tāvatīm eva rātrim-,just so long as a night; evam- eva-or tathaiva-,exactly so, in this manner only;in the same manner as above; tenaiva mantreṇa-,with the same mantra- as above; apaḥ spṛṣṭvaiva-,by merely touching water; tān eva-,these very persons; na cirād eva-,in no long time at all; japyenaiva-,by sole repetition; abhuktvaiva-,even without having eaten; iti vadann eva-,at the very moment of saying so; sa jīvann eva-,he while still living, etc.)

etc.

evam

ind. (fr. pronominal base e-

;probably connected with 1. ev/a-), thus, in this way, in such a manner, such, (it is not found in the oldest hymns of the veda-, where its place is taken by 1. ev/a-,but occurs in later hymns ind. in the brāhmaṇa-s, especially in connection with vid-,"to know", and its derivatives[ exempli gratia, 'for example' ya evaṃ veda-,he who knows so; see evaṃ-v/id-, column 3];in classical Sanskrit evam-occurs very frequently, especially in connection with the roots vac-,"to speak", and śru-,"to hear", and refers to what precedes as well as to what follows[ exempli gratia, 'for example' evam uktvā-,having so said; evam evaitat-,this is so; evam astu-or evam bhavatu-,be it so, I assent; asty evam-,it is so; yady evam-,if this be so; kim evam-,how so? what is the meaning of it? what does this refer to? maivam-,not so! evam-- yathā-or yathā-- evam-,so - as])

etc.

evambhūtavat

mfn. furnished with anything of this kind.

evaṃkāram

ind. in this manner

evaṃnyāya

mfn. following this manner or rule of performance

evampūrva

mfn. preceded by this

(in music used as an abbreviation of the word gāndhāra-to denote) the third note.

gabhiṣak

ind. ( sañj- see ānuṣ/ak-) deeply down, far down or within

gad

cl.1 P. dati- (perf. jagāda-; Aorist agadīt-[

] or agādīt-

), to speak articulately, speak, say, relate, tell anything (accusative) to any one (accusative)

etc.: cl.10 P. gadayati-, to thunder

: Desiderative jigadiṣati-, to intend or wish to speak or tell

; ([ confer, compare Lithuanian gadijos,zadas,zodis,giedmi; Pol.gadae4; Hibernian or Irish gadh.])

gāḍha

mfn. thick, dense

gaganakusuma

n. "flower in the sky", any unreal or fanciful thing, impossibility.

gaganaromanthāyita

n. "something like ruminating on the sky", absurdity, iv, 48.

gahana

mf(ā-)n. (gaRa kṣubhnādi-) deep, dense, thick, impervious, impenetrable, inexplicable, hard to be understood

etc.

gahana

n. an inaccessible place, hiding-place, thicket, cave, wood, impenetrable darkness

etc.

gahana

n. a metre consisting of thirty-two syllables.

gāhana

n. diving into, bathing

gahanavat

mfn. having hiding-places or thickets

gahvara

n. a hiding-place, thicket, wood

etc.

gajanimīlikā

f. (equals ibha-n-) "shutting the eyes (at anything) like an elephant", feigning not to look at anything

gajanimīlita

n. (equals likā-) feigning not to look at anything

gāṃmanya

mfn. thinking one's self a cow

gaṇ

cl.10 P. gaṇayati- (Epic also A1. te-: Aorist ajīgaṇat-[

] or ajag-

; ind.p. gaṇayya-

[with a-- negative,

]) , to count, number, enumerate, sum up, add up, reckon, take into account

etc. ; to think worth, value (with instrumental case exempli gratia, 'for example' na gaṇayāmi taṃ tṛṇena-,"I do not value him at a straw"

) ; to consider, regard as (with double accusative)

; to enumerate among (locative case)

; to ascribe, attribute to (locative case)

; to attend to, take notice of (accusative;often with na-,not to care about, leave unnoticed)

etc. ; to imagine, excogitate

; to count one's number (said of a flock or troop)

gaṇakarṇikā

f. Cucumis coloquinthida

gaṇaparvata

m. "the mountain frequented by troops of demi-gods", Name of the kailāsa- (this mountain being the residence of śiva-'s attendants as well as of the kiṃnara-s and yakṣa-s, attendants of kubera-)

gaṇḍa

mn. the abrupt interchange of question and answer (one of the characteristics of the dramatic composition called vīthi-)

gandha

m. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') the mere smell of anything, small quantity, little

gandhāra

m. (equals gāndh-) the third note

gāndhāra

m. the third of the 7 primary notes of music

gandharva

m. a gandharva- [though in later times the gandharva-s are regarded as a class, yet in

rarely more than one is mentioned;he is designated as the heavenly gandharva-(divy/a g-

),and is also called viśvā-vasu-(

)and vāyu-keśa- (in plural

);his habitation is the sky, or the region of the air and the heavenly waters(

);his especial duty is to guard the heavenly soma-(

) , which the gods obtain through his intervention(

; see

);it is obtained for the human race by indra-, who conquers the gandharva- and takes it by force(

);the heavenly gandharva- is supposed to be a good physician, because the soma- is considered as the best medicine;possibly, however, the word soma- originally denoted not the beverage so called, but the moon, and the heavenly gandharva- may have been the genius or tutelary deity of the moon;in one passage(

) the heavenly gandharva- and the soma- are identified;he is also regarded as one of the genii who regulate the course of the Sun's horses (

; see

);he knows and makes known the secrets of heaven and divine truths generally (

);he is the parent of the first pair of human beings, yama- and yamī-(

) , and has a peculiar mystical power over women and a right to possess them(

);for this reason he is invoked in marriage ceremonies(

);ecstatic states of mind and possession by evil spirits are supposed to be derived from the heavenly gandharva-(see -gṛhīta-, -graha-);the gandharva-s as a class have the same characteristic features as the one gandharva-;they live in the sky(

) , guard the soma-(

),are governed by varuṇa- (just as the āpsarasa-s are governed by soma-)

,know the best medicines(

),regulate the course of the asterisms(

;hence twenty-seven are mentioned

),follow after women and are desirous of intercourse with them(

);as soon as a girl becomes marriageable, she belongs to soma-, the gandharva-s, and agni-(

);the wives of the gandharva-s are the āpsarasa-s(see gandharvāpsar/as-),and like them the gandharva-s are invoked in gambling with dice(

);they are also feared as evil beings together with the rākṣasa-s, kimīdin-s, piśāca-s, etc., amulets being worn as a protection against them(

);they are said to have revealed the veda-s to vāc-(

; see

),and are called the preceptors of the ṛṣi-s(

); purūravas- is called among them(

);in epic poetry the gandharva-s are the celestial musicians or heavenly singers(see

)who form the orchestra at the banquets of the gods, and they belong together with the āpsarasa-s to indra-'s heaven, sharing also in his battles(

etc.; see

);in the more systematic mythology the gandharva-s constitute one of the classes into which the higher creation is divided(id est gods, manes, gandharva-s

;or gods, asura-s, gandharva-s, men

; see

;or gods, men, gandharva-s, āpsarasa-s, sarpa-s, and manes

;for other enumerations see

[

]

etc.);divine and human gandharva-s are distinguished(

;the divine or deva-gandharva-s are enumerated

);another passage names 11 classes of gandharva-s(

);the chief or leader of the gandharva-s is named citra-ratha-(

);they are called the creatures of prajāpati-(

) or of brahmā-(

) or of kaśyapa- (

) or of the muni-s(

) or of prādhā-(

) or of ariṣṭā-(

)or of vāc-(

);with jaina-s the gandharva-s constitute one of the eight classes of the vyantara-s]

gandhika

mfn. having only the smell, having a very little of anything (exempli gratia, 'for example' bhrātṛ--,being a brother only by name

)

gandhin

mfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' having (only the smell id est) a very little of anything

gaṇḍikā

f. anything advanced beyond the first stage or commencement

gaṅgākṣetra

n. "the sacred district of the gaṅgā-" id est the river Ganges and two krośa-s on either of the banks (all dying within such limits go to heaven whatever their crimes)

gaṅgāsnāna

n. bathing in the Ganges

gaṅgāṣṭaka

n. a hymn consisting of 8 verses and addressed to gaṅgā- whilst bathing,

gāṅgū

m. Name of a thief

gaṇima

mfn. (anything) that is calculated or counted

gantṛ

mfn. one who or anything that goes or moves, going, coming, approaching, arriving at (accusative or locative case or[

] dative case)

etc. (f(trī-).

)

garbha

m. the inside, middle, interior of anything, calyx (as of a lotus)

etc. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).,"having in the interior, containing, filled with"

etc.)

garbha

m. the bed of a river (especially of the Ganges) when fullest id est on the fourteenth day of the dark half of the month bhādra- or in the height of the rains (the garbha- extends to this point, after which the tīra- or proper bank begins, and extends for 150 cubits, this space being holy ground)

garbhagṛha

mfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' a house containing anything (exempli gratia, 'for example' śara-g-,a house containing arrows

) .

garbhakaraṇa

n. anything which causes impregnation

garbhīkaraṇa

n. "making anything an embryo or product", producing

garbhita

mfn. (gaRa tārakādi-) contained in anything

garbhitatā

f. (in rhetoric) insertion of one phrase within another

gardabhaka

m. anybody or anything resembling an ass

garh

cl.1.10.P. A1. hati-, hate-, hayati-, hayate- (the A1.is more common than P.; perf. jagarha-, rhe-), to lodge a complaint (accusative) before any one (dative case)

; to accuse, charge with, reproach, blame, censure any one or anything (accusative)

etc. ; to be sorry for, repent of (accusative)

gariṣṭha

mfn. thickened excessively

garuḍa

m. (2. gṝ-

,"devourer", because garuḍa- was perhaps originally identified with the all-consuming fire of the sun's rays), Name of a mythical bird (chief of the feathered race, enemy of the serpent-race[ see

],vehicle of viṣṇu-[ see

pp. 65; 104; 288] , son of kaśyapa- and vinatā-;shortly after his birth he frightened the gods by his brilliant lustre;they supposed him to be agni-, and requested his protection;when they discovered that he was garuḍa-, they praised him as the highest being, and called him fire and sun

; aruṇa-, the charioteer of the sun or the personified dawn, is said to be the elder [or younger see

]brother of garuḍa-; svāhā-, the wife of agni-, takes the shape of a female garuḍī- equals suparṇī-

)

etc.

gata

n. anything past or done, event

gatamanaska

mfn. thinking of (locative case)

gatarasa

mfn. (anything) which has lost its flavour or sap, dried, withered

gāthija

m. " gāthin-'s son", Name of viśvā-mitra-

gāthin

m. plural (inas-) the descendants of gāthin-

(varia lectio)

gāthina

m. (

) patronymic fr. gāthin-

gati

f. the course of the soul through numerous forms of life, metempsychosis, condition of a person undergoing this migration

etc.

gātrayaṣṭi

f. (in PrakritgAya-laTThi

) a thin or slender body

gāyatra

mf(ī-)n. the gāyatrī- (id est

; t/at savit/ur v/areṇyam bh/argo dev/asya dhīmahi dh/iyo y/o naḥ pracod/ayāt-

etc.;this is a very sacred verse repeated by every Brahman at his morning and evening devotions;from being addressed to savitṛ- or the Sun as generator, it is also called sāvitrī-; see

;the gāyatrī- verse is personified as a goddess, the wife of brahmā- and mother of the four veda-s

;it is often mentioned in connection with the amṛta-, both together constituting as it were the essence and type of sacred hymns in general

;the gāyatrī- personified is also considered as the mother of the first three classes in their capacity of twice-born

; see

;some other verse [perhaps

] is denoted by gāyatrī-

;with tāntrika-s a number of mystical verses are called gāyatrī-s, and each deity has one in particular)

gehīya

Nom. P. yati-, to take anything (accusative) for a house

ghana

mf(/ā-)n. viscid, thick, inspissated

ghana

m. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' mere, nothing but (exempli gratia, 'for example' vijñāna-ghan/a-,"nothing but intuition"

)

(see ambu--, ayo--)

ghanabhitti

mfn. furnished with thick walls

ghanacchada

m. "thick-leaved", Flacourtia cataphracta

ghanāghana

mfn. compact, thick (a cloud)

ghanāghana

m. a thick or rainy cloud

ghanamūla

m. "thick-rooted", the plant moraṭa-

ghananīhāra

m. thick hoar-frost or mist

ghanapallava

m. "thick-twigged", Guilandina Moringa.

ghanapattra

m. "thick-leaved", Boerhavia procumbens

ghanaphala

m. "thick-fruited", Asteracantha longifolia

ghanarasa

mn. "thick juice", extract, decoction

ghanarasa

mn. "thick-sapped", the plant moraṭa-

ghanasāra

m. "thick-sapped", a kind of tree

ghanāsthika

mf(ā-)n. having a thick bone (a nose particularly formed)

ghanatoya

n. a particular sea having thick water (enveloping the earth with its atmosphere)

ghanatva

n. compactness, firmness, thickness, solidity

ghanatvac

m. "thick-barked", a kind of lodhra- tree

ghanavāsa

m. "having a thick (garment id est) shell ", a kind of pumpkin-gourd

ghanavāta

m. a thick oppressive atmosphere (enveloping the hells)

ghanībhāva

m. the becoming hardened or compact or thick

ghanībhūta

mfn. become thick, thickened, condensed, thick, inspissated, compact

ghanīkṛ

to harden, thicken, solidify

; to intensify

ghanīkṛta

mfn. thickened

ghanorū

f. (a woman) having thick thighs

ghaṇṭāmukha

m. "bell-faced", Name of a mythical being

ghaṭa

m. (along with karpara- see -karpara-) Name of a thief

ghāṭāla

mfn. having a neck or a part thinner than the rest

(ṭala-

) (see ghaṭ-.)

ghaṭṭa

m. a

quay or landing-place, bathing-place, steps by a river-side etc., ferry

(see

)

ghora

m. a kind of mythical weapon

ghuṇṭika

n. cow-dung found in thickets

gītakṣama

mfn. (anything) that may be sung

glai

cl.1 P. glāyati- (Epic also A1. te-; cl.2 P. glāti-

; perf. jaglau-

;2. jaglitha-and glātha-

; A1. jagle-

and

; Aorist aglāsīt-

; subjunctive 2. sg. glāsīs-

; preceding glāyāt-, gley-, glāsīṣṭa-

), to feel aversion or dislike, be averse or reluctant or unwilling or disinclined to do anything (dative case [

]or instrumental case [

] or ablative [

] or infinitive mood [

]) ; to be languid or weary, feel tired, be exhausted, fade away, faint

; to be hard upon any one (accusative)

: Causal glapayati- (-glāpayati-See ava--, pra--, vi--; Epic also A1. te-,

; Aorist 2. sg. ajiglapas-

), to exhaust, tire, be hard upon, injure, cause to faint or perish

; (with manas-) to make desponding

; (irreg. Potential glapet-) to become cast down or desponding,

mf. "anything coming from or belonging to an ox or cow", milk (generally plural), flesh (only plural

;"fat"

), skin, hide, leather, strap of leather, bow-string, sinew (

)

gocara

m. range, field for action, abode, dwelling-place, district (especially in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'"abiding in, relating to";"offering range or field or scope for action, within the range of, accessible, attainable, within the power")

etc.

gocara

m. the range of the organs of sense, object of sense, anything perceptible by the senses, especially the range of the eye (exempli gratia, 'for example' locana-gocaraṃ-yā-,to come within range of the eye, become visible

)

gocara

mf(ā-)n. being within the range of, attainable for (genitive case)

gocaragata

mfn. one who has come within the range of or in connection with (genitive case)

gocarāntaragata

mfn. being within the power of (genitive case)

gocarapīḍā

f. inauspicious position of stars within the ecliptic

gocarīkṛta

mfn. within the range of observation

gomukha

m. a hole in a wall of a peculiar shape made by thieves

gomukhavyāghra

m. "cow-faced tiger", a wolf in sheep's clothing

gomuṇḍa

m. anything put up for measuring or protecting a field,

494.

gopāṣṭamī

f. the 8th day in the light half of month kārttika- (on which kṛṣṇa- who had formerly been a keeper of calves became a cowherd;cows are especially to be worshipped on this day)

goptṛ

mf(tr/ī-)n. one who conceals anything (in compound)

gotarpaṇa

n. anything arranged for the pleasure of cows

gotra

n. "family enclosed by the hurdle", family, race, lineage, kin

etc. (a polysyllabic fem. in ī-shortens this vowel before gotra-in compound [ exempli gratia, 'for example' brāhmaṇigotrā-,"a Brahman woman only by descent or name"

]

)

gotra

n. (in grammar) the grandson and his descendants if no older offspring of the same ancestor than this grandson lives (if the son lives the grandson is called yuvan-)

grah

([

in a few passages only

etc.]) or grabh- ([

;rarely

]) cl.9 P. gṛbhṇāti- gṛhṇ/āti- (also A1. gṛhṇīte-,irreg. gṛhṇate-

;3. plural gṛbhṇate-

; imperative 2. sg. gṛhāṇ/a-,[ ṇ/ā-, saṃhitā-pāṭha-, parasmE-pada Passive voice Nominal verb plural n.

]

etc.; gṛbhṇān/a-& gṛhṇ-[Ved.]; gṛhṇa-

; -gṛhṇāhi-, -gṛbhṇīhi-See prati-grabh-; A1. gṛbhṇīṣva-[

] or gṛhṇ-;3. sg. P. gṛhṇītāt-;Ved. imperative gṛbhāy/a-etc.See sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order ya- confer, compare gṛhaya-; perf. jagrāha-

etc.;1. sg. gr/abhā-

; gṛbhm/a-

; A1. gṛhe-,

;3. plural gṛbhr/e-& gṛbhrir/e-

; P. Potential gṛbhyāt-,

; parasmE-pada gṛbhv/as-,

; future 2nd grahīṣyati-, te-

etc.[ confer, compare

];sometimes wrongly spelt gṛh-

; grahiṣy-

; Conditional agrahaiṣyat-

; future 1st grahītā-

; Aorist agrabham-

; bhīt-

etc.; hīt-[

]

etc.; -/ajagrabhīt-etc.See saṃ-grah-; subjunctive 2. plural grabhīṣṭa-

; A1. agrahīṣṭa-

; aghṛkṣata-

[not in

];Ved. 3. plural agṛbhran-[

] and agṛbhīṣata-; ind.p. gṛbhītv/ā-

; gṛhītv/ā-,

; grahāya-

; infinitive mood grahītum-[

etc.; confer, compare

;wrongly spelt gṛh-

]; Passive voice gṛhyate-[ future 1st grahītā-or grāhitā- future 2nd grahīṣyate-or grāhiṣy- Aorist agrāhi-,3. dual number agrahīṣātām-or agrāhiṣ-

];Ved. subjunctive 3. plural gṛhyāntai-

;Ved. Passive voice 3. sg. gṛhate-[

]or gṛhe-[

] or gṛhaye-[

; confer, compare gṛhaya-]; subjunctive 1. plural gṛhāmahi-

; Potential gṛhīta-

) to seize, take (by the hand, pāṇau-or kare-,exceptionally pāṇim-(double accusative)

; confer, compare

), grasp, lay hold of (exempli gratia, 'for example' pakṣaṃ-,to take a side, adopt a party

; pāṇim-,"to take by the hand in the marriage ceremony", marry

etc.)

etc. ; to arrest, stop

; to catch, take captive, take prisoner, capture, imprison

etc. ; to take possession of, gain over, captivate

; to seize, overpower (especially said of diseases and demons and the punishments of varuṇa-)

etc. ; to eclipse

; to abstract, take away (by robbery)

; to lay the hand on, claim

; to gain, win, obtain, receive, accept (from ablative,rarely genitive case), keep

etc. (with double accusative

) ; to acquire by purchase (with instrumental case of the price)

etc. ; to choose

; to choose any one (accusative) as a wife ; to take up (a fluid with any small vessel), draw water

; to pluck, pick, gather

; to collect a store of anything

; to use, put on (clothes)

i etc. ; to assume (a shape)

; to place upon (instrumental case or locative case)

; to include

; to take on one's self, undertake, undergo, begin

etc. ; to receive hospitably (a guest), take back (a divorced wife)

; "to take into the mouth", mention, name

etc. ; to perceive (with the organs of sense or with m/anas-), observe, recognise

etc. ; (in astronomy) to observe

; to receive into the mind, apprehend, understand, learn

; (in astronomy) to calculate

; to accept, admit, approve

; to obey, follow

; to take for, consider as

etc. ; (Passive voice) to be meant by (instrumental case)

and Scholiast or Commentator : Causal grāhayati-, to cause to take or seize or lay hold of

; to cause to take (by the hand[ pāṇim-]in the marriage ceremony)

; to cause to marry, give away a girl (accusative) in marriage to any one (accusative)

; to cause any one to be captured

; to cause any one to be seized or overpowered (as by varuṇa-'s punishments or death etc.)

; to cause to be taken away

; to make any one take, deliver anything (accusative) over to any one (accusative; exempli gratia, 'for example' āsanam-with accusative"to cause to take a seat, bid any one to sit down"

)

; to make any one choose

(Aorist ajigrahat-) ; to make any one learn, make acquainted or familiar with (accusative)

etc.: Desiderative jighṛkṣati- (confer, compare

), also te-, to be about to seize or take

; to be about to eclipse

; to be about to take away

; to desire to perceive (with the organs of sense), strive to apprehend or recognise

: Intensive jarīgṛhyate-

; ([ confer, compare Zend gerep,geurv; Gothic greipa; German greife; Lithuanian gre1bju; Slavonic or Slavonian grablju1; Hibernian or Irish grabaim,"I devour, stop."])

graha

m. Name of particular evil demons or spirits who seize or exercise a bad influence on the body and mind of man (causing insanity etc.;it falls within the province of medical science to expel these demons;those who especially seize children and cause convulsions etc. are divided into 9 classes according to the number of planets

)

etc.

graha

m. "anything seized", spoil, booty

(see hāluñcana-)

grāha

m. paralysis (of the thigh, ūru-grāh/a-

[ ur- manuscripts ]

)

grāhayitavya

mfn. to be urged to undertake anything (accusative)

grahi

m. anything that holds or supports

(see phala--, le--.)

graiṣmika

n. anything that grows in summer

granthi

m. a knot, tie, knot of a cord, knot tied in the end of a garment for keeping money (

), bunch or protuberance of any kind (especially if produced by tying several things together)

etc.

grāsācchādana

n. sg. food and clothing, bare subsistence

grāsapātrīkṛ

P. - karoti-, to swallow anything as a good morsel,

grathana

n. thickening, becoming obstructed or clogged with knotty lumps

grathita

mfn. coagulated, thickened, hardened,

gṛhacetas

mfn. thinking only of one's house

gṛhīti

f. taking anything to mean or understanding by anything

gṛhītin

mfn. one who has grasped etc. anything (locative case), gaRa iṣṭādi-.

guḍa

m. sugar which forms itself into lumps, dry sugar, treacle, molasses, first thickening of the juice of the sugar-cane by boiling

etc.

guḍākeśa

m. "thick-haired", the hero arjuna-

gudayoni

mfn. pathic

guhāgahanavat

mfn. furnished with caverns and thickets

guhina

n. a wood, thicket

gulma

m. (rarely n.

) a cluster or clump of trees, thicket, bush, shrub

etc.

guṇa

m. a property or characteristic of all created things (in nyāya- philosophy twenty-four guṇa-s are enumerated, viz. 1. rūpa-,shape, colour;2. rasa-,savour;3. gandha-,odour;4. sparśa-,tangibility;5. saṃkhyā-,number;6. parimāṇa-,dimension;7. pṛthaktva-,severalty;8. saṃyoga-,conjunction;9. vibhāga-,disjunction;10. paratva-,remoteness;11. aparatva-,proximity;12. gurutva-,weight;13. dravatva-,fluidity;14. sneha-,viscidity;15. śabda-,sound;16. buddhi-or jñāna-,understanding or knowledge;17. sukha-,pleasure;18. duḥkha-,pain;19. icchā-,desire; 20. dveṣa-,aversion; 21. prayatna-,effort; 22. dharma-,merit or virtue; 23. adharma-,demerit; 24. saṃskāra-,the self-reproductive quality)

guṇabhoktṛ

mfn. perceiving the properties of things

guṇapadī

f. (a woman) having feet thin as cords gaRa kumbha-padyādi-.

guṇin

mfn. "possessing qualities"or (m.)"quality-possessor", object, thing, noun, substantive

gurubhṛt

mfn. bearing heavy things (the earth)

gurvartha

m. anything of importance

gurvartha

m. anything relating to one's Guru

gūthaka

m. the plant granthiparṇa-

gutsa

m. a pearl necklace consisting of thirty-two strings

the thirty-third and last consonant of the nāgarī- alphabet (in pāṇini-'s system belonging to the guttural class, and usually pronounced like the Englishhinhard;it is not an original letter, but is mostly derived from an older gh-,rarely from dh-or bh-).

hadda

m. or haddā- f. (Arabic) Name of a division of a zodiacal sign (thirty such divisions or degrees are specified; confer, compare triṃśāṃśa-),

haddeśa

m. "lord of a thirtieth division of a zodiacal sign", (prob.) a planet

haihaya

m. Name of a race (said to have been descendants of yadu-;they are described in the purāṇa-s as separated into 5 divisions, viz. the tālajaṅgha-s, vīti-hotra-s, āvantya-s, tuṇḍikera-s, and jāta-s;they are, said to have overrun parts of India along with the śaka-s or Scythian tribes)

etc.

hairika

m. a thief

halīmaka

m. a particular form of jaundice (in this sense prob. connected with hariman-)

haṃsa

m. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).; according to to

fr.1. han-,"to go?") a goose, gander, swan, flamingo (or other aquatic bird, considered as a bird of passage;sometimes a mere poetical or mythical bird, said in

to be able to separate soma- from water, when these two fluids are mixed, and in later literature, milk from water when these two are mixed;also forming in

the vehicle of the aśvin-s, and in later literature that of brahmā-; in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' also = "best or chief among")

etc.

haṃsanāda

m. the cackling or cry of a goose or swan (thought to have something of a sacred character)

haṃsavatī

f. a verse containing the word haṃsa- (applied to

,in which the sun in the form of dadhi-krā-, here called haṃsa-, is identified with para-brahman- or the Supreme Being;this verse is also found in

)

haṃsikā

f. Name of a mythical cow

hanta

ind. an exclamation or inceptive particle (expressive of an exhortation to do anything or asking attention, and often translatable by"come on!""here!""look!""see!"in later language also expressive of grief, joy, pity, haste, benediction etc. and translatable by"alas!""ah!""oh!" etc.;often repeated or joined with other particles exempli gratia, 'for example' hā hanta-, hanta hanta-, hanta tarhi-)

hanu

f. (only

) "anything which destroys or injures life", a weapon

hāraka

m. a thief, robber

hari

m. (especially) Name of viṣṇu-kṛṣṇa- (in this sense thought by some to be derived from hṛ-,"to take away or remove evil or sin")

etc.

harī

f. Name of the mythical mother of the monkeys

[ confer, compare Latin holus,helvus,fulvus; Lithuanian z3a4lias,z3e4lti; Slavonic or Slavonian zelenu8; German ge0lo,gelb; English yellow.]

haricandana

m. yellow sandal

etc. (in this sense prob. only n.), one of the five trees of paradise (the other four being pārijāta-, mandāra-, saṃtāna-, and kalpa-)

haridrā

f. Curcuma Longa, turmeric or its root ground to powder (46 synonyms of this plant are given)

etc.

haridvāra

n. " viṣṇu-'s gate", Name of a celebrated town and sacred bathing-place (commonly called Hardvar, where the Ganges finally leaves the mountains for the plains of Hindustan, whence it is sometimes called Gangadvara;it is called " hari-'s gate", as leading to vaikuṇṭha- or viṣṇu-'s heaven)

harika

m. (for 2.See) a thief, gambler

hārīta

m. (for 2.See) a thief, cheat, rogue

haritālī

f. the fourth (or third) day in the light half of the month bhādra-

haritālikā

f. the fourth (or third) day of the light half of the month bhādra-

hartṛ

m. one who seizes or takes away, a robber, thief

etc.

hasanī

f. Name of a mythical river (equals hasantī-)

hastāmalaka

n. "the fruit or seed of the Myrobalan in the hand"(as a symbol of something palpable or clear).

hastatulā

f. the hand as a balance or instrument for weighing anything

hastavat

mfn. dexterous with the hand (as an archer or thief)

hastin

m. a woman of a particular class (one of the 4 classes into which women are divided, described as having thick lips, thick hips, thick fingers, large breasts, dark complexion, and strong sexual passion)

hastināpura

n. (less correctly hastina-p-or hastinī-.) Name of a city founded by king hastin- q.v (it was situated about fifty-seven miles north-east of the modern Delhi on the banks of an old channel of the Ganges, and was the capital of the kings of the Lunar line, as ayodhyā- was of the Solar dynasty;hence it forms a central scene of action in the mahābhārata-;here yudhi-ṣṭhira- was crowned after a triumphal progress through the streets of the city;See

: other names for this celebrated town are gajāhvaya-, nāga-sāhvaya-, nāgāhva-, hāctina-)

hāsyadidṛkṣu

mfn. curious to see something ridiculous

hata

mfn. ruined, undone, hopeless, miserable, wretched (of persons and things; see compound)

etc.

haṭṭacauraka

m. a thief who steals from fairs and markets

havanīya

n. anything fit for an oblation, clarified butter, ghee

havirdhānī

f. Name of the mythical cow surabhi- or kāma-dhenu-

havis

n. an oblation or burnt offering, anything offered as an oblation with fire (as clarified butter, milk, Soma, grain; haviṣ- kṛ-,"to prepare an oblation","make into an oblation")

etc.

haviṣmatī

f. (atī-) Name of the mythical cow kāma-dhenu-

haviṣya

mn. anything fit for an oblation (especially rice or other kinds of grain), sacrificial food (see compound n. equals ghṛta-, havis-etc.)

etc.

havya

n. (for 2.See column 2) anything to be offered as an oblation, sacrificial gift or food (in later language often opp. , to kaivya- q.v)

hayaśiras

n. a particular mythical weapon

helāvat

mfn. careless, taking things easily

hemacitra

n. Name of a mythical town

hetu

m. "impulse", motive, cause, cause of, reason for (locative case,rarely dative case or genitive case; hetunā-, hetoḥ-, hetave-, hetau-,"for a cause or reason","by reason of","on account of"[with genitive case or compound exempli gratia, 'for example' mama hetoḥ-or mad-dhetoḥ-,"on account of me"]; kaṃ hetum-or ko heṭuḥ-,"wherefore?""why?"

; yato hetoḥ-,"because"; anena hetunā-or iti hetoḥ-,"for this reason"; mṛtyu-hetave-,"in order to kill"; hetur alaukikaḥ-,"a supernatural cause"; in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' hetu-also ="having as a cause or motive","caused or effected or actuated or attracted or impelled by" exempli gratia, 'for example' karma-hetu-,"caused by the acts [of a former existence]"

; māṃsa-hetu-,"attracted by [the smell of] flesh"

; karma-phala-hetu-,"impelled by [the expectation of] the consequences of any act"

)

etc.

hetūkṛ

P. -karoti-, to make or consider anything a cause or motive etc.

hevāka

m. (said to be fr. Marathi hevā-,"ardent desire") a whim, caprice

hikkikā

f. stertorous breathing

hīnopamā

f. comparison with something inferior,

hiraṇyagarbha

m. Name of brahmā- (so called as born from a golden egg formed out of the seed deposited in the waters when they were produced as the first creation of the Self-existent;according to

,this seed became a golden egg, resplendent as the sun, in which the Self-existent brahma- was born as brahmā- the Creator, who is therefore regarded as a manifestation of the Self-existent

)

etc. (see

)

hiraṇyakaśipu

m. a golden cushion or seat or clothing

hiraṇyakaśipu

mfn. having a golden cushion or clothing

hiraṇyakaśipu

m. Name of a daitya- king noted for impiety (he was son of kaśyapa- and diti-, and had obtained a boon from brahmā- that he should not be slain by either god or man or animal; hence he became all-powerful; when, however, his pious son prahlāda- praised viṣṇu-, that god appeared out of a pillar in the form nara-siṃha-,"half man, half lion" , and tore hiraṇya-kaśipu- to pieces; this was viṣṇu-'s fourth avatāra-;See pra-hlāda-, nara-siṃha-)

(see

)

hiraṇyākṣa

m. Name of a noted daitya- (twin brother of hiraṇya-kaśipu-, and killed by viṣṇu-, in his third or varṣa- avatāra-)

(

)

hiraṇyavatī

f. (atī-) Name of ujjayinī- in the third age

hita

n. (sg. or plural) anything useful or salutary or suitable or proper, benefit, advantage, profit, service, good, welfare, good advice etc.

homadravya

n. anything employed for a homa--sacrificial or oblation

homīyadravya

n. anything used for an oblation (as clarified butter)

hṛdaya

n. the heart or centre or core or essence or best or dearest or most secret part of anything

etc.

hṛdayagranthi

m. "heart-knot", anything which binds the soul or grieves the heart

hṛdya

n. thick sour milk

hrī

cl.3 P. (

) jihreti- (j/ihriyat-

; perfect tense jihrāya-

; jihrayāṃ-cakāra-, yām-āsa-, grammar; Aorist ahraiṣīt-

; preceding hrīyāt-

; parasmE-pada hrayāṇa-,See a-hr-; future hretā-, hreṣyati- grammar), to feel shame, blush, be bashful or modest, be ashamed of any one (genitive case) or anything (ablative)

: Causal hrepayati- (Aorist ajihripat-), to make ashamed, cause to blush, confound, put to shame (also figuratively = "surpass, excel")

: Desiderative jihrīṣati- grammar : Intensive jehrīyate- (parasmE-pada yamāṇa-

), jehrayīti-, jehreti-, to be greatly ashamed

hṛtadravya

mfn. stripped of everything, deprived of one's property

huḍa

m. a bar or iron rod for keeping out thieves

huras

ind. surreptitiously, stealthily, secretly

huraścit

mfn. lurking surreptitiously, going crookedly, a deceiver, thief

hurch

(or hūrch-,prob. connected with hvṛ-) cl.1 P. (

) h/ūrchati- (perfect tense juhūrcha- future hūrchitā-etc. grammar), to go crookedly, creep stealthily, totter, fall ; to fall off from (ablative)

: Causal hūrchayati-, to cause to fall from (ablative)

the third vowel of the alphabet, corresponding to i short, and pronounced as that letter in kill etc.

base of Nominal verb and accusative sg. dual number and plural of the demonstrative pronoun idam-,"this"or"that"

cl.2 P. /eti- (imperative 2. sg. ih/i-) and 1. P. A1. /ayati-, ayate- ([ confer, compare ay-]), (perfect tense iyāya-[2. sg. iy/atha-

, and iy/etha-

] future eṣyati-; Aorist aiṣīt-; infinitive mood etum-, /etave-

and

, /etav/ai-

/etos-

ity/ai-

) to go, walk ; to flow ; to blow ; to advance, spread, get about ; to go to or towards (with accusative), come

etc. ; to go away, escape, pass, retire

; to arise from, come from

; to return (in this sense only future)

; (with punar-) to come back again, return

etc. ; to succeed

; to arrive at, reach, obtain

etc. ; to fall into, come to ; to approach with prayers, gain by asking (confer, compare ita-) ; to undertake anything (with accusative) ; to be employed in, go on with, continue in any condition or relation (with a participle or instrumental case exempli gratia, 'for example' asura-rakṣasāni mṛdyamānāni yanti-,"the asura-s and Rakshases are being continually crushed"

; gavāmayaneneyuḥ-,"they, were engaged in the [festival called] gavāmayana-"

) ; to appear, be

: Intensive A1. /īyate- (

; parasmE-pada iyān/a-

; infinitive mood iy/adhyai-

) to go quickly or repeatedly ; to come, wander, run, spread, get about

; to appear, make one's appearance

; to approach any one with requests (with two accusative), ask, request

: Passive voice /īyate-, to be asked or requested

: Causal āyayati-, to cause to go or escape

; ([ confer, compare Greek , ; Latin e-o,i1-mus,i-ter,etc.; Lithuanian ei-mi4,"I go"; Slavonic or Slavonian i-du7,"I go",i-ti,"to go"; Gothic i-ddja,"I went."])

iḍā

f. the goddess iḍā- or iḷā- (daughter of manu- or of man thinking on and worshipping the gods;she is the wife of budha- and mother of purū-ravas-;in another aspect she is called maitrāvaruṇi- as daughter of mitra-- varuṇa-, two gods who were objects of the highest and most spiritual devotion)

idā

ind. (fr. pronominal base 3. i-

), Ved. now, at this moment

idādika

(idādika-) mfn. beginning now or with this moment.

idadvasu

mfn. rich in this and that

ay/am-, iy/am-, id/am- (fr. id-

; gaRa sarvādi-

;a kind of neut. of the pronominal base 3. i-with am-[ confer, compare Latin is,ea,id,andidem];the regular forms are partly derived from the pronominal base a-;See grammar 224;the veda- exhibits various irregular formations exempli gratia, 'for example' fr. pronominal base a-,an inst. en/ā-, ay/ā-[used in general adverbially], and genitive case locative case dual number ay/os-,and perhaps also av/os-,in

[

];fr. the base ima-,a genitive case singular im/asya-,only

;the

has in a few instances the irregular accentuation /asmai-,

; /asya-,

; /ābhis-,

: the forms derived fr. a-are used enclitically if they take the place of the third personal pronoun, do not stand at the beginning of a verse or period, and have no peculiar stress laid upon them) , this, this here, referring to something near the speaker

(opposed to adas- exempli gratia, 'for example' ayaṃ lokaḥ-or idaṃ viśvam-or idaṃ sarvam-,this earthly world, this universe; ayam agniḥ-,this fire which burns on the earth;but asāv agniḥ-,that fire in the sky, i.e. the lightning: so also idam-or iyam-alone sometimes signifies"this earth"; ime smaḥ-,here we are.) idam- often refers to something immediately following, whereas etad- points to what precedes (exempli gratia, 'for example' śrutvaitad idam ūcuḥ-,having heard that they said this) . idam- occurs connected with yad-, tad-, etad-, kim-, and a personal pronoun, partly to point out anything more distinctly and emphatically, partly pleonastically (exempli gratia, 'for example' tad idaṃ vākyam-,this speech here following; so 'yaṃ vidūṣakaḥ-,this vidūṣaka- here) .

ind. ([Ved. and in a few instances in classical Sanskrit]) here, to this place

ind. in this manner

(varia lectio for iti-in kim iti joṣam āsyate-,

) .

idamdvitīya

mfn. doing this for the second time

idammaya

mf(ī-)n. made or consisting of this

idamprakāram

ind. in this manner

idamprathama

mfn. doing this for the first time

idamprathama

mfn. having this as the first or best

idamprathama

mfn. being by this the first commentator or commentary on

idaṃrūpa

(id/aṃ-) mfn. having this shape

idamtā

f. the being this, identity

idamtana

mfn. being now, living in this time commentator or commentary on

idamtṛtīya

mfn. doing this for the third time commentator or commentary on

idaṃvid

mfn. knowing this or conversant with this

idaṃyu

(idaṃ-), desiring this

idaṃyugīna

mfn. belonging to this cosmic period,

idānīm

ind. now, at this moment, in this case, just, even (with genitive case of ahan- exempli gratia, 'for example' idānīm ahnaḥ-,this present day,"now-a-days"; idānīm eva-,just now;immediately; idānīm api-,in this case too; tata idānīm-,thereupon, then)

īdṛkṣa

mf(ī-)n. (fr. id-,neut. of pronominal base 3. i-,and dṛkṣa-, dṛś-,dropping one d-and lengthening the preceding i-; see tadṛkṣa-from tad-,etc.) , of this aspect, of such a kind, endowed with such qualities, such-like

īh

cl.1 A1. īhate-, īhāṃ-cakre-, īhiṣyate-, īhitum-, rarely P. īhati-, etc., to endeavour to obtain ; to aim at, attempt ; to long for, desire ; to take care of ; to have in mind, think of (with accusative)

: Causal īhayati-, to impel.

ind. (fr. pronominal base 3. i-), in this place, here

ind. to this place

ind. in this world

ind. in this book or system

ind. in this case (exempli gratia, 'for example' teneha na-,"therefore not in this case" id est the rule does not apply here)

ind. now, at this time

; ([ confer, compare Zendidha,"here"; Greek or in and ; Gothic ith; perhaps Latin igi-tur.])

ihacitta

(ih/a-) mfn. one whose intentions or thoughts are in this world or place

ihakāla

m. this life.

ihakratu

(ih/a-) mfn. one whose intentions or thoughts are in this world or place

ihaloka

m. this world, this life

ihaloke

ind. in this world

ihāmutra

ind. here and there, in this world and in the next

ihapañcamī

f. being here (in this place, world, etc.) the second or fifth woman, (gaRa mayūra-vyaṃsakādi-

)

ihārtha

mfn. useful here (id est for this world),

ihārtham

ind. for the sake of this world,

ihasamaye

ind. here, now, on the present occasion, at such a time as this.

ihasthāne

ind. in this place.

ihatra

ind. here, in this world.

īkṣ

cl.1 A1. /īkṣate-, īkṣāṃ-cakre- (

), īkṣiṣyate-, aikṣiṣṭa-, īkṣitum-, to see, look, view, behold, look at, gaze at ; to watch over (with accusative or rarely locative case)

etc. ; to see in one's mind, think, have a thought

etc. ; to regard, consider

; to observe (the stars etc.)

; to foretell for (dative case; literally to observe the stars for any one)

: Causal īkṣayati-, to make one look at (with accusative)

(This root is perhaps connected with akṣi- q.v)

īkṣa

n. anything seen

(merely for the etymology of antarikṣa-).

ikṣuśalaka

f. a thin stick of sugar-cane,

ikṣvāku

f. according to some, the Coloquintida (Citrillus Colocynthis), the fruit of a wild species of Lagenaria Vulgaris

iḷā

ilinī

f. Name of a daughter of medhātithi-

īlinī

f. Name of a daughter of medhātithi-

ilya

m. Name of a mythical tree in the other world

imathā

ind. in this way or manner

indhana

n. wood, grass etc. used for this purpose

indragopa

m. a fire-fly (in this sense also indra-gopaka-).

indralokāgamana

n. "(Arjuna's) journey to indra-'s world", Name of a section of the third book of the mahā-bhārata-

indraśatru

m. " indra-'s enemy (in this sense the accent is indra-- śatr/u- confer, compare Introduction parasmE-pada xviii)", Name of prahlāda-

(with both the meanings) .

indravallarī

f. the plant Cucumis Colocynthis

indravallī

f. the plant Cucumis Colocynthis

indravāruṇī

f. Colocynth, a wild bitter gourd, Cucumis Colocynthis

indravāruṇikā

f. Colocynth, a wild bitter gourd, Cucumis Colocynthis

indriya

n. the number five as symbolical of the five senses. (In addition to the five organs of perception, buddhīndriyāṇi-or jñānendriyāṇi-, id est eye, ear, nose, tongue, and skin, the Hindus enumerate five organs of action, karmendriyāṇi- id est larynx, hand, foot, anus, and parts of generation;between these ten organs and the soul or ātman-stands manas-or mind, considered as an eleventh organ;in the vedānta-, manas-, buddhi-, ahaṃkāra-,and citta-form the four inner or internal organs, antar-indriyāṇi-,so that according to this reckoning the organs are fourteen in number, each being presided over by its own ruler or niyantṛ-;thus, the eye by the Sun, the ear by the Quarters of the world, the nose by the two aśvin-s, the tongue by pracetas-, the skin by the Wind, the voice by Fire, the hand by indra-, the foot by viṣṇu-, the anus by mitra-, the parts of generation by prajāpati-, manas by the Moon, buddhi- by brahman-, ahaṃkāra- by śiva-, citta by viṣṇu- as acyuta-;in the nyāya- philosophy each organ is connected with its own peculiar element, the nose with the Earth, the tongue with Water, the eye with Light or Fire, the skin with Air, the ear with Ether;the jaina-s divide the whole creation into five sections, according to the number of organs attributed to each being.)

indriyagocara

mfn. being within the range of the senses, perceptible, capable of being ascertained by the senses.

indriyārtha

m. an object of sense (as sound, smell, etc.), anything exciting the senses

induśakalā

f. Vernonia Anthelminthica

inv

cl.6 P. /invati-

; or in- cl.8 P. in/oti-

; 2. sg. imperative in/u- and inuh/i-; imperfect tense ainot-

; (also once[

] cl.9 P.1. plural inīmasi-) A1. perf. 3. plural invire-, to advance upon, press upon, drive ; to infuse strength, invigorate, gladden ; to use force, force ; to drive away ; to keep back, remove ; to have in one's power, take possession of, pervade ; to be lord or master of anything, have the disposal of

iradh

(anomalous Intensive of rādh-) A1. (3. plural iradhanta-

) P. iradhyati-

to endeavour to gain ; to worship ([

]) (The infinitive mood ir/adhyai-(

) is by

referred to this form, and regarded as a shortened form for ir/adhadhyai-;but

refers it to īr-.)

īrin

m. plural (iṇas-) the descendants of this man

īrma

ind. or īrm/ā- in this place, here, to this place

īrmānta

mfn. thin-haunched

īrtsā

f. the wish to increase anything

īrtsu

mfn. wishing to increase anything

irvāru

mf. another kind, Cucumis Colocynthis (See irvālu-, īrvāru-, urvāru-, ervāru-)

iṣ

cl.6 P., Epic and Vedic or Veda also A1. ic-ch/ati- (subjunctive icchāt-

), icchate- (

; imperfect tense aicchat-, iyeṣa-and īṣe-, eṣiṣyate-, aiṣīt-, eṣitum-or eṣṭum-), to endeavour to obtain, strive, seek for

; to endeavour to make favourable ; to desire, wish, long for, request ; to wish or be about to do anything, intend

etc. ; to strive to obtain anything (accusative) from any one (ablative or locative case) ; to expect or ask anything from any one

etc. ; to assent, be favourable, concede

; to choose

; to acknowledge, maintain, regard, think

commentator or commentary Passive voice iṣyate-, to be wished or liked ; to be wanted

etc. ; to be asked or requested ; to be prescribed or ordered

; to be approved or acknowledged ; to be accepted or regarded as

etc. ; to be worth ; to be wanted as a desideratum See 2. iṣṭi-: Causal eṣayati-, (in surgery) to probe

: Desiderative eṣiṣiṣati- ; [with iṣ- confer, compare Old German eisco7m,"I ask"; modern German heische; Anglo-Saxon a4sciani confer, compare also Greek , ; Lithuanian je0sko4ti; Russian iskate,"to seek."]

iṣ

f. anything drunk, a draught, refreshment, enjoyment

īśa

mfn. one who is completely master of anything

īṣa

m. a son of the third manu-

īṣīkā

f. a dipping rod or something cast into a crucible to examine if the metal it contains is in fusion

See īkṣikā-.

iṣṭārtha

m. anything desired or agreeable

iṣṭasaṃpādin

mfn. effecting anything desired or wished for

itaḥpradāna

mfn. offering from hence id est from this world

itara

itara-, itara-, the one - the other, this - that. (itara-connected antithetically with a preceding word often signifies the contrary idea exempli gratia, 'for example' vijayāya itarāya vā-[

],to victory or defeat;so in dvaṃdva- compounds, sukhetareṣu-[

],in happiness and distress;it sometimes, however, forms a tat-puruṣa- compound with another word to express the one idea implied in the contrary of that word, exempli gratia, 'for example' dakṣiṇetara-,the left hand.)

itas

ind. from this point

itas

ind. from this world, in this world

etc.

itas

ind. from this time, now

etc.

itastatas

ind. here and there, hither and thither

iti

ind. (fr. pronominal base 3. i-), in this manner, thus (in its original signification /iti-refers to something that has been said or thought, or lays stress on what precedes;in the brāhmaṇa-s it is often equivalent to "as you know", reminding the hearer or reader of certain customs, conditions, etc. supposed to be known to him). In quotations of every kind /iti- means that the preceding words are the very words which some person has or might have spoken, and placed thus at the end of a speech it serves the purpose of inverted commas (/ity uktvā-,having so said; /iti kṛtvā-,having so considered, having so decided) . It may often have reference merely to what is passing in the mind exempli gratia, 'for example' vamantavyo manuṣya /iti bhūmipaḥ&iencoding=&lang='>bālo 'pi nāvamantavyo manuṣya /iti bhūmipaḥ-, a king, though a child, is not to be despised, saying to one's self,"he is a mortal", (

) In dramatic language /iti tathā karoti- means"after these words he acts thus."Sometimes /iti- is used to include under one head a number of separate objects aggregated together (exempli gratia, 'for example' ijyādhyayanadānāni tapaḥ satyaṃ kṣamā damaḥ- alobha /iti mārgo 'yam-,"sacrificing, studying, liberality, penance, truth, patience, self-restraint, absence of desire", this course of conduct, etc.) /iti- is sometimes followed by evam-, iva-, or a demonstrative pronoun pleonastically (exempli gratia, 'for example' tām brūyād bhavatīty evam-,her he may call "lady", thus) . /iti- may form an adverbial compound with the name of an author (exempli gratia, 'for example' /iti-pāṇini-,thus according to pāṇini-). It may also express the act of calling attention (lo! behold!) It may have some other significations exempli gratia, 'for example' something additional (as in /ityādi-,et caetera), order, arrangement specific or distinctive, and identity. It is used by native commentators after quoting a rule to express"according to such a rule" (exempli gratia, 'for example' anudāttaṅita /ity ātmanepadam bhavati-,according to the rule of pāṇini-

, the ātmane-pada- takes place) . kim /iti- equals kim-, wherefore, why? (In the śatapatha-brāhmaṇa- ti-occurs for /iti-; see Prakrittiand tti-.)

iti

"and so forth"(iti- co- ti- ca-,"thus and thus","in this and that manner"),

itikrameṇa

ind. in this manner,

itogata

mfn. relating to this,

itthā

according to to some also"here, hither","there, thither", = Prakrit ettha-.

ittham

ind. (fr. id- q.v

), thus, in this manner

; ([ confer, compare Latin item.])

itthamkāram

ind. in this manner

itthaśāla

(fr. Arabic $) , Name of the third yoga- in astronomy.

itthāt

ind. (equals ittham-), Ved. thus, in this way.

ityādi

mfn. having such (thing or things) at the beginning, thus beginning, and so forth, et caetera

ityahe

ind. on this or that day,

ityartham

ind. for this purpose

ityunmṛśya

mfn. to be touched in this manner

iva

ind. (fr. pronominal base 3. i-), like, in the same manner as (in this sense equals yathā-,and used correlatively to tathā-)

jagajjīva

m. a living being of this world

jagat

n. that which moves or is alive, men and animals, animals as opposed to men, men (

)

etc. (to madhye-,"within everybody's sight"

)

jagat

n. the world, especially this world, earth

etc.

jaivātṛka

mfn. thin, lean

jalacakra

n. Name of a mythic region

jalagandhebha

m. "scented water-elephant", a kind of mythic animal

jalapūra

m. Name of a mythic hero,

jalapūruṣa

m. "waterman", Name of a mythic being

jalaraṇḍa

m. a drizzle, thin sprinkling of water

jalārthin

mfn. desirous of water, thirsty

jālāṣa

n. (fr. j/al-) a particular drug with soothing qualities

jalataskara

m. "water-thief", the sun,

jambudvīpaprajñapti

f. "(mythical) geography of jambudvīpa-", Name of upāṅga- vi of the jaina- canon

jana

m. (gaRa vṛṣādi-) creature, living being, man, person, race (p/añca j/anās-,"the five races"equals p kṛṣṭ/ayas-

), people, subjects (the sg. used collectively exempli gratia, 'for example' d/aivya-or divy/ā j-,"divine race", the gods collectively

; mahat j-,many people

;often in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' denoting one person or a number of persons collectively, exempli gratia, 'for example' preṣya--, bandhu--, sakhī--etc., qq. vv.;with names of peoples

; ayaṃ- janaḥ-,"this person, these persons", I, we

etc.; eṣa j-,id .

)

etc.

jana

m. the person nearest to the speaker (also with ayam-or asau-,"this my lover"

)

janaka

m. (oxyt.) Name of a king of videha- or mithilā- (son of mithi- and father of udāvasu-

)

janaka

m. of another king of mithilā- (son of hrasva-roman- and father of sītā-)

jāta

n. a multitude or collection of things forming a class (chiefly in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound', exempli gratia, 'for example' karma--,"the whole aggregate of actions"

sukha--,"anything or everything included under the name pleasure"

)

etc.

jātaka

n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' after numerals)"an aggregate of similar things" See catur-.

jātatarṣa

mfn. thirsty, desirous,

jaṭhara

n. ([m.]) the stomach, belly, abdomen, bowels, womb, interior of anything, cavity

etc.

jāti

f. the character of a species, genuine or true state of anything

jatukṛt

f. "lac-maker", a kind of Oldenlandia (the lac insect forms its nest in this tree)

jaya

m. of a son (of dhṛta-rāṣṭra-

;of sṛñjaya-

;of suśruta-

;of sruta-

;of saṃjaya-,

;of saṃkṛti-,

;of mañju-,

;of yuyudhāna-,

;of kaṅka-,

;of kṛṣṇa-,

;of vatsara- by svar-vīthi-,

;of viśvāmitra-

;of purūravas- by urvaśī-,

)

jeh

(see jabh-, jṛmbh-) cl.1 A1. (parasmE-pada j/ehamāna-) to open the mouth, breathe heavily, be excessively thirsty

; to gape,

; to move ("to strive after"

and

)

jha

m. anything lost or mislaid

cl.1. j/ayati-, te- (imperfect tense /ajayat-; Aorist ajaiṣīt-,Ved. /ajais-,1. plural /ajaiṣma-, j/eṣma-,2. sg. jes-and A1. j/eṣi- subjunctive j/eṣat-, ṣas-, ṣāma-

; Aorist A1. ajeṣṭa-; future 1st. j/etā-

etc.; future

jeṣy/ati-,

; perfect tense jig/āya-[

], jigetha-, jigyur-; parasmE-pada jigīv/as-[ giv/as-

; accusative plural gy/uṣas-]

etc.; infinitive mood jiṣ/e-,

; j/etave-

; Classical jetum-: Passive voice jīyate-, ajīyata-[

], ajāyi-, jāyiṣyate-;for j/īyate-and cl.9. jin/āti-See jyā-) to win or acquire (by conquest or in gambling), conquer (in battle), vanquish (in a game or lawsuit), defeat, excel, surpass

etc. (with p/unar-,"to reconquer"

) ; to conquer (the passions), overcome or remove (any desire or difficulties or diseases)

etc. ; to expel from (ablative)

; to win anything (accusative) from (accusative), vanquish anyone (accusative) in a game (accusative)

; to be victorious, gain the upper hand

; often proper in the sense of an imperative "long live!""glory to"

etc.: Causal jāpayati- (

) to cause to win

; (Aorist 2. pl, /ajījipata-and /ajījap-)

; to conquer

(Aorist ajījayat-): Passive voice jāpyate-, to be made to conquer

: Desiderative j/igīṣati-, te- (

; parasmE-pada ṣat-, ṣamāṇa-) to wish to win or obtain or conquer or excel

etc. ; (A1.) to seek for prey

: Intensive jejīyate-

jinv

cl.1 P. j/invati- (rarely A1.

and [1. sg. nv/e-]

; imperative nvatāt-

; parasmE-pada nvat-; perfect tense 3. dual number jijinv/athur-) to move one's self, be active or lively (

)

; to urge on, cause to move quickly, impel, incite

; to refresh, animate

; to promote, help, favour

; to help any one (accusative) to anything (dative case)

; to receive favourably (prayers or acts of devotion)

: Causal (jinvayati-) varia lectio for juñc- q.v ; see ā--, pra--, and upa-pra--.

jīrṇaśakti

f. the faculty of digesting anything (locative case)

jitaśvāsa

mfn. one who has gained power over the act of breathing

jīva

m. n. any living being, anything living

etc.

jīvaghana

m. receptacle of everything living

jīvaṃjīva

m. a mythical bird with two heads

jīvaśeṣa

mfn. one who has escaped with his life and nothing more

jīvitatṛṣṇā

f. thirst for life,

jñā

cl.9 P.A1. jān/āti-, nit/e- (see

; subjunctive nat-; imperative nītat-,2. sg. nīh/i-,once irregular jña-

;[fr. cl.3.] jijāhi-

;2. plural irregular nata-.

;2. sg. A1. irregular nase-

; parasmE-pada n/at-, nān/a- irregular namāna-[

]; perfect tense jajñau-, jñe-[ Passive voice

] , 3. plural jñ/ur-

; parasmE-pada jñān/a-

; future jñāsyati-, te-; Aorist ajñāsīt-, sta- Passive voice /ajñāyi-,

; Potential jñāyāt-or jñey-

;2. sg. jñeyas- equals

; infinitive mood jñātum-) to know, have knowledge, become acquainted with (accusative;rarely genitive case

), perceive, apprehend, understand (also with infinitive mood [

]

) , experience, recognise, ascertain, investigate

etc. ; to know as, know or perceive that, regard or consider as (with double accusative exempli gratia, 'for example' tasya māṃ tanayāṃ jānīta-,"know me to be his daughter"

;with mṛṣā-,"to consider as untrue"

)

etc. ; to acknowledge, approve, allow

; to recognise as one's own, take possession of

; to visit as a friend

; to remember (with genitive case)

; A1. to engage in (genitive case exempli gratia, 'for example' sarpiṣo-,"to make an oblation with clarified butter")

: Causal jñapayati-, to teach any one (accusative)

; jñāp- (Passive voice jñāpyate-) to make known, announce, teach anything

and

; to inform any one (genitive case) that (double accusative)

; A1. to request, ask

(jñap-)

(jñāp-): Desiderative jijñāsate- (

; Epic also P.) to wish to know or become acquainted with or learn, investigate, examine

etc. ; to wish for information about (accusative)

; to conjecture

: Causal Desiderative jijñapayiṣati- (also jñāp-

) and jñīpsati- (see psyamāna-), to wish to make known or inform

; ([ see etc.])

jña

m. the thinking soul (equals puruṣa-)

jñaṃmanya

mfn. thinking one's self-wise

jñāna

n. "knowledge about anything cognizance" See -tas- and a-- (jñānād- a-jñānād- vā-,knowingly or ignorantly,

)

jñānalakṣaṇā

f. "knowledge-marked", (in logic) intuitive knowledge of anything actually not perceivable by the senses

jugupsita

mfn. abhorring anything (ablative)

juṣ

cl.6 A1. ṣ/ate- (also P.

[ ṣ/at-, /ajuṣat-]

etc.; subjunctive ṣāte-; Potential ṣ/eta-;3. plural ṣerata-

; imperative ṣ/atām-; imperfect tense ajuṣata-,

;1. sg. /ajuṣe-

; parasmE-pada ṣ/amāṇa-) cl.3. P. irregular j/ujoṣati- (subjunctive and parasmE-pada j/ujoṣat-; confer, compare

Va1rtt. 2; imperative 2. plural juṣṭana-

) , rarely cl.1 P. joṣati- (subjunctive j/oṣat-;- Aorist parasmE-pada juṣāṇ/a-;3. plural ajuṣran-,

;2. sg. j/oṣi-,

;3. sg. j/oṣiṣat-,

[ confer, compare

]; perfect tense juj/oṣa-, juṣ/e-; parasmE-pada juṣv/as-,generally ṣāṇ/a-; ind.p. juṣṭv/ī-

) to be pleased or satisfied or favourable

etc. ; to like, be fond of delight in (accusative or genitive case), enjoy

(with tanvām-or v/as-,"to be delighted",

)

etc. ; to have pleasure in granting anything (accusative) to (locative case)

; to have pleasure in (dative case), resolve to (Ved. infinitive mood),

; to give pleasure to (locative case)

; to choose for (dative case)

; to devote one's self to (accusative), practise, undergo, suffer

; to delight in visiting, frequent, visit, inhabit, enter (a carriage etc.)

; to afflict

: Causal A1. (subjunctive 2. sg. joṣ/ayāse-) to like, love, behave kindly towards (accusative), cherish

; to delight in, approve of(accusative), choose

; (P. confer, compare

)

; ([ confer, compare ; Zend zaoSa; Hibernian or Irish gus; Gothic kiusu; Latin gus-tus.])

jyā

(see ji-) cl.9 P. jin/āti- (Potential nīy/āt-; parasmE-pada n/at-; perfect tense jijy/au-; future jyāsyati-

; ind.p. -jyāya-,

) Vedic or Veda to overpower, oppress, deprive any one (accusative) of property (accusative)

etc. ; (derived fr. jy/āyas-,"senior") to become old

: cl.4 A1. j/īyate- or Passive voice y/ate-, Vedic or Veda to be oppressed or treated badly, be deprived of property (or everything, sarva-jyān/im-

)

etc.: Causal jyāpayati-, to call any one old

: Desiderative (parasmE-pada j/ijyāsat-) to wish to overpower

: Intensive jejīyate-

; see pari-- ; .

jyokkṛ

to be long about anything, delay

; to say"farewell" (Scholiast or Commentator)

(jyot-for jyok-;also Causal) .

jyotirmedhātithi

m. the astronomer medhātithi-

(exempli gratia, 'for example' kiṃ vilambena-,what is gained by delay? kim bahunā-,what is the use of more words? dhanena kiṃ yo na dadāti-,what is the use of wealth to him who does not give? with inst. and genitive case, nīrujaḥ kim auṣadhaiḥ-,what is the use of medicine to the healthy?) ka- is often followed by the particles iva-, u-, nāma-, nu-, vā-, svid-, some of which serve merely to generalize the interrogation (exempli gratia, 'for example' kim iva etad-,what can this be? ka u śravat-,who can possibly hear? ko nāma jānāti-,who indeed knows? ko nv ayam-,who, pray, is this? kiṃ nu kāryam-,what is to be done? ko vā devād anyaḥ-,who possibly other than a god? kasya svid hṛdayaṃ nāsti-,of what person is there no heart?) ka- is occasionally used alone as an indefinite pronoun, especially in negative sentences (exempli gratia, 'for example' na kasya ko vallabhaḥ-,no one is a favourite of any one; nānyo jānāti kaḥ-,no one else knows; kathaṃ sa ghātayati kam-,how does he kill any one?) Generally, however, ka- is only made indefinite when connected with the particles ca-, can/a-, cid-, vā-,and /api-, in which case ka- may sometimes be preceded by the relative ya- (exempli gratia, 'for example' ye ke ca-,any persons whatsoever; yasyai kasyai ca devatāyai-,to any deity whatsoever; yāni kāni ca mitrāṇi-,any friends whatsoever; yat kiṃca-,whatever) . The particle cana-, being composed of ca-and na-, properly gives a negative force to the pronoun (exempli gratia, 'for example' yasmād indrād ṛte kiṃcana-,without which indra- there is nothing) , but the negative sense is generally dropped (exempli gratia, 'for example' kaścana-,any one; na kaścana-,no one) , and a relative is sometimes connected with it (exempli gratia, 'for example' yat kiṃcana-,anything whatsoever) . Examples of cid- with the interrogative are common

vā- and api- are not so common, but the latter is often found in classical Sanskrit (exempli gratia, 'for example' kaścid-,any one; kecid-,some; na kaścid-,no one; na kiṃcid api-,nothing whatsoever; yaḥ kaścid-,any one whatsoever; kecit-- kecit-,some - others; yasmin kasmin vā deśe-,in any country whatsoever; na ko 'pi-,no one; na kimapi-,nothing whatever) . ka- may sometimes be used, like 2. kad-, at the beginning of a compound. See ka-pūya-, etc.

kabandha

m. Name of the rākṣasa- danu- (son of śrī-;punished by indra- for insolently challenging him to combat;his head and thighs were forced into his body by a blow from the god's thunderbolt, leaving him with long arms and a huge mouth in his belly;it was predicted that he would not recover his original shape until his arms were cut off by rāma- and lakṣmaṇa-).

etc.

kacahasta

m. thick or ornamented hair, beautiful hair

kacapakṣa

m. thick or ornamented hair.

kācitkara

mfn. (fr. kā-cid- equals kāni-cid-) doing everything, doing various things, serving various purposes, very active

kad

ind. anything wrong or bad

(see below)

kad

ind. at the beginning of a compound it may mark the uselessness, badness or defectiveness of anything, as in the following examples.

kadartha

m. a useless thing

kadarthaya

Nom. (fr. kad-artha-) P. kadarthayati-, to consider as a useless thing, estimate lightly, despise

; to torment, torture, trouble

kailiñja

mf(ī-)n. made of a thin plank (kiliñja-)

kaj

cl.1 P. kajati-, to be happy ; to be confused with joy or pride or sorrow

; to grow (in this sense a sautra- root).

kajjala

m. a cloud (in this sense perhaps for kad-jala-)

kajjalī

f. Aethiops Mineralis

kāka

m. washing the head, bathing by dipping the head only in water (after the manner of crows)

kākadanta

m. "crow's tooth", anything impossible or not existing, chimera (see śaśa-viṣāṇa-)

etc.

kākadantavicāra

m. a discussion about nothing commentator or commentary on

kākākṣinyāyāt

ind. in the manner of a crow's eye (said of a word which follows two rules), on this side and that, in such a way as to belong both to the preceding and subsequent commentator or commentary on

; on

commentator or commentary on

(kṣi-golakanyāyāt-).

kākākṣinyāyena

ind. in the manner of a crow's eye (said of a word which follows two rules), on this side and that, in such a way as to belong both to the preceding and subsequent commentator or commentary on

; on

commentator or commentary on

(kṣi-golakanyāyāt-).

kākākṣivat

ind. in the manner of a crow's eye (said of a word which follows two rules), on this side and that, in such a way as to belong both to the preceding and subsequent commentator or commentary on

; on

commentator or commentary on

(kṣi-golakanyāyāt-).

kākamarda

m. a kind of gourd (Cucumis colocynthis, mahā-kāla-)

kākamardaka

m. a kind of gourd (Cucumis colocynthis, mahā-kāla-)

kākameṣī

f. Vernonia anthelminthica

kākamukha

m. plural "crow-faced", Name of a mythical people

kākapada

n. the foundation or base of anything so shaped

kākātanī

f. the gourd Cucumis colocynthis

(varia lectio for the next) .

kakkola

n. a perfume prepared from the berries of this plant

kākocchvāsa

mfn. breathing quickly like a crow (in fear)

kākolūkīya

n. "the story of the crow and the owl"Name of the third book of the pañcatantra-.

kakṣāya

Nom. A1. kakṣāyate-, to wait for any one in a hidden place, lie in ambush ; to intend anything wicked

kakṣīkṛ

"to put anything under the arm", accept, assent to, hold (as an opinion), admit, recognize (see aṅgī-kṛ-, urarī-kṛ-,etc.)

kakṣodaka

n. moisture in a thicket

kakubbhaṇḍa

m. a mythical being

kākudīka

n. a particular mythical weapon

kalā

f. (etymology doubtful) a small part of anything, any single part or portion of a whole, especially a sixteenth part

etc.

kalā

f. the sixtieth part of one-thirtieth of a zodiacal sign, a minute of a degree

kāla

m. the proper time or season for (genitive case dative case locative case,in compound, infinitive mood,or Potential with yad- exempli gratia, 'for example' kālaḥ prasthānasya-or nāya-or ne-,time for departure; kriyā-kāla-,time for action

; nāyaṃ kālo vilambitum-,this is not the time to delay

; kālo yad bhuñjīta bhavān-,it is time for you to eat

)

etc.

kāla

m. meal-time (twice a day, hence ubhau kālau-,"in the morning and in the evening"

; ṣaṣṭhe kāle-,"in the evening of the third day"

; ṣaṣṭhānna-kāla-,"one who eats only at the sixth meal-time, id est who passes five meals without eating and has no meal till the evening of the third day "

;or without anna- exempli gratia, 'for example' caturtha-kālam-,"at the fourth meal-time id est at the evening of the second day "

)

kāla

m. time (as destroying all things), death, time of death (often personified and represented with the attributes of yama-, regent of the dead, or even identified with him: hence kālam-i-or kālaṃ-kṛ-,"to die"

etc.; kāla-in this sense is frequently connected with antaka-, mṛtyu- exempli gratia, 'for example' abhy-adhāvata prajāḥ kāla ivāntakaḥ-,"he attacked the people like Time the destroyer"

; see kālāntaka-; kāla-personified is also a devarṣi- in indra-'s court, and a son of dhruva-

)

kalabha

m. (3. kal-

), a young elephant (one thirty years old)

etc.

kalahaṃsa

m. a particular metre (consisting of four lines of thirteen syllables each)

kalama

m. a thief

kālameṣī

f. Vernonia anthelminthica

kālāntarāvṛttiśubhāśubha

n. plural good and evil things occurring within the revolutions of time.

kalāpa

m. totality, whole body or collection of a number of separate things (especially in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'; see kriyā-k-,etc.)

kālāpaka

n. the veda- recension of this school

Va1rtt. 1

kālasaṃkarṣā

f. a girl nine years old who personates durgā- at a festival in honour of this goddess.

kali

m. Name of the last and worst of the four yuga-s or ages, the present age, age of vice

etc. (the kali- age contains, inclusive of the two dawns, 1200 years of the gods or 432,000 years of men, and begins the eighteenth of February, 3102 B.C.;at the end of this yuga- the world is to be destroyed;See yuga-)

kali

m. (/is-) Name of a class of mythic beings (related to the gandharva-s, and supposed by some to be fond of gambling;in epic poetry kali- is held to be the fifteenth of the deva-gandharva-s or children of the muni-s)

kālidāsa

m. (fr. kālī-,the goddess durgā-, and dāsa-,a slave, the final of kālī-being shortened; see

), Name of a celebrated poet (author of the śakuntalā-, vikramorvaśī-, mālavikāgnimitra-, megha-dūta-, and raghu-vaṃśa-;described as one of the nine gems of vikramāditya-'s court, and variously placed in the first, second, third, and middle of the sixth century A.D.;the name is, however, applied to several persons, especially to two others who may have written the nalodaya- and śruta-- bodha- [hence the N. is used to denote the number,"three"], and seems, in some measure, to have been used as an honorary title).

kalila

n. a large heap, thicket, confusion

kāliṃmanyā

f. thinking oneself to be kālī-

kalki

m. Name of the tenth incarnation of viṣṇu- when he is to appear mounted on a white horse and wielding a drawn sword as destroyer of the wicked (this is to take place at the end of the four yuga-s or ages)

kalpa

m. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') having the manner or form of anything, similar to, resembling, like but with a degree of inferiority, almost (exempli gratia, 'for example' abhedya-kalpa-,almost impenetrable; see prabhāta-k-, mṛta-k-,etc.;according to native grammarians, kalpa-so used is an accentless affix[

] , before which a final s-is left unchanged, and final ī-and ū-shortened

; kalpam kalpam- ind.,may be also connected with a verb exempli gratia, 'for example' pacati-kalpam-,he cooks pretty well

)

kalpa

m. a fabulous period of time (a day of brahmā- or one thousand yuga-s, a period of four thousand, three hundred and twenty millions of years of mortals, measuring the duration of the world;a month of brahmā- is supposed to contain thirty such kalpa-s.;according to the

, twelve months of brahmā- constitute his year, and one hundred such years his lifetime;fifty years of brahmā-'s are supposed to have elapsed, and we are now in the śvetavārāha-kalpa-of the fifty-first;at the end of a kalpa- the world is annihilated;hence kalpa-is said to be equal to kalpānta-below

;with Buddhists the kalpa-s.are not of equal duration)

etc.

kalpana

n. anything put on for ornament

kalpanā

f. creating in the mind, feigning, assuming anything to be real, fiction

etc.

kalpānta

m. the end of a kalpa-, dissolution of all things

(see pralaya-)

kalyavarta

n. anything light, a trifle, trivial matter

kam

ind. a particle placed after the word to which it belongs with an affirmative sense,"yes","well"(but this sense is generally so weak that Indian grammarians are perhaps right in enumerating kam-among the expletives

;it is often found attached to a dative case case, giving to that case a stronger meaning, and is generally placed at the end of the pāda-, exempli gratia, 'for example' /ajījana /oṣadhīr bh/ojanāya k/am-,thou didst create the plants for actual food

)

kam

ind. kam- is also used as an enclitic with the particles nu-, su-, and hi- (but is treated in the pada-pāṭha- as a separate word;in this connection kam-has no accent but once

)

kam

ind. (sometimes, like kim-and kad-,at the beginning of compounds) marking the strange or unusual character of anything or expressing reproach

kāmabindu

m. "wish-drop", anything dropped into the fire to procure the fulfilment of a wish, drop of melted butter

kāmadhenu

f. the mythical cow of vasiṣṭha- which satisfies all desires, cow of plenty (equals surabhi-)

kamaka

m. plural the descendants of this man gaRa upakādi-

kamalavanamaya

mfn. consisting of masses of lotuses, nothing but lotuses

kāmam

ind. though, although, supposing that (usually with imperative)

(kāmaṃ-na-or na tu-or na ca-,rather than exempli gratia, 'for example' kāmam ā maraṇāt tiṣṭhed gṛhe kanyā-- na enām prayacchet tu guṇa-hīnāya-,"rather should a girl stay at home till her death, than that he should give her to one void of excellent qualities"

;the negative sentence with na-or natu-or na ca-may also precede, or its place may be taken by an interrogative sentence exempli gratia, 'for example' kāmaṃ nayatu māṃ devaḥ kim ardhenātmano hi me-,"rather let the god take me, what is the use to me of half my existence?"

; kāmaṃ-- tu-or kiṃ tu-or ca-or punar-or athāpi-or tathāpi-,well, indeed, surely, truly, granted, though - however, notwithstanding, nevertheless exempli gratia, 'for example' kāmaṃ tvayā parityaktā gamiṣyāmi-- imaṃ tu bālaṃ saṃtyaktuṃ-, nārhasi-,"granted that forsaken by thee I shall go - this child however thou must not forsake"

;or the disjunctive particles may be left out

; yady-api-kāmaṃ tathāpi-,though - nevertheless

)

kāmāvasāyitṛ

mfn. one who or anything that suppresses or destroys passion or desire

kambalahāra

m. plural the descendants of this man gaRa yaskādi-

kamboja

m. the king of this people

kāmboja

m. the plant Serratula anthelminthica

kambū

m. ( kam-

), a thief. plunderer

kāñcanaśṛṅga

n. Name of a mythical town

kanda

mn. Name of a metre (of four lines of thirteen syllables each)

kaṅkālamusala

n. Name of a mythical weapon

kāṅkṣ

(connected with kam-) cl.1 P. kāṅkṣati- (cakāṅkṣa-, akāṅkṣīt-

), Epic also A1. te-, to wish, desire, long for, hope for (with accusative), expect, wait for, await (with accusative), strive to obtain, look for anything (dative case)

: Causal kāṅkṣayati-, acakāṅkṣat-

Va1rtt. 1: Desiderative cikāṅkṣiṣati-: Intensive cākāṅkṣyate- and cākāṃṣṭi-.

kaṇṭaka

m. anything pointed, the point of a pin or needle, a prickle, sting

kaṇṭakoddharaṇa

n. removing annoyances, extirpating thieves or rogues or any national and public nuisance

kāntidā

f. the plant Serratula anthelminthica (vākucī-)

kanyakubja

n. (f(ā-).

), Name of an ancient city of great note (in the north-western provinces of India, situated on the kālī nadī-,a branch of the gaṅgā-, in the modern district of Farrukhabad;the popular spelling of the name presents, perhaps, greater variations than that of any place in India[ exempli gratia, 'for example' Kanauj,Kunnoj,Kunnouj,Kinoge,Kinnoge,Kinnauj,Kanoj,Kannauj,Kunowj,CanowjCanoje,Canauj,etc.];in antiquity this city ranks next to ayodhyā- in Oude;it is known in classical geography as Canogyza;but the name applies also to its dependencies and the surrounding district;the current etymology[ kanyā-,"a girl", shortened to kanya-,and kubja-,"round-shouldered or crooked"] refers to a legend in

,relating to the hundred daughters of kuśanābha-, the king of this city, who were all rendered crooked by vāyu- for non-compliance with his licentious desires;the ruins of the ancient city are said to occupy a site larger than that of London)

kapāṭaghna

mfn. one who breaks a door, a house-breaker, thief.

kapiketana

m. "having a monkey as symbol", Name of arjuna- (the third son of pāṇḍu-)

kapilātīrtha

n. Name of a tīrtha- (any one bathing and performing worship there obtains a thousand brown cows)

kapotapākī

f. a princess of this tribe

karabadara

n. "a jujube lying in the hand", anything quite clear to all eyes,

karabhorū

f. a woman whose thighs resemble the trunk of an elephant

kārakavat

mfn. (

Va1rtt. 2) relating to one who is active in anything

kārakukṣīya

m. plural the people of this country

kāram

(1. kṛ-) adverb ind. p. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' (See svāhā-k-

; namas-k-; cauraṃ-k- ākrośati-,he abuses a person by calling him a thief

; svāduṃ-k-

)

karambhavālukātāpa

m. plural the pains caused by this punishment

karaṇa

m. a man of a mixed class (the son of an outcast kṣatriya-

;or the son of a śūdra- woman by a vaiśya-

;or the son of a vaiśya- woman by a kṣatriya-

;the occupation of this class is writing, accounts etc.)

karaṇa

m. (in grammar) a sound or word as an independent part of speech (or as separated from the context;in this sense usually n.)

commentator or commentary on

karaṇa

n. (in grammar) a sound or word as an independent part of speech, separated from its context

etc., (karaṇa-may be used in this way like kāra- exempli gratia, 'for example' iti-karaṇa-

)

kāraṇa

n. cause, reason, the cause of anything (genitive case,also often locative case)

etc.

karañja

m. Name of an enemy of indra- (slain by this god)

karapātra

n. splashing water about while bathing (see -pattra-above)

karapātra

n. the hand hollowed so as to hold anything

karapattra

n. splashing water about while bathing, playing or gamboling in water

karapuṭa

m. the hands joined and hollowed to receive anything

karatalamalaka

n. "a myrobalan lying in the hand", anything quite clear to all eyes.

kārīrī

f. (scilicet /iṣṭi-) "connected with the fruit of the plant Capparis aphylla", a sacrifice in which this fruit is used

karīṣāgni

m. a fire of dry cow-dung (this substance is very generally used as fuel in Hindustan)

karkandhu

n. (u-) the fruit of this tree, the jujube berry

etc.

karkareṭa

(connected with karka-?) m. the hand curved like a claw for the purpose of grasping anything

karkāru

n. the fruit of this plant

karmakartṛ

m. (in grammar),"an object-agent"or"object-containing agent" id est an agent which is at the same time the object of an action (this is the idea expressed by the reflexive passive, as in odanaḥ pacyate-,"the mashed grain cooks of itself")

(see grammar

)

karmamārga

m. the way of work (a term used by thieves for a breach in walls etc.)

karmamāsa

m. the calendar month of thirty days.

karman

n. office, special duty, occupation, obligation (frequently in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound',the first member of the compound being either the person who performs the action[ exempli gratia, 'for example' vaṇik-k-]or the person or thing for or towards whom the action is performed[ exempli gratia, 'for example' rāja-k-, paśu-k-]or a specification of the action[ exempli gratia, 'for example' śaurya-k-, prīti-k-])

etc.

karman

n. action consisting in motion (as the third among the seven categories of the nyāya- philosophy;of these motions there are five, viz. ut-kṣepaṇa-, ava-kṣepaṇa-, ā-kuñcana-, prasāraṇa-,and gamana-,qq. vv.)

karman

n. (in grammar) the object (it stands either in the accusative [in active construction], or in the Nominal verb [in passive construction], or in the genitive case [in connection with a noun of action];opposed to kartṛ-the subject)

(it is of four kinds, viz. a. nirvartya-,when anything new is produced exempli gratia, 'for example' kaṭaṃ karoti-,"he makes a mat"; putraṃ prasūte-,"she bears a son";b. vikārya-,when change is implied either of the substance and form exempli gratia, 'for example' kāṣṭhaṃ bhasma karoti-,"he reduces fuel to ashes";or of the form only exempli gratia, 'for example' suvarṇaṃ kuṇḍalaṃ karoti-,"he fashions gold into an ear-ring"; Calcutta edition prāpya-,when any desired object is attained exempli gratia, 'for example' grāmaṃ gacchati-,"he goes to the village"; candraṃ paśyati-,"he sees the moon";d. anīpsita-,when an undesired object is abandoned exempli gratia, 'for example' pāpaṃ tyajati-,"he leaves the wicked")

kārmaṇa

mf(ī-)n. performing anything by means of magic

karmaṇya

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') relating to any business or to the accomplishment of anything

karmavipāka

m. "the ripening of actions" id est the good or evil consequences in this life of human acts performed in previous births (eighty-six consequences are spoken of in the śātātapa-smṛti-)

karṇagocara

m. the range of hearing, anything perceptible by the ear

karṇaka

m. plural the descendants of this man gaRa upakādi-

karṇapatha

m. the compass or range of hearing, (m ā-yā-,to come within the range of or reach the ear, be heard

; m upa-i- idem or 'm. ornamenting the ears (one of the 64 kalā-s) '

)

karṇapathātithi

m. "a visitor in the compass of the ear", anything heard of or learnt

karṇapūrīkṛ

to make (anything) an ornament for the ear

karṇāṭakalaha

m. a quarrel about nothing,

karṇāvataṃsīkṛ

to make (anything) an ornament for the ear

karṇavedha

m. "ear-boring"(a religious ceremony sometimes performed as a saṃskāra- or to prevent a woman from dying if the birth of a third son be expected)

karṇin

mfn. furnished with flaps or anything similar (said of shoes)

karṇīsuta

m. of the author of a thieves' manual

karpara

m. Name of a thief

karparaka

m. Name of a thief

karṣa

m. "anything scratched off" See kṣāma-karṣa-miśr/a-

kārṣāpaṇa

m. the chief of this tribe

Va1rtt. 2.

karśita

mfn. emaciated, thin

kārśya

n. (fr. kṛś/a- gaRa dṛḍhādi-), emaciation, thinness

kartṛsthabhāvaka

mfn. (any root etc.) whose state stands within the agent.

kartṛtva

n. the state of being the performer or author of anything

kārttikeya

m. Name of a son of śiva- and pārvatī- (popularly regarded as god of war, because he leads the gaṇa-s or hosts of śiva- against the demon hostsSee

p.213; according to to one legend he was son of śiva- without the intervention of pārvatī-, the generative energy of śiva- being cast into the fire and then received by the Ganges, whence he is sometimes described as son of agni- and gaṅgā-;when born he was fostered by the six kṛttikā-s q.v,and these offering their six breasts to the child he became six-headed;he is also called kumāra-, skanda-, and subrahmaṇya-;his N. kārttikeya- may be derived from his foster mothers or from the month kārttika- as the best for warfare: in the

and elsewhere he is regarded as presiding over thieves)

kārucaura

m. "mechanical thief", burglar

kāruja

m. anything produced by an artist or mechanic, any piece of mechanism or product of manufacture

karuṇavedin

mfn. compassionate, sympathizing

kārya

n. occupation, matter, thing, enterprise, emergency, occurrence, crisis

kāryākṣepa

m. (in rhetoric) a denial of the results stated to follow on a particular condition of things

kāryapuṭa

m. one who does useless things

kāryavastu

n. anything that has to be done, aim, object

kāryavinimaya

m. mutual engagement to do something

kaśambūka

m. a particular mythical being

kāśi

m. plural (/ayas-) the descendants of this prince

kaśipu

m. clothing

kaśipu

m. dual number food and clothing

kāśirāma

m. Name of a scholiast (who commented on the tithitattva- and several other works).

kaṣṭa

n. a bad state of things, evil, wrong

kaśyapa

m. Name of a mythical ṛṣi-

kaśyapa

m. of an ancient sage

etc., (a descendant of marīci- and author of several hymns of the ṛg-- veda-

;he was husband of aditi- and twelve other daughters of dakṣa-

;by aditi- he was father of the āditya-s[ see kāśyapeya-]

;and of vivasvat-

;and of viṣṇu- in his vāmana avatāra-

;by his other twelve wives he was father of demons, nāga-s, reptiles, birds, and all kinds of living things;from the prominent part ascribed to him in creation he is sometimes called prajā-pati-;he is one of the seven great ṛṣi-s and priest of paraśu-rāma- and rāma-candra-;he is supposed by some to be a personification of races inhabiting the Caucasus, the Caspian, Kasmir, etc.)

kaṭa

m. a thin piece of wood, a plank

kaṭāha

m. anything shaped like a caldron (as the temple of an elephant)

katama

mfn(at-). when followed by ca- and preceded yatama- an indefinite expression is formed equivalent to"any whosoever","any whatsoever", etc. (exempli gratia, 'for example' yatamad eva katamac ca vidyāt-he may know anything whatsoever) . In negative sentences katama- with cana- or katama- with api- = not even one, none at all (exempli gratia, 'for example' na katamaccanāhaḥ-,not even on a single day, on no day at all)

kath

cl.10 P. (Epic also A1.) kathayati- (-te-) Aorist acakathat- (

) and acīkathat- (

), to converse with any one (instrumental case,sometimes with saha-)

; to tell, relate, narrate, report, inform, speak about, declare, explain, describe (with accusative of the thing or person spoken about)

etc. ; to announce, show, exhibit, bespeak, betoken

etc. ; to order, command

; to suppose, state

: Passive voice kathyate-, to be called, be regarded or considered as, pass for

; ([fr. katham-,"to tell the how"; confer, compare Gothic qvithan; Old High German quethanandquedan; English quothandquote.])

kathāmātra

n. a mere story, nothing but a narrative

kathāmātra

mfn. one of whom nothing but the narrative is left id est deceased, dead

kathāvaśeṣa

m. (kathāva-) a narrative as the only remainder, (ṃ-gam-,to enter into a state in which nothing is left but the story of one's life id est to die

)

kathāvaśeṣa

mfn. one of whom nothing remains but his life-story id est deceased, dead

kaṭitra

n. anything to protect the hips, a cloth tied round the loins, a girdle, zone

kaulaba

m. Name of the third karaṇa- or astronomical period

kaulālaka

n. anything made by a potter, earthenware, porcelain

kaumbhakāraka

n. "anything made by a potter", gaRa kulālādi-.

kauṇḍinya

one of the 24 mythical buddha-s,

kaustubha

mn. (see kust-), Name of a celebrated jewel (obtained with thirteen other precious things at the churning of the ocean and suspended on the breast of kṛṣṇa- or viṣṇu-)

etc.

kausumbha

n. anything dyed with safflower

kautūhala

n. (fr. kut-; gaRa yuvādi-), curiosity, interest in anything, vehement desire for (locative case,or accusative with prati-,or infinitive mood)

etc.

kautūhala

n. anything causing curiosity, any unusual phenomenon

kautūhalatā

f. curiosity, interest in anything

kautuka

n. (fr. kut-; gaRa yuvādi-), curiosity, interest in anything, vehement desire for (locative case or in compound), eagerness, vehemence impatience

(in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) etc.

kautuka

n. anything causing curiosity or admiration or interest, any singular or surprising object, wonder

kautukin

mfn. full of curiosity or admiration or interest in anything, vehemently desirous, eager (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound')

kavāṭaghna

m. "door-breaking", a thief.

kavi

m. a thinker, intelligent man, man of understanding, leader

kavi

m. a singer, bard, poet (but in this sense without any technical application in the veda-)

kevala

m. not connected with anything else, isolated, abstract, absolute

kevalamānuṣa

m. a mere man (and nothing else)

khacitra

n. "a picture in the sky", anything impossible or not existing

khaḍgaratna

n. an excellent sword (one of the 7 precious things of a king),

khalatā

f. "creeper in the air", anything impossible,

khalatā

f. filthiness

khanaka

m. a house-breaker, thief

khānaka

m. a house-breaker, thief

khaṇḍakhādya

m. dainty, nice thing

khanika

m. (equals naka-) a house-breaker, thief

khānya

mfn. (

) anything that is being digged out

kharakaṇṭha

(khar/a--) m. Name of a mythical being

kharīviṣāṇa

n. "an ass's horn", anything not existing

kharpara

m. a thief

kharu

mfn. desirous of improper or prohibited things

khārvā

f. (fr. kharva-), the second ("third"

) yuga- of the world.

kharvita

mfn. (anything) that has become dwarfish

khātamūla

mfn. anything the root of which is dug up

kheṭapiṇḍa

"a ball of phlegm" id est anything useless

(pakva--).

khilībhūta

mfn. (anything) that has become a desert, abandoned, unfrequented (by genitive case)

kiliñca

m. a thin plank, board

kiliñja

m. a thin plank of green wood

kim

is much used as a particle of interrogation like the Latin num, an, sometimes translatable by"whether?"but oftener serving only like a note of interrogation to mark a question (exempli gratia, 'for example' kiṃ vyādhā vane 'smin saṃcaranti-,"do hunters roam about in this wood?"In an interrogation the verb, if uncompounded with a preposition, generally retains its accent after kim-

) . To this sense may be referred the kim- expressing inferiority, deficiency, etc. at the beginning of compounds (exempli gratia, 'for example' kiṃ-rājan-,what sort of king? id est a bad king

)

kiṃcanatā

f. something, somewhat.

kiṃcid

n. (See 2. k/a-) "something", Name of a particular measure (= eight handfuls) commentator or commentary on

kimicchaka

n. what one wishes or desires, anything desired

kiṃkarīya

Nom. P. yati-, to think (any one) to be a slave

kiṃnara

m. "what sort of man?"a mythical being with a human figure and the head of a horse (or with a horse's body and the head of a man

;originally perhaps a kind of monkey see vā-nara-;in later times (like the nara-s) reckoned among the gandharva-s or celestial choristers, and celebrated as musicians;also attached to the service of kubera-;(with Jains) one of the eight orders of the vyantara-s)

etc.

kimpaca

mfn. "who cooks nothing", miserly, avaricious

kiṃśuka

n. the blossom of this tree

(see palāś/a-and sukiṃśuk/a-)

kirāta

m. a low-caste woman who carries a fly-flap or anything to keep off flies

kirātārjunīya

n. Name of a poem by bhāravi- (describing the combat of arjuna- with the god śiva- in the form of a wild mountaineer or kirāta-;this combat and its result is described in the

kīrtiśeṣa

m. "the leaving behind of nothing but fame", death

(see ālekhya-ś-, nāma-ś-, yaśah-ś-.)

kīṭāvapanna

mfn. anything on which an insect has fallen

(see keśa-kīṭāvapatita-.)

kiyat

mfn. (fr. 1. ki-

), how great? how large? how far? how much? of what extent? of what qualities?

etc. (Ved. locative case k/iyāti-with following /ā-,how long ago? since what time?

; kiyaty adhvani-,at what distance? how far off?

; kiyad etad-,of what importance is this to(genitive case)

; tena kiyān arthah-,what profit arises from that?

; kiyac ciram- ind.how long?

; kiyac cireṇa-,in how long a time? how soon?

; kiyad dūre-,how far?

; kiyad rodimi-,what is the use of my weeping?

; kiyad asubhis-,what is the use of living?

)

klānta

mfn. thin, emaciated

(Comparative degree)

kḷp

cl.1 A1. k/alpate- (

; perf. cakḷpe-,3. plural cākḷpr/e-

future kalpiṣyate-and kalpsy-[3. dual number kalpsyete-

; vv.ll. kḷps-and klaps-],or kalpsyati-; Conditional akalpiṣyata-,or lpsyat-; 1st future kalpitā-or kalptā-[see

]; Aorist akḷpta-or pat-; proper and perf. only A1.

), to be well ordered or regulated, be well managed, succeed

etc. ; to bear suitable relation to anything, correspond, be adapted to, in accordance with, suitable to (instrumental case)

etc. ; to be fit for (locative case)

; to accommodate one's self to, be favourable to, subserve, effect (with dative case)

etc. ; to partake of (dative case)

etc. ; to fall to the share, be shared or partaken by (locative case dative case or genitive case exempli gratia, 'for example' yajñ/o dev/eṣu kalpatām-,"let the sacrifice be shared by the gods"

)

; to become (with Nominal verb)

; (with dative case [

Va1rtt. 2 ]

) ; to happen, occur

; to prepare, arrange

; to produce, cause, effect, create (with accusative)

; to declare as, consider as (with double accusative)

(perf. p. kḷptavat-): Causal P. A1. kalp/ayati-, te-, (Aorist acīkḷpat-or cākḷpat-[

] subjunctive cīkḷpāti-

), to set in order, arrange, distribute, dispose

; to bring into suitable connection with

; to prepare, arrange

etc. ; to fit out, furnish with (instrumental case)

; to help any one in obtaining anything (dative case or locative case or genitive case)

; to fix, settle

; to declare as, consider as (with double accusative exempli gratia, 'for example' mātaram enāṃ kalpayantu-,"let them consider her as their mother"

)

etc. ; to make, execute, bring about

etc. ; to frame, form, invent, compose (as a poem etc.), imagine

; to perform (as a ceremony etc.)

; to trim, cut

; (in Prakrit)

; to pronounce a formula or verse which contains the kḷp-

: Desiderative cikḷpsati- or cikalpiṣate-

; ([ confer, compare Gothic hilpa; English help; German helfe; Lithuanian gelbmi.])

kojāgara

m. a kind of festival (night of full moon in month āśvina- [September-October] , celebrated with various games; according to to some fr. kaḥ-and jāgara-,"who is awake?"the exclamation of lakṣmī-, who descending on this night, promised wealth to all that were awake;hence the night is spent in festivity in honour of the goddess)

kolāñca

m. Name of kaliṅga- (the Coromandel coast from Kuttack to Madras;but according to to some, this place is in Hindustan, with Kanouj for its capital)

koṣṭha

m. the shell of anything

koṭi

f. the curved end of a bow or of claws, etc., end or top of anything, edge or point (of a sword), horns or cusps (of the moon)

etc.

koṭikā

f. "lowest end of anything", the vilest of (in compound)

koṭivedhin

mfn. "striking an edge" id est performing most difficult things

kṛ

Ved. (I) cl.2 P. 2. sg. k/arṣi- dual number kṛth/as- plural kṛth/a-; A1. 2. sg. kṛṣ/e-; imperfect tense 2. and 3. sg. /akar-, 3. sg. rarely /akat- (

) ; 3. dual number /akartām-; plural /akarma-, /akarta- (also

), /akran- (Aorist,according to

); A1. /akri- (

), /akṛthās- (

), /akṛta- (

); akrātām- (

), /akrata- (

) : imperative kṛdh/i- (also

), kṛt/am-, kṛt/a-; A1. kṛṣv/a-, kṛdhv/am-; subjunctive 2. and 3. sg. kar- plural k/arma-, k/arta- and kartana-, kran-; A1. 3. sg. kṛta- (

) , 3. plural kr/anta- (

) : Potential kriyāma- (

); pr. p. P. (Nominal verb plural) kr/antas- A1. krāṇ/a-. (II) cl.1 P. k/arasi-, k/arati-, k/arathas-, k/aratas-, k/aranti-; A1. k/arase-, k/arate-, k/arāmahe-: imperfect tense /akaram-, /akaras-, /akarat- (Aorist,according to

) : imperative k/ara-, k/aratam-, k/aratām-: subjunctive k/aram-, k/arāṇi-, k/aras-, k/arat-, k/arāma-, k/aran-; A1. karāmahai-; pr. p. f. k/arantī- (

) (III) cl.5 P. kṛṇ/omi-, ṇ/oṣi-, ṇ/oti-, kṛṇuth/as-, kṛṇm/as- and kṛṇmasi-, kṛṇuth/a-, kṛṇv/anti-; A1. kṛṇv/e-, kṛṇuṣ/e-, kṛṇut/e-, 3. dual number kṛṇv/aite- (

); plural kṛṇm/ahe-, kṛṇv/ate-: imperfect tense /akṛṇos-, /akṛṇot-, /akṛṇutam-, /akṛṇuta- and ṇotana- (

), /akṛṇvan-; A1. 3. sg. /akṛṇuta- plural /akṛṇudhvam-, /akṛṇvata-: imperative kṛṇ/u- or kṛṇuh/i- or kṛṇut/āt-, kṛṇ/otu-, kṛṇut/am-, kṛṇut/ām-, 2. plural kṛṇut/a- or kṛṇ/ota- or kṛṇ/otana-, 3. plural kṛṇv/antu-; A1. kṛṇuṣv/a-, kṛṇut/ām-, kṛṇv/āthām-, kṛṇudhv/am-: subjunctive kṛṇ/avas-, ṇ/avat- or ṇ/avāt-, kṛṇ/avāva-, ṇ/avāma-, ṇ/avātha-, ṇ/avatha-, ṇ/avan-; A1. kṛṇ/avai- (once ṇavā-

), kṛṇavase- (also

varia lectio ṇvase-), kṛṇavate-, kṛṇ/avāvahai-, kṛṇ/avāmahai-, 3. plural kṛṇ/avanta- (

) or kṛṇavante- or kṛṇvata- (

) : Potential A1. kṛṇvīt/a-; pr. p. P. kṛṇv/at- (f. vat/ī-) A1. kṛṇvāṇ/a-. (IV) cl.8. (this is the usual formation in the brāhmaṇa-s; sūtra-s, and in classical Sanskrit) P. kar/omi- (Epic kurmi-

); kurv/as-, kuruth/as-, kurut/as-, kurm/as- ([ kulmas-in an interpolation after

]), kuruth/a-, kurv/anti-; A1. kurv/e-, etc., 3. plural kurv/ate- (

) : imperfect tense akaravam-, akaros-, akarot-, akurva-, etc.; A1. 3. sg. akuruta- plural akurvata-: imperative kuru-, karotu- (in the earlier language 2. and 3. sg. kurutāt-,3. sg. also

), kuruta- or kurutana- (

); A1. kuruṣva-, kurudhvam-, kurv/atām-: subjunctive karavāṇi-, karavas-, vāt-, vāva- or vāvas- (

), vāma- or vāmas- (

), vātha-, van-; A1. karavai-, kuruthās-, karavāvahai- (

; he-

), karavaithe-, vaite- (

), vāmahai-(he-

) : Potential P. kuryām- A1. kurvīya- (

); pr. p. P. kurv/at- (f. vat/ī-); A1. kurvāṇ/a-: perf. P. cak/āra-, cak/artha-, cakṛv/a-, cakṛm/a-, cakr/a- (

); A1. cakr/e-, cakrir/e-; parasmE-pada cakṛvas- (accusative cakr/uṣam-

); A1. cakrāṇa- (

) : 2nd future kariṣy/ati-; subjunctive 2. sg. kariṣy/ās- (

); 1st future k/artā-: preceding kriyāsam-: Aorist P. Ved. cakaram- (

), acakrat- (

), /acakriran- (

); A1. 1. sg. kṛske- (

); Class. akārṣīt- (

;once akāraṣīt-

); Passive voice Aorist reflex. akāri- and akṛta- (

) : infinitive mood k/artum-, Ved. k/artave-, k/artav/ai-, k/artos- (See ss.vv.); ind.p. kṛtv/ā-, Ved. kṛtv/ī- ([

]) and kṛtv/āya- ([

]) ; to do, make, perform, accomplish, cause, effect, prepare, undertake

etc. ; to do anything for the advantage or injury of another (genitive case or locative case)

etc. ; to execute, carry out (as an order or command)

; to manufacture, prepare, work at, elaborate, build

; to form or construct one thing out of another (ablative or instrumental case)

etc. ; to employ, use, make use of (instrumental case)

etc. ; to compose, describe

; to cultivate

(confer, compare

) ; to accomplish any period, bring to completion, spend (exempli gratia, 'for example' varṣāṇi daśa cakruḥ-,"they spent ten years"

; kṣaṇaṃ kuru-,"wait a moment"

; confer, compare kritakṣaṇa-) ; to place, put, lay, bring, lead, take hold of (accusative or locative case or instrumental case exempli gratia, 'for example' ardh/aṃ-kṛ-,to take to one's own side or party, cause to share in(genitive case;See 2. ardh/a-); haste-or pāṇau-kṛ-,to take by the hand, marry

; hṛdayena-kṛ-,to place in one's heart, love

; hṛdi-kṛ-,to take to heart, mind, think over, consider

; manasi-kṛ- idem or 'f. (equals kuhī-) a fog '

;to determine, purpose [ ind.p. si-kṛtvā-or si-kṛtya-]

; vaśe-kṛ-,to place in subjection, become master of

) ; to direct the thoughts, mind, etc. (m/anas-[

etc.] or buddhim-[

] or matim-[

]or bhāvam-[

], etc.) towards any object, turn the attention to, resolve upon, determine on (locative case dative case infinitive mood,or a sentence with iti- exempli gratia, 'for example' mā śoke manaḥ kṛthāḥ-,do not turn your mind to grief

; gamanāya matiṃ cakre-,he resolved upon going

; alābuṃ samutsraṣṭuṃ manaś cakre-,he resolved to create a gourd

; draṣṭā tavāsmīti matiṃ cakāra-,he determined to see him

) ; to think of (accusative)

; to make, render (with two accusative exempli gratia, 'for example' ādityaṃ kāṣṭhām akurvata-,they made the sun their goal

)

etc. ; to procure for another, bestow, grant (with genitive case or locative case)

etc. ; A1. to procure for one's self, appropriate, assume

; to give aid, help any one to get anything (dative case)

; to make liable to (dative case)

; to injure, violate (exempli gratia, 'for example' kanyāṃ-kṛ-,to violate a maiden)

; to appoint, institute

; to give an order, commission

; to cause to get rid of, free from (ablative or -tas-)

; to begin (exempli gratia, 'for example' cakre śobhayitum purīm-,they began to adorn the city)

; to proceed, act, put in practice

etc. ; to worship, sacrifice

; to make a sound (svaram-or śabdam-)

(

), utter, pronounce (often in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' with the sounds phaṭ-, phut-, bhāṇ-, v/aṣaṭ-, svadh/ā-, sv/āhā-, hiṃ-), pronounce any formula (

) ; (with numeral adverbs ending in dhā-) to divide, separate or break up into parts (exempli gratia, 'for example' dvidhā-kṛ-,to divide into two parts, ind.p. dvidhā kṛtvā-or dvidhā-kṛtya-or -kāram-

; sahasradhā-kṛ-,to break into a thousand pieces) ; (with adverbs ending in vat-) to make like or similar, consider equivalent (exempli gratia, 'for example' rājyaṃ tṛṇa-vat kṛtvā-,valuing the kingdom like a straw

) ; (with adverbs ending in sāt-) to reduce anything to, cause to become, make subject (See ātma-sāt-, bhasma-sāt-)

The above senses of kṛ- may be variously modified or almost infinitely extended according to the noun with which this root is connected, as in the following examples: sakhyaṃ-kṛ-, to contract friendship with ; pūjāṃ-kṛ-, to honour ; rājyaṃ-kṛ-, to reign ; snehaṃ-kṛ-, to show affection ; ājñāṃ- or nideśaṃ- or śāsanaṃ- or kāmaṃ- or yācanāṃ- or vacaḥ- or vacanaṃ- or vākyaṃ-kṛ-, to perform any one's command or wish or request etc. ; dharmaṃ-kṛ-, to do one's duty

; nakhāni-kṛ-,"to clean one's nails" See kṛta-nakha- ; udakaṃ- ([

]) or salilaṃ- ([

]) kṛ-, to offer a libation of Water to the dead ; to perform ablutions ; astrāṇi-kṛ-, to practise the use of weapons

; darduraṃ-kṛ-, to breathe the flute

; daṇḍaṃ-kṛ-, to inflict punishment etc.

; kālaṃ-kṛ-, to bring one's time to an end id est to die ; ciraṃ-kṛ-, to be long in doing anything, delay ; manasā- (for si-See above) kṛ-, to place in one's mind, think of, meditate

; śirasā-kṛ-, to place on one's the head ; mūrdhnā-kṛ-, to place on one's head, obey, honour. Very rarely in veda- (

) , but commonly in the brāhmaṇa-s, sūtra-s, and especially in classical Sanskrit the perf. forms cakāra-and cakre- auxiliarily used to form the periphrastical perfect of verbs, especially of causatives exempli gratia, 'for example' āsāṃ cakre-,"he sat down" ; gamay/āṃ cakāra-,"he caused to go"[see

;in veda- some other forms of kṛ-are used in a similar way, viz. proper karoti-

; imperfect tense akar-

and

;3. plural akran-

and

; preceding kriyāt-

(See

);according to

, also karotu-with vid-]. Causal kārayati-, te-, to cause to act or do, cause another to perform, have anything made or done by another (double accusative instrumental case and accusative [see

] exempli gratia, 'for example' sabhāṃ kāritavān-,he caused an assembly to be made

; rāja-darśanaṃ māṃ kāraya-,cause me to have an audience of the king; vāṇijyaṃ kārayed vaiśyam-,he ought to cause the vaiśya- to engage in trade

; na śakṣyāmi kiṃcit kārayituṃ tvayā-,I shall not be able to have anything done by thee

) ; to cause to manufacture or form or cultivate

etc. ; to cause to place or put, have anything placed, put upon, etc. (exempli gratia, 'for example' taṃ citrapaṭaṃ vāsa-gṛhe bhittāv akārayat-,he had the picture placed on the wall in his house

)

. Sometimes the Causal of kṛ- is used for the simple verb or without a causal signification (exempli gratia, 'for example' padaṃ kārayati-,he pronounces a word

; mithyā k-,he pronounces wrongly

; kaikeyīm anu rājānaṃ kāraya-,treat or deal with kaikeyī- as the king does

) : Desiderative c/ikīrṣati- (Aorist 2. sg. acikīrṣīs-

) , Epic also te-, to wish to make or do, intend to do, design, intend, begin, strive after

etc. ; to wish to sacrifice or worship

: Intensive 3. plural karikrati- (pr. p. k/arikrat-See

), to do repeatedly

; Class. carkarti- or carikarti- or carīkarti- ([

]) , also carkarīti- or carikarīti- or carīkarīti- or cekrīyate- ([ib. Scholiast or Commentator

]); ([ confer, compare Hibernian or Irish caraim,"I perform, execute";ceard,"an art, trade, business, function";sucridh,"easy"; Old German karawan,"to prepare"; modern German gar,"prepared (as food)"; Latin creo,ceremonia;, .])

krama

m. "progressing step by step", a peculiar manner or method of reading and writing Vedic texts (so called because the reading proceeds from the 1st member, either word or letter, to the 2nd, then the 2nd is repeated and connected with the 3rd, the 3rd repeated and connected with the 4th, and so on;this manner of reading in relation to words is called pada--[

] , in relation to conjunct consonants varṇa--[ib.])

kramāgata

mfn. descended or inherited lineally, (anything) coming from one's ancestors in regular succession

kramaṇa

n. approaching or undertaking anything (dative case)

kramika

mfn. (anything) that comes from one's ancestors in regular succession, inherited lineally

krāntivalaya

m. the space within the tropics

kraśita

mfn. (fr. kraśaya- Nom. P.;fr. kṛś/a-), made thin or lean, emaciated

kratusaṃkhyā

f. Name of the thirteenth of kātyāyana-'s pariśiṣṭa-s.

krauñca

n. (scilicet astra-) Name of a mythical weapon

krayadravya

n. anything for which anything else is bought or exchanged

kṛcchraprāṇa

mfn. breathing with difficulty

kreyada

m. one who exhibits anything for sale, seller

krī

cl.9 P. A1. krīṇ/āti-, krīṇīte- (future parasmE-pada kreṣyat-

; ind.p. krīv/ā-

), to buy, purchase (with instrumental case of the price, and ablative or genitive case of the person from whom anything is bought exempli gratia, 'for example' k/a im/am indraṃ daś/abhir dhen/ubhir m/ama krīṇāti-,who will buy this indra- of me for ten cows?

; yam mātā-pitror antikāt-[or sakāśāt-] krīṇīyāt-whom he may buy from his father and mother

; krīṇīṣva tad daśabhiḥ suvarṇaih-,buy that for ten suvarṇa-s): Causal P. krāpayati-

([ confer, compare Hibernian or Irish creanaim,"I buy, purchase" ; Greek Lithuanian prekis,perku(?); Latin pretium; English hire.])

krīḍāmarkaṭapota

m. a young monkey serving as a plaything

krīḍanaka

m. a plaything

etc.

krīḍanakatā

f. "the state of a plaything"

krīḍanakatayā

ind. instrumental case after the manner of a plaything

krīḍanīya

n. a plaything, toy

krīḍāparicchada

m. plaything, toy

kriyāpāda

m. the third division of a suit at law (witnesses, written documents, and other proofs adduced by the complainants, rejoinder of the plaintiff).

kriyātmaka

mfn. (anything) the nature of which is action

( kriyātmakatva -tva- n.abstr.)

kriyāviśāla

n. Name of the thirteenth of the fourteen pūrva-s or most ancient jaina- writings.

kṛkin

m. Name of a mythical king

kṛmighna

m. the plant Vernonia anthelminthica

kroḍa

m. the interior of anything, cavity, hollow

kroḍa

m. "anything left in the bosom", an additional verse or note

krodhā

f. Name of one of the thirteen daughters of dakṣa- and wife of kaśyapa-

krodhana

m. of a son of a-yuta- and father of devātithi-

krodhanīya

mfn. anything which may produce anger, provocative

krośayuga

n. a measure of two krośa-s (= 4000 yards or about 2.5 miles;this seems to correspond to the modern krośa- [or Kos], but the standard varies).

kṛś

cl.4 P. k/ṛśyati- (perf. cak/arśa-; ind.p. kṛśitvā-or karś-

), to become lean or thin, become emaciated or feeble

; to cause (the moon) to wane

: Causal karśayati-, to make thin or lean, attenuate, emaciate, keep short of food

etc. ; to lessen, diminish

([ confer, compare perhaps Latin parco,parcus.])

kṛṣ

cl.1 P. k/arṣati-, rarely A1. te- (perf. cakarṣa-,2. sg. ṣitha-

; future karkṣyati-or krakṣy-; kṛṣiṣy-

; karṣṭā-or kraṣṭā-

; Aorist akṛkṣat-[or akārkṣīt-]or akrākṣīt-,

Va1rtt. 7; infinitive mood kraṣṭum-), to draw, draw to one's self, drag, pull, drag away, tear

etc. ; to lead or conduct (as an army)

; to bend (a bow)

; to draw into one's power, become master of, overpower

; to obtain

; to take away anything (accusative) from any one (accusative)

; to draw or make furrows, plough

(A1.)

(ind.p. kṛṣṭvā-): cl.6 P. A1. kṛṣ/ati-, te- (parasmE-pada kṛṣ/at-), to draw or make furrows, plough

etc. ; A1. to obtain by ploughing

; to travel over

: Causal karṣayati-, to draw, drag

(Aorist 1. sg. acikṛṣam-)

; to draw or tear out

; to pull to and fro, cause pain, torture, torment

etc. ; "to plough" See karṣita-: Intensive (pr. p. and subjunctive 3. sg. c/arkṛṣat-; imperfect tense 3. plural acarkṛṣur-) to plough

; carīkṛṣyate- or Vedic or Veda karīk-, to plough repeatedly

([ confer, compare Lithuanian karszu,pleszau; Russian c8eshu; Latin verro,vello; Gothic falh.])

kṛśa

mf(ā-)n. (

) lean, emaciated, thin, spare, weak, feeble

etc.

kṛśacañcu

m. "having a thin beak", a heron

kṛśaka

mfn. thin, slender

kṛśanāsa

m. "having a thin nose", Name of śiva-

kṛśāṅga

mf(ī-)n. "thin-bodied", emaciate, spare, thin

etc.

kṛśatā

f. leanness, thinness

kṛṣṇa

m. Name of a celebrated Avatar of the god viṣṇu-, or sometimes identified with viṣṇu- himself ([

]) as distinct from his ten Avata1rsAvatars or incarnations (in the earlier legends he appears as a great hero and teacher[

];in the more recent he is deified, and is often represented as a young and amorous shepherd with flowing hair and a flute in his hand;the following are a few particulars of his birth and history as related in

and in the purāṇa-s etc.: vasu-deva-, who was a descendant of yadu- and yayāti-, had two wives, rohiṇī- and devakī-;the latter had eight sons of whom the eighth was kṛṣṇa-; kaṃsa-, king of mathurā- and cousin of devakī-, was informed by a prediction that one of these sons would kill him;he therefore kept vasu-deva- and his wife in confinement, and slew their first six children;the seventh was balarāma- who was saved by being abstracted from the womb of devakī- and transferred to that of rohiṇī-;the eighth was kṛṣṇa- who was born with black skin and a peculiar mark on his breast;his father vasu-deva- managed to escape from mathurā- with the child, and favoured by the gods found a herdsman named nanda- whose wife yaśo-dā- had just been delivered of a son which vasu-deva- conveyed to devakī- after substituting his own in its place. nanda- with his wife yaśo-dā- took the infant kṛṣṇa- and settled first in gokula- or vraja-, and afterwards in vṛndāvana-, where kṛṣṇa- and bala-rāma- grew up together, roaming in the woods and joining in the sports of the herdsmen's sons; kṛṣṇa- as a youth contested the sovereignty of indra-, and was victorious over that god, who descended from heaven to praise kṛṣṇa-, and made him lord over the cattle[

]; kṛṣṇa- is described as sporting constantly with the gopī-s or shepherdesses[

]of whom a thousand became his wives, though only eight are specified, rādhā- being the favourite[

]; kṛṣṇa- built and fortified a city called dvārakā- in Gujarat, and thither transported the inhabitants of mathurā- after killing kaṃsa-; kṛṣṇa- had various wives besides the gopī-s, and by rukmiṇī- had a son pradyumna- who is usually identified with kāma-deva-;with Jains, kṛṣṇa- is one of the nine black vasu-deva-s;with Buddhists he is the chief of the black demons, who are the enemies of buddha- and the white demons)

kṛṣṇā

f. Name of several plants (Piper longum

;the Indigo plant

;a grape

;a punar-navā- with dark blossoms

;Gmelina arborea

;Nigella indica

;Sinapis ramosa

;Vernonia anthelminthica

; equals kākolī-

;a sort of sārivā-

)

kṛṣṇaphalā

f. the plant Vernonia anthelminthica

kṛśodara

mf(ī-)n. thin-waisted

kṛt

mfn. only in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' (

) making, doing, performing, accomplishing, effecting, manufacturing, acting, one who accomplishes or performs anything, author (See su-k-, karma-k-, pāpa-k-,etc.)

kṛta

n. Name of the die or of the side of a die marked with four points or dots (this is the lucky or winning die)

etc.

kṛtabhāva

mfn. one whose mind is directed towards anything (locative case)

kṛtakṣaṇa

mfn. one who waits for the right moment, one who waits impatiently for a person or thing (locative case,or accusative with prati-,or infinitive mood,or in compound; exempli gratia, 'for example' kṛta-kṣaṇāhaṃ te gamnaṃ prati-,I am waiting impatiently for thy going

; te bhūmiṇ gantuṃ kṛta-kṣaṇāḥ-,they are waiting for the time to proceed to the earth

)

kṛtamati

mfn. one who has taken a resolution, who has resolved upon anything

kṛtaniścaya

mfn. one who has ascertained anything, sure, certain.

kṛtānukṛtakārin

mfn. doing anything before and after

kṛtapūrvin

mfn. one by whom anything (accusative) was formerly done

kṛtāśa

mfn. one who forms hopes, hoping for anything ["despairing"commentator or commentary ]

kṛtavarman

m. Name of the father of the thirteenth arhat- of the present avasarpiṇī-

kṛtavat

mfn. perf.p.P. kṛ-, one who has done or made anything

kṛtaveṣa

mfn. one who has assumed clothing, attired, decorated

kṛtavikāra

mfn. any one or anything that has undergone change, altered, changed.

kṛti

f. a kind of anuṣṭubh- metre (consisting of two pāda-s of twelve syllables each and a third pāda- of eight syllables)

kṛtrima

mf(ā-)n. not necessarily connected with the nature of anything, adventitious

kṛttikā

f. plural (rarely sg.

), Name of a constellation (the Pleiads, originally the first, but in later times the third lunar mansion, having agni- as its regent;this constellation, containing six stars, is sometimes represented as a flame or as a kind of razor or knife;for their oldest namesSee

;in mythol. the six kṛttikā-s are nymphs who became the nurses of the god of war, kārttikeya-)

etc.

kṛtvya

mfn. one who is able to perform anything, strong, efficacious

kṛtyacintā

f. thinking of any possibility

kṛtyatama

n. anything most proper or fit

kṛtyavat

mfn. having the power to do something (locative case)

kṛtyavidhi

m. the way to do anything, rule, precept.

kruḍ

cl.6 P. kruḍati-, to sink, dive

; to be or become thick commentator or commentary on

; (see kraḍana-, kūḍ-,and krūḍ-): Causal or cl.10 P. fr. krūḍ-, krūdayati-, to make thick (?)

krūra

mf(/ā-)n. inauspicious (as opposed to saumya-and a-krūra-,said of the first, third, fifth, seventh, ninth, and eleventh signs of the zodiac, which are supposed to have a malignant influence

;said of planets

)

kṣam

cl.1 A1. kṣ/amate- (Epic also P. ti-;Ved. cl.2 P. kṣamiti-

; cl.4 P. kṣāmyati-[ confer, compare imperative A1.3. sg. kṣamyatām-

]

; perf. cakṣame-

etc., 3. plural mire-

;1. dual number cakṣaṇvahe-& 1. plural ṇmahe-

Scholiast or Commentator; future 2nd kṣaṃsyate-, ti-, kṣamiṣyati-; Aorist 2. sg. akṣaṃsthās-

; infinitive mood kṣantum-

etc.) , to be patient or composed, suppress anger, keep quiet

etc. ; to submit to (dative case)

; to bear patiently, endure, put up with (accusative), suffer

; to pardon, forgive anything (accusative) to (genitive case or dative case)

etc. (exempli gratia, 'for example' kṣamasva me tad-,forgive me that

) ; to allow, permit, suffer

(

) ; (with Potential)

; to bear any one, be indulgent to

(Passive voice)

; to resist

; to be able to do anything (infinitive mood)

; to seem good

: Causal P. A1. kṣamayati-, kṣāmayate-, to ask any one (accusative) pardon for anything (accusative)

; (perf. kṣamayām āsa-) to suffer or bear patiently

(confer, compare kṣamāpaya-); ([ confer, compare Gothic hramja(?) Anglo-Saxon hremman,"to hinder, disquiet."])

kṣāma

mf(ā-)n. dried up, emaciated, wasted, thin, slim, slender

etc.

kṣāmakukṣitā

f. having thin loins (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-),

kṣāmatā

f. emaciation, thinness

kṣamībhū

to become able to do anything (dative case)

kṣaṇa

m. a moment regarded as a measure of time (equal to thirty kalā-s or four minutes

;or (in astronomy) to 48 minutes

etc.;or 4/5 or 24/35 seconds

)

kṣaṇa

n. kṣaṇāt-kṣaṇāt-, in this moment - in that moment

kṣaṇabhaṅga

m. (with

) continual, decay of things (denial of the continued identity of any part of nature, maintainment that the universe perishes and undergoes a new creation every instant)

kṣaṇabhaṅgavāda

m. the doctrine of the continual decay of things

kṣaṇaniśvāsa

m. "breathing momentarily", the Gangetic porpoise

kṣaṇikatā

f. momentariness, continual decay and change of everything (see kṣaṇa-bhaṅga-)

kṣānti

f. patient waiting for anything

kṣapāśaya

mfn. lying on anything (in compound) during night

kṣar

cl.1 P. kṣ/arati- (Epic also A1. te-;Ved. cl.2 P. kṣariti-

; subjunctive kṣarat-; imperfect tense /akṣarat-; Aorist 3. sg. akṣār-(see

); akṣārīt-

; parasmE-pada kṣ/arat-; infinitive mood kṣ/aradhyai-

), to flow, stream, glide, distil, trickle

etc. ; to melt away, wane, perish

; to fall or slip from, be deprived of (ablative)

; to cause to flow, pour out

etc. (with mūtram-,"to urine"

) ; to give forth a stream, give forth anything richly

(perfect tense cakṣāra-)

: Causal kṣārayati-, to cause to flow (as urine)

; to overflow or soil with acrid substances (see kṣāra-)

(see kṣārita-.)

kṣatābhyaṅga

m. "mutilated portion of a havis-", i.e. the portion from which anything has been taken away

kṣatramātra

n. anything included by the term kṣatra-

kṣattṛ

m. (

Va1rtt. 6; vi, 4, 11) one who cuts or carves or distributes anything

kṣavakṛt

m. "(anything) which causes sneezing", the plant Artemisia sternutatoria

kṣaya

m. consumption, phthisis pulmonalis

kṣayakāla

m. the period of destruction, end of all things.

kṣayakāsa

m. a consumptive or phthisical cough

kṣayya

mfn. (anything) that can be destroyed or removed

kṣema

mn. (Ved. only m.; gaRa ardharcādi-), safety, tranquillity, peace, rest, security, any secure or easy or comfortable state, weal, happiness

etc. (kṣ/ema-& y/oga-[or pra-y/uj-],rest and exertion, enjoying and acquiring

; see kṣema-yoga-and yoga-kṣ-; kṣemaṃ te-,"peace or security may be to thee"[this is also the polite address to a vaiśya-, asking him whether his property is secure

)

kṣemadhanvan

m. Name of a son of the third manu- sāvarṇa-

kṣemādhi

m. Name of a prince of mithilā-

(see kṣemāri-.)

kṣemaṃkara

m. of a mythical buddha-

kṣepa

m. application of a term to something else

kṣetra

n. place of origin, place where anything is found

kṣetraja

m. (scilicet putra-) "born from the womb", a son who is the offspring of the wife by a kinsman or person duly appointed to raise up issue to the husband (this is one of the twelve kinds of issue allowed by the old Hindu law)

kṣetrajñā

f. a girl fifteen years old who personates the goddess durgā- at a festival of this deity.

kṣīṇaśarīra

mfn. one who has a thin or emaciated body

kṣīṇopāya

mfn. destitute of anything to rely upon

kṣip

cl.6 P. kṣip/ati- A1. kṣipate- (

etc.; cl.4 P. kṣipyati-,only

; subjunctive kṣip/at-; perf. cikṣepa-

etc.; Epic also cikṣipe-; future 2nd kṣepsyati-

etc.; Epic also te-; infinitive mood kṣeptum-; confer, compare

), to throw, cast, send, despatch

(Passive voice pr. p. kṣipyat-,

) etc. ; to move hastily (the arms or legs)

; to throw a glance (as the eye)

; to strike or hit (with a weapon)

; to put or place anything on or in (locative case), pour on, scatter, fix or attach to (locative case)

etc. ; to direct (the thoughts) upon (locative case)

; to throw away, cast away, get rid of

; to lay (the blame) on (locative case)

; to utter abusive words, insult, revile, abuse

etc. ; "to disdain" id est to excel, beat, outvie

; to strike down, ruin, destroy

; (A1."to destroy one another, go to ruin" Potential 3. plural kṣiperan-

) ; to pass or while away (the time or night, kālam-, kṣapām-)

; to lose (time, kālam-; confer, compare kālakṣepa-)

; to skip or pass over (a day, dinam-.)

; (in mathematics) to add

: Causal P. kṣepayati-, to cause to cast or throw into (antar-)

; to throw into

; to cause to descend into (locative case)

; to pass or while away (the night, kṣapām-)

; (Aorist subjunctive 2. sg. cikṣipas-) to hurt, injure

(confer, compare subjunctive kṣepayat- sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order 2. kṣi-); ([ confer, compare Latin sipo,dissipo,forxipo.])

kṣiprakāma

mfn. one who wishes to obtain anything speedily

kṣīra

n. (fr. śyai-?;fr. kṣar-,or ghas-

;fr. ghas-

; gaRa ardharcādi-), milk, thickened milk

etc. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).

)

kṣīrada

mfn. milk-giving, (anything) that yields milk

kṣitivyudāsa

m. a cave within the earth

kṣobhayitṛ

mfn. one who gives the first impulse for anything

kṣoda

m. the stone or slab on which anything is ground or powdered, mortar etc.

kṣodakṣama

mfn. "(anything) that endures stamping or pounding", solid, valid

kṣodiṣṭha

mfn. (See kṣudr/a-

) smallest, thinnest

kṣuracatuṣṭaya

n. the four things necessary for shaving (viz. kṣura-, nava-kuśa-tṛṇāni-, try-eṇī śalalī-, āpaḥ-)

kṣutpipāsāpariśrānta

mfn. wearied by hunger and thirst

kṣutpipāsāparītāṅga

mfn. one whose body is affected with hunger and thirst

kṣutpipāsārta

mfn. afflicted with hunger and thirst

kṣutpipāsita

mfn. hungry and thirsty

kṣuttṛḍudbhava

mfn. beginning to feel hungry and thirsty

kṣuttṛṣānvita

mfn. suffering from hunger and thirst

kṣuttṛṭparīta

mfn. suffering from hunger and thirst

kuberadatta

m. Name of a mythical being

kubjikā

f. a girl eight years old (personating the goddess durgā- at a festival of this deity).

kuḍava

mn. a measure of grain or of wood or of iron etc. (4th part of a prastha-, described by some as a vessel four fingers wide and as many deep and containing 12 prakṛti-s or handfuls;also said to contain 13 1/2 cubic aṅgula-s, or to contain 64 cubic aṅgula-s[

],or to be a finger and a half deep and three fingers each in length and breadth;it med. it is equal to two prakṛti-s or thirty-two tolaka-s)

kuḍyacchedin

m. a housebreaker, thief

kujambhala

m. a thief who breaks into a house

(vv.ll. mbhira-and mbhila-; see kumbhila-).

kukṣi

m. the interior of anything

kula

n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' with a genitive case sg.) a lot, gang (exempli gratia, 'for example' caurasya-k-,a gang of thieves)

kulāhala

m. Name of a plant (equals alambuṣa-, gocchāla-, bhū-kadamba-,commonly Kokasima, Coryza terebinthina or Celsia coromandelina [see kulāhaka-],a plant which dogs are fond of smelling before they expel urine)

kulambhara

m. varia lectio for kujambhala- (a thief)

kumārīkrīḍanaka

n. a plaything for girls gaRa yāvādi-.

kumba

mn. the thick end (of a bone or of a club)

kumba

according to to some also,"the horn or point of anything".

kumbā

f. (

) a thick petticoat

kumbha

m. a religious exercise, viz. closing the nostrils and mouth so as to suspend breathing

kumbha

m. one of the thirty-four jātaka-s or former births of śākya-muni-

kumbhīka

m. a pathic, catamite

kumbhila

m. a thief who breaks into a house (often in PrakritkumbhI8laa

etc.)

kumbhīraka

m. a thief

kuṇḍakarṇa

m. "pot-eared", Name of a mythical being

kuñjara

m. anything pre-eminent in its kind (generally in compound exempli gratia, 'for example' rāja-k-,"an eminent king"

; see

gaRa vyāghrādi-)

kūpakacchapa

m. "a tortoise in a well", a man without experience (who has seen nothing of the world) gaRa pātresamitādi- and yuktārohy-ādi-.

kūrca

m. rarely n. (gaRa ardharcādi-) a bunch of anything, bundle of grass, etc. (often used as a seat)

etc.

kuruṇḍi

m. Name of a ṛṣi- in the third manv-antara-

kusīda

n. any loan or thing lent to be repaid with interest, lending money upon interest, usury

etc.

kuśika

m. of the father of gāthin- or gādhin- or gādhi- (the latter being sometimes identified with indra-, who is called kauśika- or kuśikottama-

; gādhi- is also regarded as the father of viśvā-mitra-

)

kuśika

m. Name of the thirteenth kalpa-

kuṣṭhā

f. the prominent part of anything, mouth or opening (of a basket)

commentator or commentary on

kuṣṭhaghnī

f. the plant Vernonia anthelminthica

kuṣṭhanāśinī

f. "curing leprosy", the plant Vernonia anthelminthica

kusumāla

m. a thief

kutanu

m. "deformed", Name of kubera- (this deity being of a monstrous appearance, having three legs and but eight teeth)

kutapa

m. the eighth muhūrta- or portion of the day from the last daṇḍa- of the second watch to the first of the third or about noon (an eligible time for the performance of sacrifices to the Manes)

kūṭastha

mn. a kind of perfume (a species of dried shell-fish, commonly Nathi)

kutha

m. sacrificial or kuśa- grass (Poa cynosuroides)

śākya-muni- in one of his former thirty-four births

kuṭīkṛta

n. "twisted, frizzled", anything (as woollen cloth) curled or twisted

kuṭilikā

f. (

) crouching, coming stealthily (like a hunter on his prey;a particular movement on the stage)

kutra

ind. kutra-kva-, where (this) -where (that) id est how distant or how different is this from that, how little is this consistent with that?

kutra- becomes indefinite when connected with the particles api-, cid- exempli gratia, 'for example' kutrāpi-, anywhere, somewhere, wherever, to any place, wheresoever

kutūhala

n. what excites curiosity, anything interesting, fun

kutūhalavat

mfn. curious, taking interest in anything

kutūhalin

mfn. curious, highly interested in anything

kuṭumba

n. the care of a family, house-keeping (hence metaphorically care or anxiety about anything; in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'

)

kuṭumbin

m. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' (metaphorically) one who takes care of anything

kva

ind. or kva- alone may have the same meaning (e. gaRa kva sukham-,where is happiness? id est there is no such thing as happiness,

)

kva

ind. kva- - kva- or kutra-kva- (implying excessive incongruity) where is this? where is that? how distant is this from that? how little does this agree with that? (exempli gratia, 'for example' kva sūrya-prabhavo vaṃśaḥ kva cālpa-viṣayā matiḥ-,how can my limited intellect describe the solar race?

)

etc.

kya

n. (fr. 3. k/a-), anything agreeable to prajā-pati-

labdhalakṣaṇa

mfn. one who his gained an opportunity for (doing anything)

labh

(confer, compare rabh-) cl.1 A1. (

) labhate- (Epic also ti-and lambhate-; perfect tense lebh/e-, Epic also lalābha-; Aorist alabdha-, alapsata-

; preceding lapsīya-

; future labdhā- grammar; lapsyate-, ti-

etc.; labhiṣyati-

; infinitive mood labdhum-

; ind.p. labdhv/ā-

etc.; -labhya-, -lambham-

etc.; lābham-

), to take, seize, catch ; catch sight of, meet with, find

etc. etc. (with antaram-,to find an opportunity, make an impression, be effective;with avakāśam-,to find scope, be appropriate;with kālam-,to find the right time or moment) ; to gain possession of, obtain, receive, conceive, get, receive ("from" ablative;"as" accusative), recover

(with garbham-,"to conceive an embryo","become pregnant";with padam-,to obtain a footing) ; to gain the power of (doing anything), succeed in, be permitted or allowed to (infinitive mood or dative case exempli gratia, 'for example' labhate draṣṭum-,or darśanāya-,"he is able or allowed to see")

etc. ; to possess, have

; to perceive, know, understand, learn, find out

: Passive voice labhy/ate- (Epic also ti-; Aorist alābhi-or alambhi-,with preposition only alambhi-; confer, compare

), to be taken or caught or met with or found or got or obtained

etc. ; to be allowed or permitted (infinitive mood sometimes with pass. sense exempli gratia, 'for example' nādharmo labhyate kartum-,"injustice ought not to be done", confer, compare above)

; to follow, result

; to be comprehended by (ablative)

: Causal lambhayati-, te- (Aorist alalambhat-), to cause to take or receive or obtain, give, bestow (generally with two accusative;rarely with accusative and instrumental case = to present with;in

with two accusative and instrumental case; confer, compare

)

etc. ; to get, procure (confer, compare lambhita-) ; to find out, discover

; to cause to suffer

; Desiderative l/ipsate- (mc. also ti-

līpsate-), to wish to seize or take or catch or obtain or receive (with accusative or genitive case;"from" ablative)

: Intensive lālabhyate-, lālambhīti- or lālabdhi- grammar ([ Greek , ; Latin labor; Lithuanian la4bas, l/obis-.])

laḍita

mfn. moving hither and thither

lag

(see lakṣ-, lakṣa-etc.) cl.1 P. (

) lagati- (according to to

also lagyati-; perfect tense lalāga- grammar; Aorist alagīt-

; future lagitā-

; lagiṣyati-

; ind.p. lagitvā-, -lagya-

), to adhere, stick, cling or attach one's self to (locative case)

etc. (with hṛdi-and genitive case,"to penetrate to a person's heart"

) ; to take effect upon (locative case)

; to meet, come in contact, cut (as lines)

; to follow closely, ensue or happen immediately

; to pass away (as time)

: Causal or cl.10. (

) lāgayati-,"to taste"or"to obtain" (āsvādane-,or āsādane-). ([In Hindi this root often means"to begin."])

laghu

ind. lightly, quickly, easily etc.

(laghu-man-,to think lightly of.

) ([ confer, compare Greek ; Latin le8visforle1vis,lenhuis; Lithuanian lengvu8s,le8ngvas; Anglo-Saxon lungre,"quickly"; English lungs,"lights."])

laghūkaraṇa

n. thinking little of, contemning

laghūkṛ

P. -karoti-, to make light, reduce in weight, diminish, alleviate

; to lessen, shorten (days)

; to reduce in importance, slight, humiliate

; to think lightly of, despise

laghūya

Nom. P. y/ati-, to think lightly of, despise

lagna

m. (also with śubha-, śobhana-, anukūla-etc.) an auspicious moment or time fixed upon as lucky for beginning to perform anything

lagnacintā

f. thinking of the auspicious moment

lagnagraha

mfn. insisting firmly on anything, persistent, obtrusive

lakaca

n. the fruit of this tree.

lakṣaṇa

n. the act of aiming at, aim, goal, scope, object (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' = "concerning","relating to","coming within the scope of")

lakṣaṇīya

mfn. to be expressed figuratively or elliptically, anything so expressed

lakṣitalakṣaṇa

mfn. having the marks (of anything) perceived or evident

lakṣmī

f. Name of the goddess of fortune and beauty (frequently in the later mythology identified with śrī- and regarded as the wife of viṣṇu- or nārāyaṇa-; according to to

she sprang with other precious things from the foam of the ocean when churned by the gods and demons for the recovery of the amṛta- q.v;she appeared with a lotus in her hand, whence she is also called padmā-; according to to another legend she appeared at the creation floating over the water on the expanded petals of a lotus-flower, she is also variously regarded as a wife of sūrya-, as a wife of prajā-pati-, as a wife of dharma- and mother of kāma-, as sister or mother of dhātṛ- and vidhātṛ-, as wife of dattatreya-, as one of the 9 śakti-s of viṣṇu-, as a manifestation of prakṛti- etc., as identified with dākṣāyaṇī- in bharatāśrama-, and with sītā-, wife of rāma-, and with other women)

(see

)

lakṣmī

f. Name of the wife of king candra-siṃha- of mithilā- and patroness of various authors (also called lakhamā-, laṣamā-, lakhimā-or lachimā-)

lakṣmīniketana

n. the bathing with fragrant myrobalan powder

lakṣya

n. the thing defined (opp. to lakṣaṇa-)

lakuca

n. the fruit of this tree.

lalāman

n. a species of stanza (having 10 syllables in the first two pāda-s, 11 in the third, and 13 in the fourth)

lalanā

f. of a mythical being.

(varia lectio analā-).

lalitātṛtīyā

f. Name of a particular third day

lalittha

m. plural Name of a people (sg. a prince of this people)

lasa

mfn. shining, playing, moving hither and thither (see a-las/a-)

lāsaka

mfn. moving hither and thither, playing, gamboling

lāsana

n. moving hither and thither

lāsya

n. dancing, a dance (especially accompanied with instrumental music and singing), a dance representing the emotions of love dramatically (this was at one time a principal part of the drama, and as such according to to bharata- and the daśa-rūpa- consisted of 10 divisions or aṅga-s, viz. geya-pada-, sthita-pāṭhya-, āsīna-, puṣpa-gaṇḍikā-, pracchedaka-, tri-gūḍha-or tri-mūḍhaka-, saindhava-, dvigūḍhaka-or vimūḍhaka-, uttam/ottamaka-,and ukta-pratyukta-;including also a style of dramatic composition in which there is abrupt transition from Sanskrit to Prakrit and from Prakrit to Sanskrit;the term lāsya-is also applied to the Nach [Nautch] dance of the Indian dancing girls, consisting chiefly of gesticulation with a shuffling movement of the feet forwards and backwards, as invented by pārvati- and opposed to the boisterous masculine dance called tāṇḍava- practised by śiva- and his followers; see

)

etc.

laṭa

m. (only

) a thief

latā

f. a streak, line (vārāṃ latāḥ-,thin jets of water)

latāgahanavat

mfn. thickly overspread with creepers

laukika

n. anything occurring in the world, general custom, usage

lava

m. anything cut off, a section, fragment, piece, particle, bit, little piece ( lavam am- ind.a little; lavam api-,even a little)

etc. (see padāti-l-)

laya

m. delight in anything

leha

m. anything to be taken by licking or sipping or sucking, an electuary, syrup

lekhana

n. making thin, attenuating, reducing corpulency (See next) .

lekhyapattra

n. a leaf or sheet of anything for writing

lepa

m. anything smeared on, ointment, unguent, plaster

etc.

līlā

f. mere sport or play, child's play, ease or facility in doing anything

līlākamala

n. a woman's toy-lotus, a lotus-flower held in the hands as a plaything

līnāli

mfn. having bees adhering (to anything), embraced or clung to by bees

liṅga

n. (once m.in

; in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).,f(ī-).only in viṣṇu-liṅgī-;prob. fr. lag-; see lakṣa-, lakṣaṇa-) a mark, spot, sign, token, badge, emblem, characteristic (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' equals tal-liṅga-,"having anything for a mark or sign")

etc.

liṅga

n. (in logic) equals vyāpya-, the invariable mark which proves the existence of anything in an object (as in the proposition"there is fire because there is smoke" , smoke is the liṅga-; see

)

liṅga

n. anything having an origin and therefore liable to be destroyed again

liṅgadhara

mfn. (ifc.) wearing or having marks or mere marks, having the mere appearance of. simulating anything (mithyā-l-wearing false marks, a hypocrite; see suhṛl-l-)

lip

(cf rip-) cl.6.1.P. A1. (

) limp/ati-, te- (perfect tense lilepa-.

etc.; Aorist alipat-

; alispata-, alipta- grammar; -alipsata-

; future lepta1-, lepsyati-, te- grammar; infinitive mood leptum-

; ind.p. -lipya-

etc.) , to smear, besmear, anoint with (instrumental case), stain, soil, taint, pollute, defile

etc. ; to inflame, kindle, burn

: Passive voice lipyate- (Epic also ti-; Aorist alepi-), to be smeared etc. ; to be attached to (locative case), stick, adhere

: ; Causal lepayati- (Aorist alīlipat-), to cause to smear etc. ; to smear or anoint anything (accusative) with (instrumental case) or on (locative case)

; to cover

; to cast blame on any one

; (limpayati-), to smear anything (accusative) with (instrumental case): Desiderative lilipsati-, te- grammar : Intensive leliyate-, lelepti-

[ confer, compare Greek , Latin lippus; Lithuanian li4pti; Gothic bileiban; Germ,bili4ian,bli7ben,bleiben,leben,Leib; Anglo-Saxon libban; English live,life.]

lipi

f. anything written, manuscript, inscription, letter, document

lipitva

n. the condition of being anything written

liṭya

Nom. P. liṭyati-,"to be little"or,"to think little of." gaRa kaṇḍv-ādi-

locanagocara

mf(ā-)n. being within the range of vision, visible

lohacumbakanyāya

m. the rule of iron and magnet (id est of a very close afflnity between two things),

lohitākṣa

n. a part of the arm and of the thigh, the place where these are joined to the body, joint of the arm, thigh-joint

lohitākṣasaṃjñā

f. (scilicet sirā-) an artery or vein situated either at the thigh-joint or at the arm-joint

loka

m. the earth or world of human beings etc.

etc. (ay/aṃ lok/aḥ-,"this world"; as/au-or p/aro lok/aḥ-,"that or the other world"; loke-or iha- loke-,"here on earth", opp. to para-tra-, para-loke-etc.; kṛtsne- loke-,"on the whole earth")

lokāloka

m. Name of a mythical belt or circle of mountains surrounding the outermost of the seven seas and dividing the visible world from the region of darkness (as the sun is within this wall of mountains they are light on one side and dark on the other;See

; see cakra-vāla-)

lokapāla

m. a world-protector, guardian of the world, regent of a quarter of the world (the loka-pāla-s are sometimes regarded as the guardian deities of different orders of beings, but more commonly of the four cardinal and four intermediate points of the world, viz. according to to

, 1. indra-, of the East;2. agni-, of South-east;3. yama-, of South;4. sūrya-, of South-west;5. varuṇa-, of West;6. pavana- or vāyu-, of North-west;7. kubera-, of North;8. soma- or candra- of North-east;others substitute nir-ṛti- for 4 and īśānī- or pṛthivī- for 8;according to

the Buddhists enumerate 4 or 8 or 10 or 14 loka-pāla-s)

etc.

lola

mf(ā-)n. moving hither and thither, shaking, rolling, tossing, dangling, swinging, agitated, unsteady, restless

etc.

lolita

mfn. (fr. Causal) moved hither and thither, shaken, agitated, tremulous

lomaśasaktha

(lomaś/a-) mfn. having hair or bristles on the thighs or hind feet

,"having a hairy tail").

lomaśasakthi

mfn. having hair or bristles on the thighs or hind feet

,"having a hairy tail").

lomavivara

n. Name of particular mythical regions (equals roma-v-),

lopya

mfn. being among thickets or inaccessible places

(

)

luṅ

(in gram.) Name of the terminations of the Aorist or Third Preterite and Name of that Tense itself.

lūnaka

m. a cut, wound, anything cut or broken

luṇḍikā

f. a ball, round mass (of anything)

luṇṭāka

m. a robber, thief.

mā

ind. or with the imperative (in

, mā no hṛṇītām-[

hṛṇītās-]@agni4H,may agni- not be angry with us;but very often in later language exempli gratia, 'for example' mā kranda-do not cry

; gaccha vā mā ā-,you can go or not go

; ripur ayam mājāyatām-,may not this foe arise,

;also with sma- exempli gratia, 'for example' mā sva kiṃ cid vaco vada-do not speak a word

)

mā

ind. occasionally without a verb (e. gaRa mā śabdaḥ-or śabdam-,do not make a noise

; mā nāma rakṣiṇaḥ-,may it not be the watchmen

; mā bhavantam analaḥ pavano vā-,may not fire or wind harm thee

; especially = not so exempli gratia, 'for example' mā prātṛda-,not so, O prātṛda-

;in this meaning also mā mā-, mā maivam-, mā tāvat-)

mā

cl.2 P. (

) māti- ; cl.3 A1. (

) m/imīte- ; cl.4. A1. (

) māyate- (Ved. and Epic also mimāti- Potential mimīyāt- imperative, mimīhi-; Potential mimet-

; perfect tense mam/au-, mame-, mamir/e-

; Aorist /aināsi- subjunctive masātai-

; amāsīt- grammar; preceding māsīṣṭa-, meyāt-

; future mātā-; māsyati-, māsyate-

; infinitive mood m/e- -m/ai-

; mātum-

; ind.p. mitv/ā-, -m/āya-

etc.) , to measure, mete out, mark off

etc. ; to measure across = traverse

; to measure (by any standard) , compare with (instrumental case)

; (māti-) to correspond in measure (either with genitive case,"to be large or long enough for"

;or with locative case,"to find room or be contained in"

;or with na-and instrumental case,"to be beside one's self with"

) ; to measure out, apportion, grant

; to help any one (accusative) to anything (dative case)

; to prepare, arrange, fashion, form, build, make

; to show, display, exhibit (amimīta-,"he displayed or developed himself",

)

; (in philosophy) to infer, conclude ; to pray (yācñā-karmaṇi-)

: Passive voice mīy/ate- (Aorist amāyi-) ; to be measured etc.

Causal , māpayati-, te- (Aorist amīmapat-

Va1rtt. 2

), to cause to be measured or built, measure, build, erect

etc.: Desiderative mitsati-, te-

(confer, compare nir-mā-): Intensive memīyate-

[ confer, compare Zend ma1; Greek , ; Latin me1tior,mensus,mensura; Slavonic or Slavonian me8ra; Lithuanian me3ra4.]

mācala

m. (perhaps fr. 1. mā+cala-) a thief, robber

macarcikā

f. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') excellence, anything excellent or good of its kind (see go-m-) gaRa matallikādi- (

)

maccitta

mfn. having the mind (fixed) on me, thinking of me

madana

n. (scilicet astra-), Name of a mythical weapon

(varia lectio mādana-)

mādana

n. "stupefier", Name of a mythical weapon.

(varia lectio madana-).

madanatṛṣṇā

f. "love-thirst", Name of a dancing girl

madātyayita

mfn. suffering from this disorder

mādhava

m. a son or descendant of madhu-, a man of the race of yadu- (sg. especially Name of kṛṣṇa-- viṣṇu- or of paraśu-rāma- as an incarnation of this god; plural the yādava-s or vṛṣṇi-s)

mādhava

m. of a son of the third manu-

madhu

m. of a son of the third manu-

madhu

n. anything sweet (especially if liquid), mead etc.

madhu

n. milk or anything produced from milk (as butter, ghee etc.)

madhudhārā

f. Name of a mythical river

mādhukarī

f. alms obtained from five different places by the third class of religious mendicants

madhuratraya

n. the three sweet things (sugar, honey and butter)

madhutraya

n. the three sweet things (viz. sitā-, mākṣika-and sarpis- q.v)

madhuvāhana

mfn. bearing or carrying sweet things (as honey, milk etc.;said of the chariot of the aśvin-s)

madhvāhuti

f. a sacrificial offering consisting of honey or other sweet things

madhvasya

P. syati-, to long for honey or anything sweet

madhyadeśa

m. middle region, middle space, the central or middle part of anything

madhyamaka

n. the interior of anything (kam pra-viś-,to enter)

madhyanihita

mfn. placed in the middle, inserted, fixed into (anything)

madhyaśāyin

mfn. lying in the midst lying within

madhye

ind. in the middle, in the midst, within, between, among, in the presence of (with genitive case or in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound';sometimes also in the beginning of a compound; see

compound below)

etc. (with kṛ-[ ind.p. -kṛtya-or -kṛtvā-

],to place in the middle, make an intermediary of.

;to count among

)

madra

m. a country to the north-west of Hindustan proper, or a king (plural the people) of this country

etc.

madrikāmānin

mfn. thinking (a person to be) a madra- woman

māghasnāna

n. bathing or religious ablution in the month māgha-

magundī

f. Name of a mythical being (whose daughters are female demons)

mahācakravāḍa

m. Name of a mythical mountain

mahācakravāla

m. Name of a mythical mountain

mahādhana

n. anything costly or precious

mahāgala

mfn. long-necked or thick-necked

mahāhrada

m. of a mythical pool,

mahājajñu

m. Name of a mythical teacher

mahākāla

m. Name of a mythical mountain

mahāmeghanivāsin

m. "dwelling in thick clouds", Name of śiva-

mahāmṛga

m. the mythical animal śarabha- (q.v)

mahāmucilinda

m. Name of a mythical mountain

mahāndhakāra

(hān-) m. thick darkness, gross spiritual darkness

mahāpārśva

mf(ā-)n. having broad or thick sides

mahāpatha

m. the knowledge of the essence of śiva- acquired in this pilgrimage

mahāprāṇa

m. the hard breathing or aspirate (heard in the utterance of certain letters)

mahāprāṇa

mfn. pronounced with the hard breathing or aspirate

mahāprāṇa

mfn. "making a harsh breathing or cry", a raven

(see alpa-p-, māhāp-).

mahāprasthāna

n. setting out on the great journey, departing this life, dying

mahārāṣṭrī

f. (scilicet bhāṣā-) the Marathi or Mahratta language

etc.

māhārāṣṭrī

f. (with or scilicet bhāṣā-) the Marathas language (Marathi)

mahāroman

mfn. having large or thick hair on the body (said of śiva-)

mahāromaśa

mfn. having large or thick hair

mahārtha

m. (hār-) a great thing, a gr matter

mahāsaṃsṛṣṭa

m. Name of a mythical mountain

mahāśvāsa

m. "great breathing or difficulty of breathing", a kind of asthma

mahat

mfn. thick (as darkness), gross

mahat

n. anything great or important

mahat

n. a great thing, important matter, the greater part

mahātamaḥprabhā

f. "having thick darkness for light", Name of the lowermost of the 21 hells

mahāvideha

n. Name of a mythical country

maheśvarasiṃha

m. Name of a king of mithilā- (patron of ratna-pāṇi-)

mahodaya

mfn. thinking one's self very lucky

mahodayā

f. Name of a mythical town on mount meru-

maidhātitha

mf(ī-)n. relating to medhātithi-

maināka

m. (fr. menā-) Name of a mountain (son of hima-vat- by menā- or menakā-, and said to have alone retained his wings when indra- clipped those of the other mountains; according to to some this mountain was situated between the southern point of the Indian peninsula and laṅkā-)

(varia lectio maināg/a-)

etc.

mairāla

m. Name of a mythical being

maithila

mf(ī-)n. relating or belonging to mithilā-

etc.

maithila

m. a king of mithilā- (plural the people of mithilā-)

maithilī

f. Name of sītā- (daughter of janaka-, king of maithilī-)

maithilika

m. plural the inhabitants of mithilā-

maitrāvaruṇacamasīya

mfn. being in the cup of this priest

majjan

m. (lit,"sunk or seated within") the marrow of bones (also applied to the pith of plants)

etc. etc. (according to

etc. one of the 5 elements or essential ingredients of the body; in the later medical system that element which is produced from the bones and itself produces semen

) ; scurf.

[ confer, compare Zend mazga; Slavonic or Slavonian mozgu1; German marg,marag,Mark; Anglo-Saxon mearg; English marrow.]

majjana

n. sinking (especially under water), diving, immersion, bathing, ablution

etc.

majjanamaṇḍapa

m. a bathing-house, bath

makha

m. (prob.) Name of a mythical being (especially in makhasya śiraḥ-," makha-'s head")

(see also compound)

malamallakaśeṣa

mfn. having nothing left but a small piece of cloth to cover the passing

malatva

n. dirtiness, filthiness

mālikā

f. a row, series, collection of things arranged in a line

malimlu

or maliml/u- m. (prob. a mutilated form) a robber, thief

malimluc

m. (fr. Intensive of mluc-) "one who goes about in the dark", a robber, thief

malimluca

m. a thief, robber

(

)

mallaka

m. a cup or leaf in which anything is wrapped

mallīkara

m. a thief

mamakāra

m. interesting one's self about anything

man

cl.8.4. A1. (

) manut/e-, m/anyate- (Epic also ti-;3. plural manvat/e-

; perfect tense mene-

etc.; mamn/āthe-, n/āts-

; Aorist /amata-, /amanmahi- subjunctive manāmahe-, mananta-, parasmE-pada manān/a- q.v

; maṃsi-, amaṃsta- subjunctive maṃsate- preceding maṃsīṣṭa-,1. Persian mc. masīya-

; māṃsta-

, stādm-

; mandhvam-

; amaniṣṭa- grammar; future maṃsyate-

, ti-

; manta-, manitā- grammar; maniṣyate-

; infinitive mood mantum-

etc., m/antave-, tavai-

, m/antos-

; ind.p. matv/ā-

etc.; manitvā- grammar; -matya-

etc.; -manya-

etc.) , to think, believe, imagine, suppose, conjecture

etc. (manye-,I think, methinks, is in later language often inserted in a sentence without affecting the construction; confer, compare gaRa cādi-and

) ; to regard or consider any one or anything (accusative) as (accusative with or without iva-,or adverb,often in -vat-;in later language also dative case,to express contempt[ confer, compare

], exempli gratia, 'for example' gaRa rājyaṃ tṛṇaya- manye-,"I value empire at a straw" id est I make light of it equals laghu- man-,and opp. to bahu-,or sādhu- man-,to think much or well of, praise, approve)

; to think one's self or be thought to be, appear as, pass for (Nominal verb;also with iva-)

; to be of opinion, think fit or right

etc. ; to agree or be of the same opinion with (accusative)

; to set the heart or mind on, honour, esteem (with nau-,disdain) , hope or wish for (accusative or genitive case)

etc. ; to think of (in prayer etc., either"to remember, meditate on", or"mention, declare", or"excogitate, invent")

; to perceive, observe, learn, know, understand, comprehend (accusative,Ved. also genitive case).

etc. ; to offer, present

: Causal (

) mānayati- (Epic also te-; Aorist amīmanat-; Passive voice mānyate-), to honour, esteem, value highly (also with uru-, bahu-and sādhu-)

etc. ; (A1.) stambhe-

; garvake-

: Desiderative (

) mīmāṃsate- (rarely ti-; amīmāṃsiṣṭhās-

; mīmāṃsy/ate-

; mimaṃsate-, mimaniṣate- grammar), to reflect upon, consider, examine, investigate

etc. ; to call in question, doubt ("with regard to" locative case)

: Desiderative of Desiderative mimāmiṣate- grammar : Intensive manmanyate-, manmanti-

[ confer, compare Zend man; Greek ,, Latin meminisse,monere; Slavonic or Slavonian and Lithuanian mine4ti; Gothic ga-munan; Germ,meinen; English mean.]

mānampaca

mfn. (a vessel) cooking a particular quantity of anything

manana

n. thinking, reflection, meditation, thought, intelligence, understanding (especially intrinsic knowledge or science, as one of the faculties connected with the senses

equals manman-)

( mananā n/ā- ind.thoughtfully, deliberately

)

manas

n. mind (in its widest sense as applied to all the mental powers), intellect, intelligence, understanding, perception, sense, conscience, will

etc. etc. (in philosophy the internal organ or antaḥ-karaṇa-of perception and cognition, the faculty or instrument through which thoughts enter or by which objects of sense affect the soul

;in this sense manas-is always regarded as distinct from ātman-and puruṣa-,"spirit or soul"and belonging only to the body, like which it is - except in the nyāya- - considered perishable;as to its position in the various systemsSee for nyāya- and vaiśeṣika-

, for sāṃkhya- and vedānta-

;in

it is sometimes joined with hṛd-or hṛdaya-,the heart

cakṣus-,the eye)

manas

n. thought, imagination, excogitation, invention, reflection, opinion, intention, inclination, affection, desire, mood, temper, spirit

(in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' after a verbal noun or an infinitive mood stem in tu-= having a mind or wishing to; see draṣṭu-m-etc.; manaḥ- kṛ-,to make up one's mind;with genitive case,to feel inclination for; manaḥ- kṛ-, pra-kṛ-, dhā-,vi- dhā-, dhṛ-, bandh-and Causal of ni-viś-with locative case dative case accusative with prati-,or infinitive mood,to direct the mind or thoughts towards, think of or upon; manaḥ-with sam-ā-dhā-,to recover the senses, collect one's self;with han-See mano-hatya-; manasā m/anasā- ind.in the mind;in thought or imagination;with all the heart, willingly;with genitive case,by the leave of;with iva- equals seva-,as with a thought, in a moment;with man-,to think in one's mind, be willing or inclined;with saṃ-gam-,to become unanimous, agree; manasi-with kṛ-,to bear or ponder in the mind, meditate on, remember;with ni-dhā-,to impress on the mind, consider;with vṛt-,to be passing in one's mind)

mānasatva

n. the state of spirit, spirituality, fulfilment of anything in mere thought,

manaścit

mfn. (2. cit-) thinking or reflecting in the mind

(others,"knowing the heart").

manasya

Nom. P. A1. sy/ati-, te- (gaRa kaṇḍv-ādi-), to have in mind, intend

; to think, reflect

manāya

Nom. P. y/ati-, to be zealous or devoted

; to think, consider

maṇḍa

m. the thick part of milk, cream,

etc. (see dadhi-m-)

mandakarṇa

mfn. "dull-eared", slightly deaf (proverb badhirān mandakarṇaḥ śreyān-,"something is better than nothing")

maṇḍala

n. anything round (but in

also applied to anything triangular; see maṇḍalaka-)

mandara

mfn. large, thick, firm (equals bahala-)

mandara

m. Name of a sacred mountain (the residence of various deities;it served the gods and asura-s for a churning-stick at the churning of the ocean for the recovery of the amṛta- and thirteen other precious things lost during the deluge)

etc.

maṇḍukī

f. the third part of an elephant's hind leg

maṅgala

n. anything auspicious or tending to a lucky issue (exempli gratia, 'for example' a good omen, a prayer, benediction, auspicious ornament or amulet, a festival or any solemn ceremony on important occasions etc.; see mfn.below)

etc.

maṅgalācaraṇa

n. benediction, prayer for the success of anything

maṅgalakalaśamaya

mfn. consisting of vessels of this kind

maṅgalālambhana

n. touching anything auspicious

maṅgalamaya

mf(ī-)n. consisting of nothing but happiness etc.

maṅgalāṣṭaka

m. (l) a term for 8 auspicious things

maṅgaleśvaratīrtha

n. " tīrtha- of the lord of prosperity", Name of a sacred bathing. place

maṅgalya

n. any auspicious thing

maṅgalya

n. bathing with the juice of all medicinal plants

maṇidvīpa

m. Name of a mythical island in the ocean of nectar

maṇimayīpurī

f. Name of a mythical town of the nirvāta-kavaca-s

mānin

mfn. (fr. man-or fr. 1. māna-) thinking, being of opinion

mānin

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') thinking (especially one's self) to be or have, appearing as or passing for (See darśanīya--, paṇḍita-m-etc.)

maṇināga

m. or n. (?) Name of a sacred bathing-place

maṇiparvata

m. "jewel-mountain", Name of a mythical mountain

mānitva

n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') the thinking one's self to be or have

mañjarījāladhārin

mfn. thickly covered with buds or flowers

mañjiṣṭhāmehin

mfn. suffering from this disease

maṅkṣaṇa

n. armour for the legs or thighs, greaves,

(see maṅkhuṇa-, matkuṇa-).

manmanasa

mf(ā-)n. thinking of me

manmatheśvaratīrtha

n. Name of a sacred bathing-place

manohara

mf(ā-or ī-)n. the third day of the civil month (karma-māsa-)

manojava

m. of a son of medhātithi-

manojava

n. of the varṣa- ruled by medhātithi-

manovatī

f. of a mythical town on mount meru-

mantavya

n. (impersonal or used impersonally) one should think or suppose

mantṛ

m. a thinker, adviser, counsellor

mantr

(properly a Nom.fr. mantra-,), cl.10 A1. (

) mantr/ayate- (rarely P. ti-; subjunctive mantrayaithe-, te-

; Potential mantrayīta-

; infinitive mood mantrayitum-

), to speak, talk, say

; to deliberate, take counsel, consult with (instrumental case with or without saha-) or about (dative case)

etc. ; to resolve upon, determine to (infinitive mood)

; to deliberate on, discuss (accusative)

etc. ; to counsel, advise, propose any measure, give any one advice (with accusative of Persian,or with genitive case of Persian and accusative of thing)

etc. ; to consecrate with sacred or magical texts, enchant with spells or charms

mantraspṛś

mfn. obtaining anything by means of spells (equals mantreṇa spṛśati-)

mantrita

mfn. advised, counselled (said of Persons and things)

mfn. thinking, wise, intelligent

m. "the thinking creature(?)", man, mankind

(also as opp. to evil spirits

;the ṛbhu-s are called manor n/apātaḥ-,the sons of man,

)

m. the Man par excellence or the representative man and father of the human race (regarded in the

as the first to have instituted sacrifices and religious ceremonies, and associated with the ṛṣi-s kaṇva- and atri-;in the

described as dividing his possessions among some of his sons to the exclusion of one called nābhā-nediṣṭha- q.v;called sāṃvaraṇa- as author of

; āpsava- as author of

;in

he is numbered among the 31 divine beings of the upper sphere, and

as father of men even identified with prajā-pati-;but the name manu- is especially applied to 14 successive mythical progenitors and sovereigns of the earth, described

and in later works as creating and supporting this world through successive antara-s or long periods of timeSee manv-antara-below;the first is called svāyambhuva- as sprung from svayam-bhū-,the Self-existent, and described in

as a sort of secondary creator, who commenced his work by producing 10 prajāpati-s or maharṣi-s, of whom the first was marīci-,Light;to this manu- is ascribed the celebrated"code of manu-"See manu-saṃhitā-,and two ancient sūtra- works on kalpa- and gṛhya- id est sacrificial and domestic rites;he is also called hairaṇyagarbha- as son of hiraṇya-garbha-, and prācetasa-, as son of pra-cetas-;the next 5 manu-s are called svārociṣa-, auttami-, tāmasa-, raivata-, cākṣuṣa- see

;the 7th manu-, called vaivasvata-,Sun-born, or from his piety, satya-vrata-,is regarded as the progenitor of the present race of living beings, and said, like the Noah of the Old Testament, to have been preserved from a great flood by viṣṇu- or brahmā- in the form of a fish: he is also variously described as one of the 12 āditya-s, as the author of

,as the brother of yama-, who as a son of he Sun is also called vaivasvata-, as the founder and first king of ayodhyā-, and as father of ilā- who married budha-, son of the Moon, the two great solar and lunar races being thus nearly related to each otherSee

;the 8th manu- or first of the future manu-s according to to

,will be sāvarṇi-;the 9th dakṣa-sāvarṇi-;the 12th rudra-sāvarṇi-;the 13th raucya- or deva-sāvarṇi-;the 14th bhautya- or indra-- sāvarṇi-)

naivasaṃjñānāsaṃjñānāyatana

f. manu-'s wife (equals manāvī-)

; Trigonella Corniculata

[ confer, compare Gothic manna; German Mannus,son ofTuisto[TM], mentioned by Tacitus, in his work Germania,as the mythical ancestor of the West-Germans,mann,man; Anglo-Saxon man; English man.]

manvādi

Name (also title or epithet) of particular tithi-s (which are anniversaries of the 14 Manus),

manya

mfn. (only in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'; see

) thinking one's self to be, passing for, appearing as (See kālim--, dhanyam--, naram-m-etc.)

mānyatva

n. the being honoured by (genitive case), respectability, worthiness

mārg

(properly Nom.fr. mārga-; see mṛg-) cl.1.10. P. (

) mārgati- mārgayati- (Epic also A1. mārgate-; perfect tense mamārga- grammar; Aorist amārgīt-

; future, mārgitā-

; mārgeṣyati-

; infinitive mood mārgitum-

; ind.p. mārgitvā-

), to seek, look for

; to search through

; to seek after, strive to attain

; to endeavour to buy

; to request, ask, beg, solicit anything from any one (with ablative of Persian and accusative of thing, or with two accusative)

etc. ; to ask (a girl) in marriage

; (cl.10. P. mārgayati-), to purify, adorn ; to go (?)

mārga

m. (in dramatic language) pointing out the way, indicating how anything is to take place

marīcigarbha

m. plural "containing particles of light within", Name of a world

marīcipa

m. Name of a mythical race of ṛṣi-s

marman

n. the core of anything, the quick

marman

n. anything which requires to be kept concealed, secret quality, hidden meaning, any secret or mystery

mārmika

mfn. (fr. marman-) versed in, familiar or acquainted with anything (locative case or compound)

maryā

f. (perhaps originally something clear or shining; see marīci-and marut-) a mark, limit, boundary

maryādā

f. (doubtful whether fr. maryā-+ dā-or maryā-+ āda-[fr. ā-+ dā-];fancifully said to be fr. marya-+ ada-,"devouring young men"who are killed in defending boundaries)"giving or containing clear marks or signs", a frontier, limit, boundary, border, bank, shore, mark, end, extreme point, goal (in space and time)

etc. (ṣaṇ-māsmaryādayā-,within six months

)

maryādā

f. of the wife of devātithi- (daughter of a king of videha-)

maryādābandha

m. keeping within limits

maryādīkṛ

P. -karoti-, to make anything an end or limit, reach or attain anything as an end

maryādin

mfn. having or keeping within bounds

māsa

m. a month or the 12th part of the Hindu year (there are 4 kinds of months, viz. the solar, saura-;the natural, sāvana-;the stellar, nākṣatra-,and the lunar, cāndra-;the latter, which is the most usual and consists of 30 tithi-s, being itself of two kinds as reckoned from the new or full moon see

;for the names of the monthsSee

)

etc. (māsam-,for a month; māsam ekam-,for one month; māsena-,in the course of a month; māse-,in a month = after the lapse of a month)

māsacārika

mfn. practising anything for a month

māsadvayodbhava

m. a species of rice ripening within two months

māsana

n. the seed of Vernonia Anthelminthica

māsika

mf(ī-)n. monthly (id est"happening every month", or"lasting for a month"or"performed within a month"etc.)

etc.

mastaka

m. the upper part of anything, top, summit (especially of mountains or trees)

( mastakam kam- ind.= on the top of, upon exempli gratia, 'for example' cullī-mastakam-,upon the hearth

)

matallī

f. anything excellent etc. (equals prec.)

matallikā

f. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') anything excellent of its kind (exempli gratia, 'for example' go-m-,"an excellent cow") gaRa matallikādi- (

)

mataṃgatīrtha

n. Name of a sacred bathing-place

mataṃgavāpī

f. Name of a sacred tank or bathing-place

mātaṃgī

f. Name of the mythical mother of the elephant tribe

matipathaṃnī

to think over

matkuṇa

n. armour for the thighs or legs, greaves

mātra

n. the full or simple measure of anything, the whole or totality, the one thing and no more, often = nothing but, entirely, only (exempli gratia, 'for example' rāja-mātram-,the whole class of kings

; bhaya-m-,all that may be called danger, any danger

; rati-m-,nothing but sensuality

; śabda-mātreṇa-,only by a sound

)

mātra

mf(ā-and ī-)n. being nothing but, simply or merely (see padāti--, manuṣya-m-;after a pp. = scarcely, as soon as, merely, just exempli gratia, 'for example' jāta-m-,scarcely or just born

; kṛṣṭa-m-,merely ploughed

; bhukta-mātre-,immediately after eating

)

mātrā

f. (only once in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') the full measure of anything (equals mātra-)

mātratā

f. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') the being as much as, no more nor less than anything

matsyodarī

f. Name of a sacred bathing-place in Benares

mauda

m. sg. a pupil of this school (See maudaka-).

mauli

m. the head, the top of anything

etc. (maulau ni-dhā-,to place on the head, receive respectfully)

maulimālin

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') having anything for a crest

maulin

mfn. (fr. mauli-) having anything uppermost or turned upwards (See cakra-m-)

meḍhībhūta

mfn. being the central point round which everything turns

medura

mfn. thick, dense, thick like (compound)

medura

mfn. thick with, full of (instrumental case or compound)

medurita

mfn. thickened, made dense by or with (compound)

medya

mfn. fat, thick, consistent

meghajāla

n. "cloud-collection", a mass of clouds, thick clouds

mekhalā

f. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) anything girding or surrounding (see sāgara-m-)

meṣa

m. (2. miṣ-) a ram, sheep (in the older language applied also to a fleece or anything woollen)

etc.

mīḍhuṣtama

m. a thief

miśraka

mfn. mixed (either"not pure"or"various, manifold")

(with guṇa-sthāna- n.Name of the third degree on the way to final emancipation

)

miśravyavahāra

m. (in arithmetic) investigation of mixed or combined quantities, ascertainment of anything combined (as of principal and interest, etc.)

mit

f. anything set up or erected, a post, pillar

(see garta--., upa--, prati-m-).

mita

m. of a ṛṣi- in the third manv-antara-

mithi

m. Name of a son of nimi- and prince of mithilā-

(see

) .

mithila

m. Name of a king (the founder of mithilā-) = mithi-

mithila

m. plural Name of a people (prob. the inhabitants of mithilā-)

mithilā

f. Name of a city said to have been founded by mithi- or mithila- (it was the capital of videha- or the modern Tirhut, and residence of King janaka-)

etc.

mithilādhipati

m. lord of mithilā- id est janaka-

mithuna

n. (also m.) the sign of the zodiac Gemini or the third arc of 30 degrees in a circle

mithuna

n. the other part, complement or companion of anything

(also applied to a kind of small statue at the entrance of a temple

)

mithyādhyavasiti

(mithyādh-) f. a particular figure of speech (in which the impossibility of a thing is expressed by making it depend upon some impossible contingency)

mithyāliṅgadhara

mfn. wearing false marks, being anything only in appearance

mitra

m. of the third muhūrta-

mitra

n. an ally (a prince whose territory adjoins that of an immediate neighbour who is called ari-,enemy.

,in this meaning also applied to planets

)

mitrīya

Nom. P. yati-, to seek to make any one a friend

; to think anyone a friend, to treat any one as a friend or companion,

; to be inclined to friendship or to an alliance

modakī

f. Name of a particular mythical club

moha

m. (1. muh-; in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) loss of consciousness, bewilderment, perplexity, distraction, infatuation, delusion, error, folly

etc. (moham-brū-,to say anything that leads to error; mohaṃ-yā-,to fall into error; mohāt mohāt- ind.through folly or ignorance)

mohakalila

n. thicket or snare of illusion

mokṣ

cl.1 A1. mokṣate- (rather Desiderative fr.2. muc-; future mokṣiṣyate-

), to wish to free one's self. seek deliverance

(see

) ; to free one's self from (accusative), shake off

; cl.10 P. (

;rather Nom.fr. mokṣa-,below), mokṣayati- (mc. also A1. te-; imperative mokṣayadhvam-

; future mokṣayiṣyati-, te-

; infinitive mood mokṣitum-

varia lectio), to free or deliver from (ablative)

etc. ; to liberate, emancipate (from transmigration)

; to loosen, untie, undo

; to detach, extract, draw out of (ablative)

; to wrest or take away anything from (ablative)

; to shed, cause to flow (blood)

; to cast, hurl, fling

moṣa

m. (2. muṣ-) a robber, thief, plunderer

moṣa

m. anything robbed or stolen, stolen property

moṣaka

m. a thief, robber

moṣṭṛ

m. a robber, thief

mṛḍ

(

mṛḷ-) cl.6 P. (

), mṛḍati- (mṛḷati-;once A1. mṛḍase-

) cl.9. P. mṛḍnāti- (

), cl.10., mṛḍayati- (mṛḷ/ayati-), te- ; mṛṇḍayati- (?),

(perfect tense mamarḍa- grammar; mamṛḍyuḥ-

; amarḍīt- grammar; future marḍitā-, ḍiṣyati-

; infinitive mood marḍitum-

; ind.p. mṛḍitvā-

), to be gracious or favourable, pardon, spare (with dative case of Persian and accusative of, thing)

etc. ; to treat kindly, make happy, rejoice, delight (with accusative)

: Causal marḍayati- (Aorist amīmṛḍat-,or amamarḍat-) grammar : Desiderative mimarḍiṣati-

: Intensive marīmṛḍyate-, marīmarṭṭi-

mṛg

(rather Nom.fr. mṛga-; see mārg-, mṛj-) cl.4 P., 10 A1. (

;

) mṛgyati-, mṛg/ayate- (mc. also P. ti-; pr. p. mṛgayāṇa-

), to chase, hunt, pursue

etc. ; to seek, search for or through, investigate, examine

etc. ; to visit, frequent

; to seek or strive after, aim at, endeavour to obtain (accusative)

etc. ; to desire or request or ask anything (accusative) from (ablative, -tas-, genitive case with or without sakāśāt-)

mṛgādī

f. a thick cucumber

mṛgajalasnāna

n. bathing in the waters of a mirage (a term for any impossibility)

mṛgamandā

f. Name of the mythical progenitress of lions, sṛmara-s (and camara-s)

(see -vatī-).

mṛgaprekṣin

mfn. looking at (anything) like a deer, having the eyes of a deer

(see vṛka-p-).

mṛgatṛṣ

(

) f. "deer-thirst", mirage, vapour floating over sands or deserts, fancied appearance of water in deserts.

mṛgatṛṣā

(

) f. "deer-thirst", mirage, vapour floating over sands or deserts, fancied appearance of water in deserts.

mṛgatṛṣṇā

(

) f. "deer-thirst", mirage, vapour floating over sands or deserts, fancied appearance of water in deserts.

mṛgatṛṣṇi

(

), f. "deer-thirst", mirage, vapour floating over sands or deserts, fancied appearance of water in deserts.

mṛgatṛṣṇikā

(

) f. "deer-thirst", mirage, vapour floating over sands or deserts, fancied appearance of water in deserts.

mṛgavatī

f. Name of the mythical progenitress of bears and sṛmara-s

mṛgī

f. Name of the mythical progenitress of antelopes

mṛṣ

(often confounded with1. mṛś-) cl.4 P. A1. (

) mṛṣyati-, te- (in

onlyA1.; according to to

also cl.1 P. A1. marṣati-, te- see 3. mṛṣ-; pr.p. mṛṣat-

; perfect tense mam/arṣa-

, mamṛṣe-

etc.; Aorist, mṛṣṭhās-, mṛṣantta-

; marṣiṣṭhās-

; arnriṣat-

; amarṣrīt- grammar; future, marṣitā-; marṣiṣyati-, te-

; infinitive mood -m/ṛṣe-

; ind.p., marṣitvā-, mriṣitvā-or mṛṣṭvā- grammar; -mṛṣya-

), to forget, neglect

; to disregard, not heed or mind, mind, bear patiently, put up with (accusative)

etc. ; to pardon, forgive, excuse, bear with (genitive case)

; to suffer, permit to (infinitive mood)

; to like (with, as-,dislike)

: Causal (or cl.10.

) marṣayati-, te- (Aorist amīmṛṣat-or amamarṣat-), to cause to forget

; to bear, suffer, overlook, pardon, excuse

etc. etc. (mostly with accusative;sometimes with Potential or future or with Potential after yad-, yac ca-yadi-, yadā-, jātu- exempli gratia, 'for example' na marṣayāmi yat--,I cannot

) ; to put up with anything from (genitive case)

; (with na-), not to let alone, molest

: Intensive māmriṣat-, to bear, suffer

mṛtāṅga

n. a dead body ( mṛtaṅgalagna ga-lagna-,prob. n.the clothing of a dead body)

mṛtprakṣepa

m. scattering earth over anything (for purification)

mucilinda

m. of the sacred tree protected by this nāga- (under which Buddha seated himself)

mudrā

f. (in rhetoric) the natural expression of things by words, calling things by their right names

mukha

n. the upper part, head, top, tip or point of anything

etc. (also mfn.in compound see payo-m-)

mukha

n. the chief, principal, best (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' = having any one or anything as chief etc.)

etc.

mukhabāhūrupādatas

ind. from the mouth, arms, thighs and feet

mukhabāhūrupajja

mfn. sprung from the mouth, arms, thighs and feet

muktākalāpī

ind. with kṛ-, to make anything an ornament of pearls

muktāpura

n. Name of a mythical city in the himālaya- mountains

mukula

n. (m. gaRa ardharcādi-; in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) a bud (also figuratively"a first tooth")

(in this sense also makula-

)

mūla

n. (or m. gaRa ardharcādi-; in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-or ī-).;prob. for 3. m/ūra-See above)"firmly fixed", a root (of any plant or tree;but also figuratively the foot or lowest part or bottom of anything)

etc. (mūlaṃ- kṛ-or bandh-,to take or strike root)

mūla

n. a copse, thicket

mūlamādhavatīrtha

n. Name of a sacred bathing-place

mūlapraṇihita

mfn. (perhaps) known of old by means of spies (thieves)

mūlaśrīpatitīrtha

n. Name of a sacred bathing-place

mūlatrikoṇa

n. the third astrological house

mūloddharaṇa

n. a means of plucking up anything (genitive case) by the root or of destroying

mūlya

n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) original value, value, price, worth, a sum of money given as payment (exempli gratia, 'for example' dātum mūlyena-,to part with for a certain price, sell; dattvā kiṃcin mūlyena-,having given something in payment; mūlyena- grah-,to buy for a price, buy; mūlyena- mārg-,to seek to buy)

etc.

mūlyakaraṇa

n. making the worth or value of anything, turning into money

mumuṣiṣu

mfn. (fr. Desiderative) wishing to steal, a thief ( mumuṣiṣuvat -vat- ind.like a thief)

mūra

n. (prob. also fr.1. mū-and meaning"something firm and fixed"see

) equals mūla-, a root

murch

or mūrch- cl.1 P. (

) mūrchati- (perfect tense mumūrcha-

etc.; Aorist amūrchīt- grammar; future mūrchitā-, mūrchiṣyati-

; ind.p., mūrtvā-

), to become solid, thicken, congeal, assume shape or substance or consistency, expand, increase, grow, become or be vehement or intense or strong

etc. ; to fill, pervade, penetrate, spread over

; to have power or take effect upon (locative case)

; to grow stiff or rigid, faint, swoon, become senseless or stupid or unconscious

etc. ; to deafen

; to cause to sound aloud

: Causal mūrchayati- (mc. also te-), to cause to thicken or coagulate (milk)

; to cause to settle into a fixed or solid form, shape

; to strengthen, rouse, excite

; to cause to sound loudly, play (a musical instrument)

mūrdhan

m. (

) the forehead, head in general, skull, (figuratively) the highest or first part of anything, top, point, summit, front (of battle), commencement, beginning, first, chief (applied to persons)

etc., etc., (mūrdhni-with vṛt-etc., to be above everything, prevail;with dhṛ-,or ā-dā- equals mūrdhnā-1. kṛ-,to place on the head, hold in high honour)

mūrti

f. anything which has definite shape or limits (in philosophy as mind and the 4 elements earth, air, fire, water, but not ākāśa-,ether

), a person, form, figure, appearance

etc.

mūṣ

mf. "stealer, thief."a mouse

[ confer, compare Greek ; Latin mys8i8; German mu7s German mu7s,Maus; English mouse.]

mūṣaka

m. a thief, plunderer

muṣīvan

m. a robber, thief.

muṣka

m. a thief.

muṣṭi

mf. the clenched hand, fist (perhaps originally "the hand closed to grasp anything stolen")

etc.

muṣṭibandha

m. closing the hand (in taking hold of anything)

muthaśila

= $ (in astrology) Name of the third yoga-.

ind. like, as, as it were (only in veda- and later artificial language, exempli gratia, 'for example' gauro na tṛṣitaḥ piba-,drink like [lit."not" id est"although not being"] a thirsty deer;in this sense it does not coalesce metrically with a following vowel). [ confer, compare Greek ; Latin ne8-; Anglo-Saxon ne,"not"; English no,etc.] -2.

mfn. (

) thin, spare

ṅa

the 5th consonant of the Sanskrit alphabet, nasal of the 1st class. No word in use begins with this letter

nabhorūpa

m. (rūp/a-) Name of a mythic. being

naḍavana

n. "reeds-thicket"

nadīṣṇa

mfn. ( snā-) familiar with (literally bathing in) river

nāga

n. of the effects of that period on anything happening during it

nāgadanta

m. a peg in the wall to hang things upon

nāganāsorū

f. a round-thighed woman

(see karabhoru-).

nāgaraka

m. a thief.

nāgatithi

Name (also title or epithet) of the fifth tithi- of the light half of the month caitra-,

nāgeśvaratīrtha

n. Name of several sacred bathing. places

naiḥsargika

mfn. Name of particular transgressions punished with the confiscation of something belonging to the transgressor

naiḥspṛhya

n. absence of longing for anything

naipuṇya

n. (see gaRa brāhmaṇādi-) dexterity, experience in (genitive case or compound), skill or anything which requires skill

n. a place where there is no thinking and no not-thinking

naivasaṃjñānāsaṃjñānāyatanopaga

m. one who resorts to this place, one of the four classes of gods of the formless world

nakiṃcana

mfn. having nothing, very poor

(see a-k-).

nakiṃcid

n. nothing

nakiṃcidapisaṃkalpa

m. no desire for anything

naktacārin

m. thief

nāku

m. anthill

naleśvaratīrtha

n. Name of a sacred bathing-place

nāma

ind. api n- at the beginning of a sentence = perhaps, I dare say, exempli gratia, 'for example' apy eṣa nāma phalam icchati-, this man wants perhaps a reward

nāma

ind. opp. to mā n- with Potential would that not, I should think not, exempli gratia, 'for example' mā nāma akāsyaṃ kuryāt-, I hope he will not do something wrong

nānābuddhiruc

mfn. one whose mind delights in various things

nāṇaka

n. a coin or anything stamped with an impression

nandā

f. Name of the 3 auspicious tithi-s (1st, 6th, and 11th day of the fortnight)

(also dikā-

)

nandikeśvaratīrtha

n. Name of a sacred bathing-place

nandikuṇḍa

m. or n. Name of a sacred bathing-place

nandinītīrtha

n. Name of a sacred bathing-place

nandyāvarta

m. anything so formed (exempli gratia, 'for example' a dish or vessel)

(

),a palace or temple

(also n.

)

napāt

m. (the former stem only in the strong cases and earlier lang.;the latter in Class., but accusative naptāram-appears in

and

) descendant, offspring, son (in this meaning especially in

, exempli gratia, 'for example' apāṃ n-, ūrjo n-, divo n-, vimuco n-etc.)

napāt

m. grandson (in later lang. restricted to this sense)

etc.

nārada

m. of one of the 24 mythic. buddha-s

nāradeśvaratīrtha

n. Name of a sacred bathing-place

narammanya

mfn. thinking one's self a man, passing for a man

naraviṣāṇa

n. "man's horn" id est anything nonexistent

nārāyaṇa

m. (patronymic fr. n/ara- q.v) the son of the original Man (with whom he is generally associated exempli gratia, 'for example'

;he is identified with brahmā-

with viṣṇu- or kṛṣṇa-

etc.;the apsaras- urvaśī- is said to have sprung from his thigh

;elsewhere he is regarded as a kaśyapa- or aṅgirasa-, also as chief of the sādhya-s, and with jaina-s as the 8th of the 9 black vāsudeva-s)

nārāyaṇatīrtha

m. of a sacred bathing-place

nārītīrtha

n. plural Name of 5 sacred bathing. places of women

narmadātīrtha

n. Name of a sacred bathing-place

narmaikasodara

mfn. having pleasure or mirth as one's only brother, thinking only of sport

naś

cl.4 P. (

) n/aśyati- (rarely te-and cl.1.P. n/aśati-, te-; perfect tense nanāśa-,3. plural neśur-; Aorist anaśat-

etc.; aneśat-, n/eśat-

[ confer, compare

]; future naśiṣyati-

; naṅkṣyati-, te-[cond. anaṅkṣyata-]

; naśitā-

; naṃṣṭā-

; naṅgdhā-

; infinitive mood naśitum-, naṃṣum- grammar; ind.p. naśitvā-, naṣṭva-, naṃṣṭvā-

) to be lost, perish, disappear, be gone, run away

etc. ; to come to nothing, be frustrated or unsuccessful

etc.: Causal nāś/ayati-, Epic also te- (Aorist -anīnaśat-; dative case infinitive mood -nāśayadhyai-

) to cause to be lost or disappear, drive away, expel, remove, destroy, efface

etc. ; to lose (also from memory), give up

; to violate, deflower (a girl)

; to extinguish (a fire)

; to disappear (in mā- nīnaśah-and naśuḥ-)

: Desiderative ninaśiṣati- or ninaṅkṣati-

(confer, compare ninaṅkṣu-) ; Desiderative of Causal nināśayiṣati-, to wish to destroy

: Intensive nānaśyate- or nānaṃṣṭi- grammar ([ confer, compare Greek ; Latin nex,nocere]) .

nāsikatryambakatīrtha

n. Name of a sacred bathing-place

nāṣṭika

mf(ī-)n. (fr. naṣṭa-) relating to anything lost

naṭ

(prākṛ-.for nṛt- q.v) cl.1. P. naṭati- (

) to dance

; to hurt or injure

(see un-naṭ-): Causal nāṭayati- (

) to represent anything (accusative) dramatically, act, perform, imitate

etc. ; to fall (see naḍ-) ; to shine

natanābhi

mfn. "deep-naveled", thin, slender

naṭaraṅga

m. "actor's arena", anything illusory

nāth

cl.1 A1. (

) n/āthate-

etc. (ti-

; perfect tense nanātha-; Aorist anāthīt-; future nāthiṣyati-,or nāthitā- grammar; infinitive mood nāthitum-

; ind.p. -nāthya-

) to seek aid, approach with prayers or requests (locative case)

; to ask, solicit, beg for (genitive case of thing

; confer, compare

; dative case of thing

;with 2 accusative

) ; to have power, be master

: Causal nāthayati-, to cause a person to ask for anything id est to grant a request (accusative)

(Bombay edition)

[ confer, compare nādh-; Gothic nithan,Old Saxon gina1tha,nASa; HGerm.gena1de,gnade.]

nātyapacita

mfn. not too thin or emaciated

navadvīpa

m. "the new island", Name of a place now called Nuddea (at the confluence of the bhāgīrathī- and the Jalangi rivers)

navagva

m. sg. one of this family

(see daśa-gva-).

nayanacandrikā

f. moonshine, anything looking bright to the eyes

nayanagocara

mfn. being within the eye's range, visible (-tva-

; rī-kṛ-,to perceive or behold

)

nayanaviṣayībhāva

m. the being within sight

netragocara

mfn. within the range of the eyes, visible

ind. down, back, in, into, within (except

always prefixed either to verbs or to nouns;in the latter case it has also the meaning of negation or privation[ see"down-hearted"= heartless];sometimes wrong reading for nis-)

nibiḍa

mf(ā-)n. or ni-viḍa- (prob. fr. biḍa- equals bila-,a hole; see ni-khila-) without spaces or interstices, close, compact, thick, dense, firm

etc. full of abounding in (instrumental case or compound)

(varia lectio for ni-cita-)

nibiḍita

mfn. made tight, become thick or heavy

nibudh

P. -bodhati- (Aorist -b/odhiṣat-

), to learn or hear anything (accusative) from any one (genitive case,rarely sakāśāt-), to attend or listen to (especially imperative nibodha-, dhata-;rarely dhasva-, dhadhvam-) ; to know, understand, consider as (often with double accusative)

etc.: Causal -bodhayati-, to cause to know or learn, to inform, tell

nīcarata

mfn. delighting in mean things

nidarśana

n. Name of the third member of a complete syllogism (equals udāharaṇa-)

nidhāna

n. place for depositing anything, receptacle (rarely m.; in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ī-).; see garbha-n-)

etc.

nidhāna

n. anything laid up, a store, hoard, treasure (especially the treasure or kubera-)

etc. ( nidhānatā -tā- f.

)

nidhāna

mfn. containing anything (genitive case) in itself

nidhyai

P. -dhyāyati- (perfect tense -dadhyau-, dhyur-), to observe, perceive ; to meditate, think of, remember (accusative)

: Desiderative -didhyāsate-, to wish to meditate on, think of attentively

nidī

(imperative -didīhi-

), to shine down upon, bestow anything (accusative) on (dative case) by shining down.

nigad

P. -gadati-, (Aorist ny-agadīt-

), to recite, proclaim, announce, declare, tell, speak

etc. ; to speak to, address (accusative), to say anything (accusative) to (accusative)

; to enumerate, cite, quote

; to call (especially Passive voice -gadyate-,to be called or named)

etc.: Causal -gādayati-, to cause to recite

: Intensive -jāgadyate-, (with pass. meaning) to assert firmly or repeatedly

nigha

m. anything whose height and circumference are equal (as a circle a ball etc.)

nigraha

m. anything for catching hold of. a handle (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).)

nihnuta

mfn. denied, disowned, concealed, hidden, secreted, given out for something else

niḥsampāta

m. thick darkness, midnight

niḥsapatna

mf(ā-)n. having no rival, not sharing the possession of anything with another

niḥśarkara

mfn. free from pebbles (as a bathing-place)

niḥśeṣita

mfn. having nothing left, totally consumed or finished or destroy. ed

niḥstuti

mfn. praising nothing

niḥśvasana

n. breathing out or sighing

niḥśvasvasita

mfn. breathed or breathing out, sighing

nikara

m. a treasure, the best of anything, a treasure belonging to kubera-, 1.

nikṛṣṭopādhi

mfn. having something inferior as a condition ( nikṛṣṭopādhitā dhitā- f.)

nikṣepa

m. a deposit, pledge, trust, anything pawned

etc.

nikṣepaṇa

n. a means by which or a place in which anything is kept

nikṣip

P. -kṣipati-, to throw or cast or put or lay down, throw etc. in or upon (Inc. or upari-)

etc. ; to pour in (kṣīraṃ śarāve-)

; to deliver anything (accusative) to (locative case, especially haste-), to give or hand over, deposit, intrust

etc. ; to instal, appoint to (locative case)

; to lay aside, give up, leave, abandon, cast off, repel

etc. ; to put down figures, count, cipher

nikuñja

m. (n.

) an arbour, a bower, thicket

nīlaka

mfn. blue (especially as Name of the third unknown quantity or of its square)

nimajj

P. A1. -majjati-, te- (parasmE-pada -majjat-and jjamāna-

; perfect tense -mamajja-

; future -majjiṣyati-

; -maṅkṣye-,Ait.Br.; Aorist -amāṅkṣīt-

; -majjīḥ-

), to sink down, dive, sink or plunge or penetrate into, bathe in (locative case)

etc. ; to sink in its cavity (the eye)

; to disappear, perish

etc. ; to immerse or submerge in water, cause to sink or perish

: Causal -majjayati-, to cause to dive under water

; (with samare-, saṃgrāme-etc.) to cause to penetrate into a battle, lead into the thick of a fight

nimajjana

n. bathing, diving, sinking, immersion

nimantr

A1. -mantrayate- (ti-), to invite, summon, call to (locative case or infin.)

etc. ; to invite or entertain with (instrumental case) or offer anything to (accusative)

nimitta

n. cause, motive, ground, reason

etc. (in all oblique cases = because of, on account of see

; mfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' caused or occasioned by; ttaṃyā-,to be the cause of anything

)

nimittīkṛ

to make anything a cause, use as a cause or means

nimnanābhi

mfn. "deep-naveled", slender, thin

(see nimagna-n-).

nirādāna

mfn. taking or receiving nothing

nirākāṅkṣa

mfn. expecting or wishing nothing, desireless, hopeless

(also kṣiṅ-

)

nirākāṅkṣa

mfn. wanting nothing to fill up, complete (vākya-)

nīrandhra

mf(ā-)n. having no holes or openings, imperforate, close, thick, dense, uninterrupted

nīrandhrita

mfn. thickly set with, abounding in (compound)

niranuyojyānuyoga

m. the blaming of anything faultless

nirāstha

mf(ā-)n. not interested in anything, not intent upon (compound)

nirāsvādarasa

mfn. (herbs) not tasting of anything

nirbandha

m. the attributing anything to, accusing of (compound)

nirdhyai

(present tense p. -dhyāyat-

; ind.p. -dhyāya-

), to think of, reflect upon,

nirdiś

P. -diśati- (Aorist -adikṣat-

ind.p. -diśya-

; infinitive mood -deṣṭum-

), to point to (accusative), show

etc. ; to assign anything to, destine for (dative case or genitive case)

etc. ; to indicate, state, name, define, specify

etc. ; to take for, regard as (with double accusative)

; to announce, proclaim, foretell, prophesy

; to recommend, advise, suggest (with double accusative)

: Desiderative -didikṣati-, to wish to point out or define more closely

niri

P. -eti- (1. sg. subjunctive -ayā-

; dative case infinitive mood -/etave-

; A1. nir-ayate-,or nil-ayate-

on P.

), to go out, come forth, go off, depart (said of persons and things)

nirlakṣaṇa

mf(ā-)n. unworthy, fit for nothing

nirlepa

mfn. not attached to anything

nirlepam

ind. completely (so as to leave nothing that clings or sticks)

nirmāṇa

n. pith, the best of anything (equals sāra-)

nirmañc

(ind.p. -mañcya-), to perform the ceremony of lustration with anything (accusative)

nirmath

or manth- P. A1. -manthati-, te-

; -mathati-, te-

; -mathnāti-

(future -mathiṣyati- ind.p. -mathya-

etc.) ; to grind (fire) out of (wood), to produce (fire) by rubbing (wood together), rub or churn anything out of anything (double accusative)

etc. ; to stir or churn (the sea)

; to tear or draw or shake out of, extract

; to shake, agitate (the mind)

; to grind down, crush, destroy

etc.: Passive voice -mathyate- (parasmE-pada yamāna-), to be rubbed or churned etc.

nirmukta

mfn. deprived of all, possessing nothing (equals niṣ-parigraha-)

nirucchvāsa

mf(ā-)n. not breathing, breathless

etc.

nirvāṇa

n. blowing out, extinction, cessation, setting, vanishing, disappearance (ṇaṃ-kṛ-,to make away with anything id est not to keep one's promise)

nirvāṇa

n. bathing of an elephant

nirveda

m. loathing, disgust for (locative case genitive case or compound)

etc.

nirviṇṇa

mfn. (wrongly -vinna-; see

Va1rtt. 1

) despondent, depressed, sorrowful, afraid, loathing, disgusted with (ablative instrumental case genitive case locative case or compound)

nirviṣaṅga

mfn. not attached to anything, indifferent

nirvyavastha

mfn. not staying in a certain place, moving hither and thither

nirvyūha

n. a peg to hang things upon

niryāsa

m. any thick fluid substance

niryātana

n. giving back, returning, restoring, delivery of a deposit, replacing anything lost, payment of a debt (with genitive case or compound; see vaira--)

etc.

niśācara

m. a kind of granthi-parṇa-

niṣāda

m. the progenitor of the Ni-shad (said to have sprung from the thigh of vena-)

niśās

P. -śāsti- (Aorist -aśiṣat-), to order off, order to go off, separate from (instrumental case)

; to take anything (accusative) from (ablative)

; to adjudge or present to (dative case)

niścaura

mfn. free from robbers or thieves

niścaya

m. inquiry, ascertainment, fixed opinion, conviction, certainty, positiveness (iti niścayaḥ-,"this is a fixed opinion"; yaṃ-jñā-,"to ascertain the certainty about anything"; niścayena yena- ind.or niścayāt yāt- ind. certainly)

etc.

niścinta

mfn. not thinking, thoughtless, careless, unconcerned

niṣkalaṅkatīrtha

n. Name of a sacred bathing-place

niṣkarṣa

m. extract or essence of anything, chief or main point

( niṣkarṣāt ṣāt- ind.chiefly for the sake of [comp.]. ṣān niścayāt-,briefly and exactly

)

niṣkiṃcana

mf(ā-)n. having nothing, poor

niṣkvath

Caus. -kvāthayati- (only ind.p. -kvāthya-), to boil down, thicken by boiling.

niṣparāmarśa

mfn. incapable of thinking, without advice, helpless

niśrama

m. ( śram-) labour bestowed upon anything, continued practice

nisṛṣṭārtha

mf(ā-)n. intrusted with something, authorized

niṣṭhura

mfn. ( sthā-?) hard, rough, harsh, severe, cruel (said of persons and things, especially words)

etc.

nistriṃśa

mfn. more than thirty (plural)

nītiśāstra

n. the science of or a work on political ethics or morals

nityabuddhi

mfn. considering anything (locative case) as constant or eternal

nityamaya

mf(ī-)n. formed or consisting of anything eternal

nityasama

m. the assertion that all things remain the same

nityasnāyin

mfn. constantly bathing or making ablutions

nivāsa

m. clothing, dress (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' equals prec.)

niveṣṭana

n. covering, wrapping, clothing

nivṛt

A1. -vartate- (ind.p. -vṛtya-

;infin. -vartitum-

;rarely P. exempli gratia, 'for example' Potential -vartet-

; imperfect tense or subj. -vartat-

; perfect tense -vāvṛtur-

; future -vartiṣyati-

; -vartsyan-

; Aorist -avṛtat-

), to turn back, stop (trans. and intrans.)

etc. ; to return from (ablative) to (accusative with or without prati-,or dative case) ; to return into life, revive, be born again

etc. ; to turn away, retreat, flee, escape, abstain or desist from, get rid of (ablative)

; to fall back, rebound

; to leave off (sāmi-,in the midst or when anything is half finished

), cease, end, disappear, vanish

etc. ; to be withheld from, not belong to (ablative) ; to be omitted, not to occur

; to be ineffective or useless

; to be wanting, not to exist (yato vāco nivartante-,for which there are no words)

; to pass over to (locative case)

; to be turned upon (locative case or tatra-)

: Causal -vartayati-, te- (A1. Potential -vartayīta-

; Passive voice -vartyate-

), to turn downwards, let sink (the head)

; to turn back id est shorten (the hair)

; to lead or bring back, reconduct, return

etc. ; to turn away, avert or keep back from (ablative)

etc. ; to give up, abandon, suppress, withhold, refuse, deny ; to annul, remove, destroy

; to bring to an end id est perform, accomplish (a sacrifice etc.)

; to procure, bestow

; to desist from (ablative)

nivṛtta

mfn. abstracted from this world, quiet

niyama

m. (in mīmāṃsā- philosophy) a rule or precept (laying down or specifying something otherwise optional)

niyamopamā

f. a simile which expressly states that something can be compared only with something else

niyati

f. the fixed order of things, necessity, destiny, fate

etc. (sometimes personified as a goddess, niyati- and āyati- being regarded as daughters of meru- and wives of dhātṛ- and vidhātṛ-

)

niyojana

n. that with which anything is tied or fastened

niyuj

P. A1. -yunakti-, -yuṅkte-, to bind on, tie or fasten to (locative case)

etc. ; (with dhuri-) to tie to the pole of a carriage id est yoke, harness

; (met.) to place in front id est employ in the hardest work

(also guru-dhūrṣu-

) ; to join, put together (especially the hands in a certain position; see kapota-) Scholiast or Commentator on

; to attach to id est make dependent on (dative case or locative case)

; to enjoin, order, command, coerce, impel, appoint, instal (double accusative), trust or charge with, direct or commission or authorize to (locative case dative case, artham- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound',or infin.)

etc. ; to confer or intrust anything (accusative) upon or to (locative case)

; to place at, put in the way (with locative case)

; to direct towards, fix (mind or eyes upon, with locative case)

; to use, employ

: Causal -yojayati-, to harness (horses etc.), put or tie to (locative case)

; to set or lay (a trap or snare etc.)

; to enjoin, urge, impel, coerce, appoint or instal as (double accusative), appoint to (locative case), direct or compel or request or command to (dative case locative case accusative with prati-,or artham- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') ; commit or intrust anything (accusative) to (locative case)

etc. ; to put in any place or state (locative case)

; to confer or bestow upon (locative case)

; to use, employ (reason etc.)

; to accomplish, perform (a rite)

; to endow or furnish with, cause to partake of (instrumental case)

nyaṅga

m. anything inherent in, a mark, sign

nyaṅga

m. anything which resembles or is like, a kind of (genitive case or compound)

nyāsa

m. consigning or intrusting anything to the mind

nyāsīkṛ

to make a deposit, deposit anything with a person

nyāya

m. (fr. 4. ni-) that into which a thing goes back id est an original type, standard, method, rule, (especially) a general or universal rule, model, axiom, system, plan, manner, right or fit manner or way, fitness, propriety

etc. ( nyāyena nyāyena- ind.and nyāyāt yāt- ind.either"in the right manner, regularly, duly", or in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'"after the manner of, by way of")

the thirteenth vowel of the alphabet (corresponding to Englisho).

oja

mfn. odd (as the first, third, fifth, etc. in a series)

ind. ( av-

;originally oṃ- equals āṃ-,which may be derived from ā-

), a word of solemn affirmation and respectful assent, sometimes translated by "yes, verily, so be it"(and in this sense compared with Amen;it is placed at the commencement of most Hindu works, and as a sacred exclamation may be uttered [but not so as to be heard by ears profane] at the beginning and end of a reading of the veda-s or previously to any prayer;it is also regarded as a particle of auspicious salutation [Hail!]; om-appears first in the upaniṣad-s as a mystic monosyllable, and is there set forth as the object of profound religious meditation, the highest spiritual efficacy being attributed not only to the whole word but also to the three sounds a-, u-, m-,of which it consists;in later times om-is the mystic name for the Hindu triad, and represents the union of the three gods, viz. a (viṣṇu-), u-(śiva-), m-(brahmā-);it may also be typical of the three veda-s; om-is usually called praṇava-,more rarely akṣara-,or ekākṣara-,and only in later times oṃkāra-)

etc.

pā

cl.1 P. (

) p/ibati- (Ved. and Epic also A1. te-; rarely pipati-, te-

) cl.2. pāti-, pāth/as-, pānti-

; parasmE-pada A1. papān/a-

, p/ipāna-

(perfect tense P. pap/au-,2. sg. papātha-

; papitha-

; papīyāt-

; p. papiv/as-

; A1. pape-, papire-

; p. papān/a-

; Aorist or imperfect tense apāt-

[ confer, compare

] ; 3. plural apuḥ-[?]

; -pāsta-

; preceding 3. sg. peyās-

; future pāsyati-, te-

etc.; pātā- grammar; ind.p. pītv/ā-

etc., tvī-

; -pāya-

etc.; -pīya-

; pāyam-

; infinitive mood p/ibadhyai-

; pātum-

etc.; p/ātave-

; p/ātava/ī-

), to drink, quaff, suck, sip, swallow (with accusative,rarely genitive case)

etc. ; (met.) to imbibe, draw in, appropriate, enjoy, feast upon (with the eyes, ears etc.)

etc. ; to drink up, exhaust, absorb

; to drink intoxicating liquors

: Passive voice pīy/ate-

etc. etc.: Causal pāyayati-, te- (perfect tense pāyayām āsā-

; Aorist apīpyat-

; ind.p. pāyayitvā-

; infinitive mood p/āyayitav/ai-

), to cause to drink, give to drink, water (horses or cattle)

etc. etc.: Desiderative pipāsati- (

also pipīṣati-), to wish to drink, thirst

: Desiderative of Causal pipāyayiṣati-, to wish or intend to give to drink

: Intensive pepīyate- (parasmE-pada yamāna-also with pass meaning) , to drink greedily or repeatedly

[ confer, compare Greek; AEolic = ; Latin pa1-tus,po1tum,biboforpi-bo; Slavonic or Slavonian pi-ja,pi-ti]

pac

cl.1 P. A1. (

) p/acati-, te- (cl.4. A1. p/acyate- confer, compare below; parasmE-pada pacāna-

[ confer, compare kim-pacāna-]; perfect tense papāca-[2. sg. papaktha-or pecitha-

], pecur-; pece-, pecire-[ /apeciran-,

; peciran-

]; Aorist p/akṣat-

; apākṣīt-, apakta- grammar; preceding pacyāt-

; future pakṣyati-, te-or paktā-

; ind.p. paktv/ā-

; infinitive mood p/aktave-

; paktum-,

), to cook, bake, roast, boil (A1.also "for one's self")

etc. ; (with double accusative) to cook anything out of (exempli gratia, 'for example' tandulān odanam pacati-,"he cooks porridge out of rice-grains")

; to bake or burn (bricks)

; to digest

; to ripen, mature, bring to perfection or completion

etc. ; (with double accusative) to develop or change into (exempli gratia, 'for example' puṇyāpuṇyaṃ sukhāsukham-,"merit and demerit into weal or woe")

; (intrans.) to become ripe or mature

: Passive voice pacy/ate- (ti-

; Aorist apāci- grammar), to be cooked or burnt or melted or digested or ripened or developed

etc. ; to be tormented

; also intrans. equals p/acyate- (confer, compare above) , to become ripe or mature, to develop or ripen

(with accusative of the fruit that is borne or ripens

; confer, compare

Va1rtt. 14

; lok/aḥ p/acyamānaḥ-,"the developing world"

) : Causal pācayati-, te-

(Aorist apīpacat- grammar; Passive voice pācyate-, parasmE-pada cyamāna-

) ; to cause to cook or be cooked (A1."for one's self") , to have cooked or to cook

etc. (confer, compare

) ; to cause to ripen

; to bring to completion or to an end, cure, heal

: Desiderative pipakṣati- grammar : Intensive pāpacīti- grammar ; pāpacyate-, to be much cooked, to cook very much or burn excessively, to be much afflicted

: Desiderative of Intensive pāpacishati-, te- grammar ([ confer, compare Greek for ; Latin coquo; Slavonic or Slavonian peka,pes8ti.])

pāda

m. a quarter, a fourth Part (the fourth of a quadruped being one out of 4)

etc. (plural the 4 parts i.e. all things required for [gen.]

)

padādhyāyin

mfn. reciting the veda- in this way

pādaka

mf(ikā-)n. making a quarter of anything

padanuṣaṅga

m. anything appended to a pada- or quarter of a verse

(see padānuṣ-).

padānuṣaṅga

m. anything added or appended to a pada-

(see pad-anuṣ-).

padapaṅkti

f. a sacred brick called after this metre

padārtha

m. that which corresponds to the meaning of a word, a thing, material object, man, person

pādayamaka

n. paronomasia within the pāda-s or single verses

padma

m. of a mythical buddha-

padma

m. of a mythical elephant

(see mahā-padma-)

padmavyākośa

n. a crevice shaped like a lotus-bud (made by a thief in a wall)

pādya

mf(ā-)n. amounting to a quarter of anything

pahlava

m. plural Name of a people (the Parthians or Persians)

etc. (also spelt pahnava-; in the

they are said to be a degraded kṣatriya- race conquered by sagara- and sentenced to wear beards).

painya

n. (fr. pīna-) fatness, thickness

pakṣa

m. the flank or side or the half of anything

etc.

pakṣa

m. the half of a lunar month (the first half from new moon to full moon was called pūrva-or apūryamāṇa-,later śukla-or śuddha-;the other half apara-or apa-kṣīyamāṇa-,later kṛṣṇa-or tāmisra-;each fortnight consists of 15 tithi-s or lunar days called prathamā-, dvitīyā-etc.)

etc.

pakṣa

m. one of two cases or one side of an argument, an alternative (kṣe-,"on the other hand", with atra-,"in this case", pakṣāntare-,"in the other case")

pakṣānta

m. the last or 15th tithi- of either half month, new or full moon

pakṣapātakṛtasneha

mfn. manifesting party attachment, sympathizing

pakṣāṣṭamī

f. the 8th tithi- or day of either half month

pakṣati

f. the first tithi- or day of the half month (also tī-)

pakṣāvasāna

n. (

) the last tithi- or day of either half month, day of new or full moon.

pakṣāvasara

m. (

) the last tithi- or day of either half month, day of new or full moon.

pakṣīkṛ

to appropriate, become master of anything

pakṣitīrtha

n. Name of a sacred bathing-place

pakṣmala

mf(ā-)n. having long or thick hair, hairy, shaggy

pakṣman

n. a thin thread

palastijamadagni

m. plural the grey-haired jamad-agni-s (prob. a branch of this family of ṛṣi-s)

(

)

palāyanamanas

mfn. thinking of flight

pāṃsukūla

n. a dust-heap, (especially) a collections of rags out of a dust-heap used by Buddhist monks for their clothing

paṇ

cl.1 A1. (

) p/aṇate- (Epic also ti-; perfect tense peṇe- grammar; Aorist apaṇiṣṭa-

; future paṇiṣyate-, ṇitā-

), to honour, praise

; to barter, purchase, buy

; to negotiate, bargain

; to bet, stake, lay a wager, play for (with genitive case [ exempli gratia, 'for example' prāṇā-nām-

; see

]or accusative [ exempli gratia, 'for example' kṛṣṇāṃ-]

) ; to risk or hazard (as a battle)

; to win anything (instrumental case) from (accusative)

: Causal paṇayati- (Aorist apīpaṇat-), to negotiate, bargain

(cf. paṇāya-and pan-.)

paṇa

m. the thing staked or the sum played for, wages, hire, reward

pāna

m. equals apāna-, breathing out, expiration

pañcabandha

m. a fine equal to the 5th part of anything lost or stolen

pañcanadatīrtha

n. Name of a sacred bathing-place (see above)

pañcāṅga

n. (mostly in the beginning of a compound) 5 members or parts of the body

; 5 parts of a tree (viz. root, bark, leaf, flower, and fruit)

; 5 modes of devotion (viz. silent prayer, oblations, libations, bathing idols, and feeding Brahmans)

pañcāṅga

n. a calendar or almanac (treating of 5 things, viz. solar days, lunar days, nakṣatra-s

and karaṇa-s)

pañcanīrājana

n. waving 4 things (viz. a lamp, lotus, cloth, mango or betel leaf) before an idol and then falling prostrate

pañcaratna

n. a collection of 5 jewels or precious things (viz. gold, diamond, sapphire, ruby, and pearl

;or gold, silver, coral, pearl, and rāga-paṭṭa-

)

pañcārtha

n. sg. the 5 things (with pāśupata-s)

pañcasūnā

f. plural 5 things in a house by which animal life may be accidentally destroyed (viz. the fire-place, slab for grinding condiments, broom, pestle and mortar, and water-pot)

pañcatā

f. an aggregate or a collection of 5 things (especially) the 5 elements, viz. earth, air, fire, water and akāśa- ether, and dissolution into them id est death (-tām-with gam-, yā-etc., to die, with upa-nī-,to kill)

pañcatikta

n. 5 bitter things (viz. nimba-, amṛtā-, vṛṣa-, paṭola-,and ṇidigdhikā-)

pañcatīthī

f. Name of a sacred bathing-place

pañcatīthī

f. bathing on the day of the equinox (?)

pañcīkaraṇa

n. (1. kṛ-) making into 5, causing anything to contain all the 5 elements

paṇḍaka

m. Name of one of the sons of the third manu- savarṇa-.

pāṇḍaravāyasa

m. a white crow (= something very rare)

pāṇḍavavahni

m. pl. "the pāṇḍava- fires", Name of the 3 elder sons of paṇḍu- ("kindled on the araṇi- id est pṛthi- or kuntī-"; see pāṇḍavāraṇi-and pṛthāraṇi-)

pāṇḍupṛṣṭha

mfn. "white-backed", having no distinguished mark on the body, one from whom nothing great is to be expected

pāṇḍutīrtha

n. Name of a sacred bathing-place

pāṇḍyavāṭaka

mfn. situated in this district

paṇi

m. a thief appearing as a purohita-

pāṇikhāta

n. "dug with the hand", Name of a sacred bathing-place

pāṇimita

mfn. measured or measurable with the hand, very thin or slender (as a waist)

pañjaracālananyāya

m. the rule (exemplified by the story) of shaking the cage (by 11 birds who united their strength for this purpose although they differed in other ways)

paṅkila

mf(ā-)n. thick, condensed

paṅkin

mfn. muddy in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' covered with anything as with mud

(see mala--).

paṅktidoṣa

m. "society-bane", anything which defiles a social circle

pāparipu

m. or n. "enemy of sin", Name of a sacred bathing-place

parā

f. existence (regarded as the common property of all things)

pāra

n. (rarely m.) the further bank or shore or boundary, any bank or shore, the opposite side, the end or limit of anything, the utmost reach or fullest extent

etc. (dūr/e pār/e-,at the farthest ends

; pāraṃ-gam-etc. with genitive case or locative case,to reach the end, go through, fulfil, carry out [as a promise], study or learn thoroughly [as a science]

etc.; pāraṃ-nī-,to bring to a close,

)

pāra

m. a small piece or quantity of anything

paracintā

f. thinking of or caring for another

pāradarśana

mfn. beholding the oppositive shore, surveying all things

parāga

m. fragrant powder used after bathing

pāralaukika

n. things or circumstances relating to the next world

param

ind. (with ablative) beyond, after (exempli gratia, 'for example' paraṃ vijñānāt-,beyond human knowledge; astam-ayāt p-,after sunset; mattaḥ p-,after me; ataḥ p-or param ataḥ-,after this, farther on, hereafter, next; itaḥ p-,henceforward, from now; tataḥ p-or tataś ca p-,after that, thereupon; nāsmāt p-[for māsmāt p-],no more of this, enough)

etc.

param

ind. at the most, at the utmost, merely, no more than, nothing but

parārdhaka

m. or n. one half of anything

parārtha

m. another's advantage or interest (in the beginning of a compound, parārtham rtham- ind.or parārthe rthe- ind.for another or for others or for something else)

etc.

parārtha

m. dependent on something else ( parārthatā -tā- f. parārthatva -tva- n.)

paras

ind. (with locative case) over, more than (only triṃś/ati tr/ayas par/aḥ-,three more than thirty id est 33)

parāsa

m. the range or distance of anything thrown

parāsin

mfn. throwing or measuring the distance of anything thrown

parāskandin

m. "assailing another", a thief, robber

paraśurāmajayantī

f. the third day in the light half of vaiśākha-

paravākya

n. words referring to something else,

paravaśākṣepa

m. an objection to anything under the pretext of being dependent on another

parāyaṇa

n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound';f(ā-).) making anything one's chief object, wholly devoted or destined to, engaged in, intent upon, filled or occupied with, affected or possessed by ( parāyaṇatā -tā- f.

)

etc.

parda

m. thick hair

parekṣ

equals parā-īkṣ- (Potential p/arekṣeta-; ind.p. parekṣya-), to look at (anything at one's side)

paribhrāmin

mfn. moving hither and thither in (compound)

paribhū

P. A1. -bhavati-, te- (perfect tense -babhūva-, bhūtha-, bhūvuḥ-

; Aorist -abhūvan-, -bhuvat-; subjunctive -bhūtas-, -bhūthas-

; imperative -bhūtu-

;Ved. infinitive mood -bhv/e-

; ind.p. -bhūya-

etc.: Passive voice -bhūyate-

; future -bhaviṣyate-

), to be round anything, surround, enclose, contain

; to go or fly round, accompany, attend to, take care of, guide, govern

; to be superior, excel, surpass, subdue, conquer

etc. ; to pass round or over, not heed, slight, despise, insult

etc. ; to disgrace

; to disappear, be lost (equals parā-bhū-)

: Causal -bhāvayati-, te- (ind.p. -bhāvya-), to spread around, divulge, make known

; to surpass, exceed

; to soak, saturate, sprinkle

; to contain, include

; to conceive, think, consider, know, recognise as (accusative)

paricint

P. -cintayati- (ind.p. -cintya-), to think about, meditate on, reflect, consider

etc. ; to call to mind, remember

; to devise, invent

paridhāna

n. (and dhān/a-) putting or laying round (esp, wood), wrapping round, putting on, dressing, clothing

paridhāv

P. -dh/āvati- (Epic also te-), to flow or stream round or through

; to run or drive about (with mṛgayām-,"to hunt")

; to run or move round anything (with accusative)

etc. ; to run through or towards or after (with accusative)

etc.: Causal -dhāvayati-, to surround, encircle

parigaṇitin

mfn. one who has well considered everything

parigatārṭha

mfn. acquainted or familiar with anything

parigraha

m. taking, accepting, receiving or anything received, 2 gift or present

etc.

parihāṇa

n. being deprived of anything, suffering a loss (only a-parih-)

parihāra

m. any objectionable thing or person

parihṛ

P. A1. -harati-, te- (future -hariṣyati-

; Aorist 3. plural -ahṛṣata-

; ind.p. -hṛtya-

; -h/āram-

), to move or carry or take round

; to put or wrap round (A1.round one's self)

etc. ; to put aside, save for (dative case)

; to leave, quit, desert

; to defend or preserve from (ablative)

; to spare

; to shun, avoid, leave out, omit

; to save or spare anything (as trouble, care etc.) to (genitive case),

; to take away, remove, beware of or abstain from (accusative).

; (A1.) to keep away from id est neglect, not heed

; to answer, refute

; to put twice, repeat (in the krama-pāṭha-),

; to nourish, foster, cherish

: Desiderative -jihīrṣati-, to wish to keep away or avoid or shun, remove or conceal

(see -jihīrṣā-,p.594) .

pārijāta

m. the wood of this tree

parikarman

n. dressing, painting or perfuming the body (especially after bathing)

parikṛśa

mfn. very thin, emaciate, wasted

parikṣepa

m. surrounding, encircling, being (or that by which anything is) surrounded

etc.

parilikhana

n. smoothing, polishing

parimlāna

mfn. become thinner, emaciated

parimoṣin

mfn. a thief or robber

parīṇah

f. ( nah-; Nominal verb ṇat-

) enclosure or anything enclosed, (especially) a receptacle or box belonging to a carriage

pariṇāmana

n. the turning of things destined for the community to one's own use (

)

pariṇatadikkarika

mfn. containing mythical elephants (See dik-karin-) stooping to strike with their tusks

parīpāka

m. the result or consequences of anything

(see pari-p-).

pāripanthika

m. (fr. pari-pantham-) a highwayman, robber, thief.

(

) .

paripat

P. -patati- (3. plural perfect tense -petur-), to fly or run about, wheel or whirl round, rush to and fro, move hither and thither

etc. ; to leap down from (ablative)

; to throw one's self upon, attack (with locative case)

: Causal -pātayati-, to cause to fall down, shoot down or off

; to throw into (locative case)

; to destroy

pariplava

m. bathing, inundation

pariprach

P. A1. -pṛcchati-, te- (perfect tense -papraccha-; future -prakṣyati-; ind.p. -pṛcchya-; infinitive mood -praṣṭum-), to interrogate or ask a person about anything, to inquire about (with 2 accusative or with accusative of Persian and accusative with prati- locative case or genitive case of thing)

paripravac

(only Aorist -pravocan-), to tell anything earlier than another person (accusative), ChUP. iv, 10, 2.

paripṛcchika

mfn. one who receives anything only when asked for

(

)

parīśāsa

m. ( śas-) anything cut out, an excision

pariṣeka

m. a bath, bathing apparatus

(see parī-ṣ-).

pariśoṣa

m. complete dryness, desiccation, evaporation (ṣaṃ-gam-,to become dry or thin)

paritark

P. -tarkayati-, to think about, reflect, consider

paritoṣayitṛ

mfn. any one or anything that gratifies, pleasing

(varia lectio para-t-).

parityakta

n. anything to spare

parivalana

n. winding round or that with which anything is wound round

parivartana

n. inverting, taking or putting anything in a wrong direction

pariveṣa

m. (also spelt veśa-) winding round or that with which anything is wound round

pariveṣa

m. anything surrounding or protecting (exempli gratia, 'for example' kṛtāṅgarakṣā-p-,surrounded by a bodyguard

)

pariveṣa

m. putting on, clothing, dressing

parivitarka

m. thought or anything thought of

parivṛtti

f. return (into this world)

parivṛtti

f. (in rhetoric) a kind of figure in which one thing is represented as exchanged with another (exempli gratia, 'for example'

; see

)

parokṣabhoga

m. enjoyment or possession of anything in the proprietor's absence

parokṣabuddhi

mfn. regarding as something distant, indifferent to,

paropaga

mfn. relating to something else (as an adjective)

parpaṭa

m. a kind of thin cake made of rice or pease-meal and baked in grease

parpaṭī

f. a thin crisp cake (prob. = m.)

pārṣṭeya

mf(ī-)n. (fr. pṛṣṭi-) being within the ribs

pārtha

n. Name of 12 sacred texts (ascribed to pṛthi- vainya- and repeated during the ceremony of unction in the rāja-sūya- sacrifice)

pārthya

m. a descendant of pṛthi-

parus

n. a joint or knot (especially of a cane or reed, originally "fullness" id est the full or thick part of the stalk), a limb or member of the body

parūṣaka

n. the fruit of this tree

paryāgata

mfn. revolved, anything that has made its revolution, elapsed, passed (as a year)

paryagnikaraṇīya

mfn. relating to this ceremony

paryāya

m. way, manner, method of proceeding (anena pary-āyeṇa-,in this manner)

paryāya

m. (with jaina-s) the regular development of a thing and the end of this development

paryupaspṛś

(only ind.p. -spṛśya-), to touch or use (water) for the use of ablution or bathing

paś

only present tense P. A1. p/aśyati-, te- (see dṛś-and

), to see (with na-"to be blind"), behold, look at, observe, perceive, notice

etc. ; to be a spectator, look on (especially parasmE-pada exempli gratia, 'for example' tasya paśyataḥ-,while he looks on, before his eyes

; paśyantī tiṣṭhati-,she stands ind.p. looks on

) ; to see a person (either"visit"or"receive as a visitor")

etc. ; to live to see, experience, partake of. undergo, incur

etc. ; to learn, find out

; to regard or consider as, take for (accusative with accusative or adverb in vat-)

; to see with the spiritual eye, compose, invent (hymns, rites etc.)

; (also with sādhu-) to have insight or discernment

etc. ; to consider, think over, examine

; to foresee

; (paśyāmi-,"ISee or l am convinced ", and paśya-, śyata-,"see, behold, look here!"often employed parenthetically or interjectionally

) [Orig. identical with spaś-, q.v ]

pāśa

m. (with jaina-s) anything that binds or fetters the soul id est the outer world, nature

(see also

)

pāśa

m. selvage, edge, border (of anything woven),

paścāttāpa

m. (in dramatic language) repentance at something rejected or omitted from want of judgement

paśu

m. a mere animal in sacred things id est an uninitiated person

paśurūpa

n. anything representing the sacrificial animal

paśusamāmnāyika

mfn. mentioned in this chapter

paśvaṅga

n. a limb or part of a sacrificial animal, anything belonging to it

paṭaccara

m. (fr. next + cara-?) a thief or robber

(

"a class of asura-s")

pāṭaccara

m. (fr. paṭaccara-) a thief. robber

paṭaha

m. (rarely n.or f(ī-).) a kettledrum, a war-drum, drum, tabor (accusative with dā-,or Causal of dā-or bhram-,to proclaim anything by the sound of a drum)

etc.

pāṭaliputra

m. plural the inhabitants of this city

pataṃga

mfn. Name of the author of

and of this hymn itself

pataṃgā

f. Name of a mythical river

paṭara

m. Name of the third of the 7 suns

(varia lectio paṭala-)

pāthikṛtī

f. (scilicet iṣṭi-) a sacrifice to agni- pathi-kṛt-,

pathin

m. (strong stem p/anthan-,older p/anthā-;middle path/i-;weak path-; sg. p/anthās-(Nominal verb vocative case), p/anthānam-[ p/anthām-

]; path/ā-, th/e-, th/as-, th/i-; dual number p/anthānau-, path/ibhyām-, path/os-; plural p/anthānas-[ p/anthās-, thāsas-

; path/ayas-

]; path/as-[ pāth/as-

, perhaps genitive case sg.?]; path/ibhis-, bhyas-; path/ām-[ thīn/ām-

]; path/iṣu-; see

) a way, path, road, course (literally and figuratively; panthānaṃ-dā-,with genitive case to cede the way to; pathānena-,"in this way or manner", pathi ni-as-See under ny-as-)

etc.

pātrasātkṛ

to make a worthy person possessed of anything

pātraṭa

mfn. spare, thin

pātratara

mfn. worthier than (ablative)

pātratva

n. capacity, worthiness, dignity,honour

pātrīkṛ

to make anything a recipient or object of (gen.)

;

paṭṭa

m. the flat or level surface of anything (see lalāṭa--, śilā--)

etc.

pattalīkṛ

(for pattr-?) -kṛ-, to beat into thin leaves

pattra

n. any thin leaf or plate of metal or gold-leaf.

(see paṭṭa-)

pattrala

n. thin sour milk

pattreśvaratīrtha

n. Name of a sacred bathing-place

pauṇḍra

m. (sg.) a king of this country (regarded as a son of vasudeva-)

payomṛtatīrtha

n. Name of a sacred bathing-place

payovrata

n. a vow to subsist on nothing but milk

payovrata

mf(ā-)n. subsisting on nothing but milk

pelava

mf(ā-)n. thin, slim, slender

(opp. to bahala-).

peru

mfn. (p/eru-), thirsty (?)

phala

n. the third term in a rule of three sum

phalada

mf(ā-)n. bringing profit or gain, giving a reward, rewarding, giving anything (genitive case or compound) as a reward

etc.

phalakasaktha

n. a thigh like a board

phalāmlika

mfn. having anything made with sour fruit

phalgutīrtha

n. Name of a sacred bathing-place near gayā-

phaliga

(

li-g/a-) m. (prob.) a cask or leather-bag or anything to hold fluids (applied to clouds or water-receptacles in mountains)

phalopabhoga

m. enjoyment of fruit, partaking of reward or of the consequences of anything

phāṇṭa

mf(ā-)n. one who does not exert himself or takes things easy

phenatā

f. frothiness, vapour

pīḍ

(prob. fr. pisd- equals pi-- sad-) perfect tense pipīḍ/e-, to be squeezed or pressed out (as soma-)

; cl.10 P. or Causal pīḍayati- (Epic also te-; Aorist apipīḍat-,or apīpiḍat-

)

; to press, squeeze (kālaṃ kālena pīḍayan-,"Pressing time against time" id est"leaving everything to time"

)

etc. ; to hurt, harm, injure, oppress, pain, vex

to beleaguer (a city)

; to break (a vow)

; to neglect (one's family)

; (in astrology) to cover (especially with something inauspicious) , to eclipse, obscure

: Passive voice pīḍyate-, to be pressed or pained or afflicted

etc. ; to cause pain, hurt

pīna

mf(ā-)n. (2. pī-) swelling, swollen, full, round, thick, large, fat, fleshy, corpulent muscular

etc.

piṇḍapāda

m. "thick-footed", an elephant

piṇḍapādya

m. "thick-footed", an elephant

piṇḍāraka

n. Name of a sacred bathing-place

piṇḍatva

n. being a lump or ball, density, condensation (-tvam ā-gam-,to become thick or intense)

piṇḍita

mfn. rolled into a ball or lump, thick, massy, densified

etc.

piṇḍitasneha

mfn. containing a thick fatty substance (as the brain)

piṅgalacchandovṛtti

f. Name of Comm. on this work

piṅgalacchandovyākhyā

n. Name of Comm. on this work

pipāsā

f. thirst

etc.

pipāsāla

mfn. always thirsty

pipāsat

mf(antī-)n. (fr.1. pā- Desiderative) wishing to drink, thirsty

pipāsāvat

mfn. thirsty

pipāsin

(

) mfn. thirsty, athirst.

pipāsita

(

) mfn. thirsty, athirst.

pipāsu

(

) mfn. thirsty, athirst.

pipīlikamadhya

mf(ā-)n. thin in the middle like an ant

pipīlikamadhyama

mf(ā-)n. thin in the middle like an ant

pipīṣat

(

) mfn. (1. pā- Desiderative) wishing to drink, thirsty.

pipīṣu

(

) mfn. (1. pā- Desiderative) wishing to drink, thirsty.

piśācamocanatīrtha

n. Name of a sacred bathing-place

piṣṭa

n. flour, meal, anything ground (na pinaṣṭi piṣṭam-,"he does not grind flour" id est he does no useless work)

piṣṭaka

m. a cake or anything made of flour, pastry

piṭaṅkākī

or piṭaṅkokī- f. Cucumis Colocynthis

pītaśeṣa

m. remainder of anything drunk

pitṛmātṛmaya

mf(ī-)n. one who thinks only of father and mother

pittāri

m. "bile-enemy", anything antibilious, Name of several plants and vegetable substances (exempli gratia, 'for example' parpaṭa-, takṣā-etc.)

pīvara

mfn. fat, stout, large, plump, thick, dense, full of or abounding with (compound)

etc.

pīvaratva

n. thickness, density

pīyūṣa

mn. (met.) any thick fluid, cream, juice

plava

m. swimming, bathing (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).)

plavana

n. swimming, plunging into or bathing in (compound)

plāvana

n. (fr. Causal) bathing, immersion, ablution

prabhāsvarā

f. a particular mythical plant

prabhṛti

f. beginning, commencement

etc. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' ="commencing with"or"et caetera" exempli gratia, 'for example' munayaḥ somaśravaḥ-prabhṛtayaḥ-,"the muni-s beginning with somaśravaḥ-" id est"the muni-s, somaśravaḥ- etc.";in this sense also tika-)

prabhūtajihvatā

f. having a long tongue (one of the 32 signs of perfection of a buddha-)

(also -tanu-jihv-,"having a long and thin tongue"

)

prabrū

P. A1. -bravīti-, -brūte-, to exclaim, proclaim, announce, declare, teach, indicate, betray

; to praise, celebrate

; to speak kindly to (dative case)

; to say, tell, relate

etc. (with two accusative

;with satyam-,to speak the truth, speak sincerely

) ; to read before (genitive case or dative case)

; to call, name

; to describe as (two accusative)

; to announce id est recommend anything to (dative case), offer, present

(see ni--1. vid-, Causal)

prabuddha

mfn. (anything) that has begun to take effect (as a spell)

pracchannataskara

m. a secret thief

pracchedaka

m. a song sung by a wife who thinks her husband false to her

(see pra-cchādaka-).

prach

cl.6 P. (

), pṛcchati- (Ved. and Epic also A1. pṛcchate-; perfect tense papraccha-

etc., papṛkṣ/e-[?]

; Aorist /aprākṣīt-

etc., /aprāṭ-

, apraṣṭa-

; future prakṣyati-

etc., praṣṭā- grammar; ind.p. pṛṣṭvā-, -pṛcchya-

; infinitive mood pr/aṣṭum-

etc., -p/ṛccham-, cche-

), to ask, question, interrogate (accusative) ; to ask after inquire about (accusative) ; to ask or interrogate any one (accusative) about anything (accusative dative case locative case, prati-,or adhikṛtya-with accusative; arthe-or hetoḥ- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound')

(pr.p. A1. pṛcchamāna-,"asking one's self"

) etc. etc. ; (in astrology) to consult the future

; (with nāmato mātaram-) to inquire about one's (genitive case) mother's name

; (with na-) not to trouble one's self with

; to seek, wish, long for ; to ask, demand, beg, entreat (accusative)

: Passive voice pṛcchy/ate-, to be asked or questioned about (act. dative case etc., as above )

etc. etc.: Causal pracchayati- (Aorist apapracchat-) grammar : Desiderative pipṛcchiṣati-

: Intensive parīpṛcchyate-

[Orig. pṛk-; confer, compare Latin preces,procus;poscereforporscere; Slavonic or Slavonian prositi; Lithuanian praszy4ti; German fra7he7n,fragen;forsko7n,forschen.]

prācīnamātrāvāsas

n. a particular article of women's clothing

pracint

P. -cintayati-, to think upon, reflect, consider, find out, devise, contrive

pracura

m. a thief

pracurapuruṣa

m. a thief.

pradā

P. -dadāti-, rarely A1. -datte-, (Ved. infinitive mood pr/a-dātos-

;irreg. Potential P. -dadet-

), to give away, give, offer, present, grant, bestow

etc. etc. (with or scilicet bhāryām-,to give in marriage;with prativacas-,to grant an answer;with pravṛttim-,to information about an event;with yuddham-,to grant battle;with dvaṃdva-yuddham-,to engage in single combat;with vidyām-,to communicate or impart knowledge;with hutāśanam-,to set fire to) ; to give up, abolish

; to sell (with instrumental case of price)

; to restore (anything lost etc.)

; to pay, discharge (a debt)

; to put or place in (locative case)

: Passive voice -dīyate-, to be given away, be given

etc.: Causal -dāpayati-, to cause to give

etc. ; to compel to give back or to repay

; to cause to put in or to

; to put or place in (locative case)

; (with vastim-), to apply a clyster

: Desiderative -ditsate-, to wish to give in marriage

pradakṣiṇa

mf(ā-)n. standing or placed on the right (with kṛ-,or pra-kṛ-,"to turn towards persons or things so as to place them on one's right","turn the right side towards"as a token of respect)

etc.

pradakṣiṇāvṛtka

mfn. turned towards the right, having (any one or anything) on the right

pradakṣiṇit

ind. from left to right, so as to turn one's right side towards any one or anything

pradāna

n. (for 2.See below) giving, bestowal, presentation (especially of an offering in the fire;also Name of the sacred text recited on this occasion)

etc.

pradeha

m. a plaster, a thick or viscid ointment, poultice

pradhāna

n. a chief thing or person, the most important or essential part of anything

etc.

pradhṛ

(only perfect tense A1. -dadhre-,with manas-), to set the mind upon anything (dative case), resolve, determine

: Causal P. -dhārayati-, to chastise, inflict a punishment on any one (locative case; see daṇḍaṃ-dhṛ-)

; to keep in remembrance

; to reflect, consider

; (pradhārayantu- wrong reading for pra dhārā yantu-

) .

pradhyai

P. A1. -dhyāyati-, te-, to meditate upon, think of (accusative with or without prati-)

; to reflect, consider

; to excogitate, devise, hit upon

pradhyāna

n. meditating upon, reflection, thinking, deep thought, subtle speculation

pradiv

f. (fr. 3. div-,"heaven"; Nominal verb -dy/aus-) the third or highest heaven (in which the pitṛ-s are said to dwell)

prāgabhāva

m. the not yet existing, non-existence of anything which may yet be

prāgrāṭa

n. thin coagulated milk

prāgvacana

n. any. thing formerly decided or decreed

prāh

( pra-ah-), only perfect tense prāha-, to announce, declare, utter, express, say, tell (with dative case or accusative of Persian and accusative of thing)

etc. ; to record, hand down by tradition

; (with 2 accusative) to call, name, regard or consider as

prahāravarman

m. Name of a prince of mithilā-

prajaṅghā

f. a particular portion of the lower part of the, thigh,

prajñā

f. the energy of ādi-buddha- (through the union with whom the latter produced all things)

prajñāghana

m. nothing but intelligence

prājñamānin

mfn. thinking one's self wise. (

)

prājñammānin

mfn. thinking one's self wise. (

)

prajñānaghana

m. nothing but knowledge

(see under ghan/a-)

prajñātāgra

mfn. "having the top-end conspicuous", thinner at the top,

(Scholiast or Commentator).

prājñavādika

mfn. thinking one's self wise. (

)

prakāṇḍa

m. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') anything excellent of its kind

(see go--, -mantri--;also ḍaka-

)

prakāśitaviruddhatā

f. and (in rhetoric) a particular awkwardness in expression (saying something at variance with what ought to be said)

prakāśitaviruddhatva

n. and (in rhetoric) a particular awkwardness in expression (saying something at variance with what ought to be said)

prakīrṇaka

mfn. mixed, containing various things

prakopaṇa

n. anything irritating, irritation

prakopana

n. anything irritating, irritation

prakṛ

P. A1. -karoti-, -kurute-, -kṛṇoti-, ṇute- etc., to make, produce, accomplish, perform, achieve, effect

etc. ; to make into, render (with double accusative)

etc. ; (with dārān-) to take to wife, marry

; to appoint, charge with (locative case)

; to enable to, make fit for (infinitive mood)

; to remove, destroy, kill

; (only A1.by

) to violate, pollute (a girl)

; (A1.) to induce, move, incline

; to make a person perform anything

; (with manas-,or buddhim-) to set the heart upon, make up the mind to (dative case or locative case), resolve, determine

; to gain, win, conquer

; to lay out, expend

; to put forward, mention first, make the subject of discussion

; to serve, honour, worship

: Causal -kārayati-, to cause to be made or prepared

prakramatṛtīya

n. the third of a square pace

prākramika

mfn. (fr. -krama-) one who undertakes much (without finishing anything)

prakrāntatva

n. the being meant or understood by anything

prakrīḍ

P. A1. -kr/īḍati- (kr/īḷati-), te-, to play, sport, disport one's self, frolic, amuse one's self (with anything instrumental case;with a person instrumental case or saha-)

prakṛśita

( kṛś-) mfn. attenuated, thin, emaciate

prakṛta

n. something begun

prakṛti

f. "making or placing before or at first", the original or natural form or condition of anything, original or primary substance (opp. to vi-kṛti- q.v)

prakṛti

f. (with tritīyā-) the third nature, a eunuch

prakṛtibhāva

m. the natural state or unaltered condition of anything

prakṛtistha

mfn. bare, stripped of everything

prakṛtitva

n. the state or condition of being the original or natural or fundamental form of anything

prakṣal

P. -kṣālayati-, to wash off, wash away, rinse

etc. ; to cleanse, purify

: Causal A1. -kṣālāpayate- (Potential yīta-), to have anything (as one's feet) washed

prakṣālana

n. bathing

prakṣālana

n. a means of cleaning, anything used for purifying, water for washing

prakṣepa

m. anything added or thrown into drugs while in course of decoction, an ingredient

prakṣīṇa

n. the spot where any one has perished (exempli gratia, 'for example' prakṣīṇam idam deva-dattasya-,this is the spot where deva- perished)

prakvātha

m. ( kvath-) seething, boiling

pralāpaikamaya

mf(ī-)n. "consisting only of lamentation", doing nothing but lament

praloṭhita

mfn. (anything) that has begun to roll

praman

(only A1.1. plural proper -manmahe-), to think upon, excogitate

pramāṇa

n. right measure, standard, authority

etc. (pramāṇam bhavatī-,"your ladyship is the authority or must judge"

;in this sense also m.and f. sg. and plural exempli gratia, 'for example' vedāḥ pramāṇāḥ-,"the veda-s are authorities"

; strī pramāṇī yeṣām-,"they whose authority is a woman"

)

prameya

n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) an object of certain knowledge, the thing to be proved or the topic to be discussed

(see

)

pramīḍha

mfn. thick, compact

pramurch

P. -mūrchati-, to become thick or solid, congeal

prāṇ

mfn. breathing

praṇāda

m. noise or buzzing in the ear (from thickening of the membranes etc.),

prāṇana

n. breathing, respiration

praṇatabahuphala

mfn. one to whom various fruits or good things are offered

prāṇatha

m. breathing, respiration

prāṇatha

m. a sacred bathing-place

praṇaya

m. desire, longing for (locative case; anyathā-,"for something else")

praṇejana

n. the act of washing or bathing

praṇidhā

(

) P. A1. -dadhāti-, -dhatte-, to place in front, cause to precede

; to put down, deposit

; to place in, bring into (locative case)

; to set (a gem) in (locative case)

; to put on, apply

; to touch

; to turn or direct (the eyes or thoughts) upon (locative case)

etc. (with manas-and infinitive mood"to resolve upon"

; scilicet manas-,"to give the whole attention to, reflect, consider"

; ātma praṇidhīyatām-,"one must think"

) ; to send out or employ (a spy or emissary), to spy

; to find out or ascertain anything (accusative) to be (accusative)

prāṇin

mfn. breathing, living, alive

praṇīta

n. anything cooked or dressed (such as a condiment)

prāntatas

ind. along the edge or border (of anything), marginally

praṇud

( nud-) P. -ṇudati-, te-, (infinitive mood n/odam-

), to push on, propel, set in motion, drive or scare away

etc. etc.: Causal -ṇodayati- to push or thrust away

; to move, excite

; to press a person to do anything (2 accusative)

prapāta

m. letting fall (a glance on anything)

prāpta

mfn. (in gram.) obtained or following from a rule, valid (iti prāpte-,"while this follows from a preceding rule")

etc.

prāpti

f. the power of obtaining everything (one of the 8 superhuman faculties)

prāpti

f. a conjecture based on the observation of a particular thing.

prārth

( pra-arth-) A1. prārthayate- (Epic also P. ti-and pr. p. yāna-), to wish or long for, desire (accusative)

etc. ; to ask a person (accusative) for (accusative or locative case) or ask anything (accusative) from (ablative)

etc. ; to wish to or ask a person to (infinitive mood)

; to demand in marriage, woo

; to look for, search

; to have recourse to (accusative)

; to seize or fall upon, attack, assail

prārthanīya

n. the third or dvāpara- age of the world

praruja

m. Name of a mythical being conquered by garuḍa-

prasādana

mf(ī-)n. calming, soothing, cheering

prasādana

n. clearing, rendering clear (netra-p-"administering soothing remedies to the eyes")

prasādana

n. calming. soothing, cheering, gratifying (see śruti-p-), rendering gracious, propitiating (tvatprasdanāt-"for the sake of propitiating thee")

etc.

prasādin

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') calming, soothing, gladdening, pleasing

prasahyacaura

m. "violent thief", a robber, plunderer

prasaṃkhyāna

m. payment, liquidation, a sum of money

(

"a measure to mete out anything")

praśaṃsāmukhara

mfn. loud with praise, praising loudly ( praśaṃsāmukharānana rānana-, mfn."one whose mouth is loud with praise", speaking loudly in praise of anything)

praśaṃsopamā

f. (in rhetoric) laudatory comparison, comparing to anything superior

prasaṅga

m. (plural) all that is connected with or results from anything

prasañj

P. A1. -sajati-, te-, (P.) to hang on, attach to (locative case)

; to hang with id est to provide or supply with (instrumental case)

; to cling to (locative case)

; to engage with any one(locative case) in a quarrel or dispute,

; (only ind.p. -sajya-) to be attached to the world

; to result, follow, be the consequence of anything

; to cause to take place

; (A1.) to attach one's self to (accusative)

: Passive voice sajyate-, or -sajjate- (ti-), to attach one's self, cling to, be devoted to or intent upon or occupied with (locative case)

etc. ; to be in love (pr.p. -sajjantī-)

; (-sajjate-), to be the consequence of something else, result, follow, be applicable

: Causal P. -sañjayati-, to cause to take place

; A1. -sajjayate-, to attach to, stick in (locative case;with na-,"to fly through", said of an arrow)

prāśitra

n. anything edible

praśliṣṭa

mfn. ( iliṣ-) twisted, entwined, coalescent (applied to the saṃdhi- of a-,or ā-with a following vowel and of other vowels with homogeneous ones, also to the vowel resulting from this saṃdhi- and its accent)

prasna

m. a bath, vessel for bathing

prasneya

mfn. suitable for bathing

prastara

m. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) anything strewed forth or about, a couch of leaves and flowers, (especially) a sacrificial seat

etc.

prastāvāntaragata

mfn. occupied with something else, jātakam-.

prasthāna

n. departing this life, dying (see mahā-pr-)

prasthānavighna

m. an obstacle to proceeding or to sending anything ( prasthānavighnakṛt -kṛt- mfn.causing an obstacle etc.)

prasthitayājyā

f. a verse pronounced on offering the prasthita- vessels,

( prasthitayājyāhoma -homa- m.the oblation connected with it

)

prastu

P. -stauti- (in

also A1. -stavate-,with act. and pass. sense, and 1. sg. -stuṣe-), to praise before (anything else) or aloud

etc. ; to sing, chant (in general, especially said of the prastotṛ-)

; to come to speak of introduce as a topic

; to undertake, commence, begin

; to place at the head or at the beginning

: Causal -stāvayati-, to introduce as a topic, suggest

prastutāṅkura

m. a figure of, speech, allusion by the mention of any passing circumstance to something latent in the hearer's mind

praśvāsa

m. breathing in, inhaling

pratanu

mfn. very thin or fine, delicate, minute, slender, small, insignificant

(also -ka-; pratanukam -kam- ind.)

pratanūkṛ

to render thin, emaciate, diminish, weaken

prathamacittotpādika

mfn. one who first thinks (of doing anything)

prāthamakalpika

mf(ī-)n. (fr. prathama-kalpa-) being (anything) first of all or in the strictest sense of the word (varia lectio for prathama-kapita- q.v

)

prati

ind. in the vicinity of, near, beside, at, on (exempli gratia, 'for example' yūpam pr-,near the sacrificial post

; gaṅgām pr-,at or on the Ganges

; etat pr-,at this point

; āyodhanam pr-,on the field of battle

)

prati

ind. or used distributively (see

) to express at every, in or on every, severally (exempli gratia, 'for example' yajñam pr-,at every sacrifice

; yajñaṃ yajñam pr-

; varṣam pr-,every year, annually

;in this sense often compound; see above)

prati

ind. conformably or according to (exempli gratia, 'for example' mām pr-,according to me, id est in my opinion

; see mām praty araṇyavat pratibhāti-,"it seems to me like a forest"

; na bubhukṣitam prati bhāti kiṃ cit-,"to a hungry man nothing is of any account"

)

pratī

( prati-i-) P. praty-eti-, to go towards or against, go to meet (as friend or foe)

etc. ; to come back, return

; to resort or apply to

; to fall to a person's (dative case) lot or share

; to receive, accept

; (also Passive voice) to admit, recognize, be certain of, be convinced that (2 accusative)

etc. ; to trust, believe (with genitive case)

: Passive voice pratīyate-, to be admitted or recognized, follow, result

(parasmE-pada yamāna-,known, understood, implicit

) : Causal praty-āyayati- (Passive voice praty-āyyate-), to lead towards id est cause to recognize or acknowledge, convince (any one of the truth of anything)

; to make clear, prove

: Desiderative pratīṣiṣati-, to wish or try to understand

pratibandh

P. A1. -badhnāti-, -badhnīte- (Epic imperfect tense also -abandhat-), to tie to, fasten, fix, moor (A1.,anything of one's own)

etc. ; to set, enchase

; to exclude, cut off

; to keep back or off, keep at a distance

; to stop, interrupt

pratibhā

P. -bhāti-, to shine upon (accusative)

; to come in sight, present or offer one's self to (genitive case or accusative)

etc. ; to appear to the mind (also with manasi-), flash upon the thoughts, become clear or manifest, occur to (accusative or genitive case)

etc. (n/ottaram pratibhātime-,"no answer occurs to me"

) ; to seem or appear to (genitive case accusative with or without prati-) as or like (Nominal verb with or without iva-,or yathā-,or -vat- ind.)

etc. (iti pratibhāti me manaḥ-,"so it seems to my mind"

) ; to seem fit, appear good, please to (genitive case or accusative)

etc. (sā bhāryā pratibhāti me-,"this one would please me as a wife"

)

prātibhāsika

mf(ī-)n. (fr. -bhāsa-) having only the appearance of anything, existing only in appearance

pratibhavam

ind. for this and all future births

pratibuddhavastu

mfn. understanding the real nature of things

praticintana

n. thinking repeatedly, considering

pratīcya

n. a designation of anything remote or concealed

(perhaps wrong reading for prat/ītya-).

pratidiv

P. -dīvyati-, to throw or cast against

; to play at dice with (accusative), to stake anything (genitive case or accusative) at dice against

pratigrah

P. A1. -gṛhṇāti-, -gṛhṇīte- (irreg. 2. sg. imperative -gṛhṇa-

; Aorist -ajagrabhat-

), to take hold of, grasp, seize (in astrology = to eclipse, obscure)

etc. ; to take (as a present or into possession), appropriate, receive, accept

etc. (śirasā-,"with the head"i e."humbly, obediently"

) ; to gain, win over

; to take as a wife, marry

etc. ; to take = eat, drink

; to receive (a friend or guest)

etc. ; to receive (anything agreeable as a good word or omen)

; to assent to, acquiesce in, approve

; (rarely) to receive (an enemy) , oppose, encounter

: Causal -grāhayati-, to cause to accept, present with (2 accusative)

; to answer, reply

: Desiderative -jighṛkṣati-, to wish to accept

pratigrāhya

mfn. one from whom anything may be received

(see gṛhya-and

)

pratigṛhya

mfn. one from whom anything may be accepted (See a-pratigṛhy/a-).

pratihṛṣ

A1. -hṛṣyate-, to show joy in return for anything

: Causal harṣayati-, to gladden, rejoice

pratijñā

P. A1. -jānāti-, -jānīte-, to admit, own, acknowledge, acquiesce in, consent to, approve

; to promise (with genitive case dative case or locative case of Persian,and accusative with or without prati-,or dative case of thing, also with infinitive mood

etc.;with vākyam-and genitive case"to promise fulfilment of a person's word"

;with satyam-"to promise verily or truly"

) ; (A1.) to confirm, assert, answer in the affirmative

etc. ; to maintain, assert, allege, state

etc. (śabdaṃ nityatvena-,"to assert the eternity of sound"

) ; (A1.) to bring forward or introduce (a topic)

; to perceive, notice, learn, become aware of

; to remember sorrowfully (only in this sense P.by

;but really A1.

pratilomānuloma

mfn. speaking against or for anything

pratinidhi

m. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') an image of id est similar, like

(dhī-kṛ-,to substitute anything [ accusative ] for [ compound ]

)

pratiniyama

m. a strict rule as to applying an example to particular persons or things only

pratīpa

n. (in rhetoric) inverse comparison (exempli gratia, 'for example'"the lotus resembles thine eyes", instead of the usual comparison"thine eyes resemble the lotus"; 5 forms are enumerated)

pratipad

A1. -padyate- (Epic future also -patsyati-), to set foot upon, enter, go or resort to, arrive at, reach, attain

etc. ; to walk, wander, roam

; to come back to (accusative), return

; to happen, occur, take place

; to get into (accusative), meet, with, find, obtain, receive, take in or upon one's self.

etc. ; to receive back, recover

; to restore to favour

; to undertake, begin (accusative dative case or infinitive mood), practise, perform, accomplish

etc. ; to do anything to any person, act or proceed or behave towards or against (locative case genitive case or accusative)

; to make, render

; to fall to a person's (accusative) lot or share,

; to let a person (dative case) have anything

; to give back, restore

; to perceive, find out, discover, become aware of or acquainted with, understand, learn

etc. ; to deem, consider, regard

; to answer affirmatively say yes (with or scilicet tathā-,or tatheti-), acknowledge, assent, agree, promise

etc. ; to begin to speak, commence (with accusative or instrumental case)

; to answer

(also with uttaram-

) : Causal -pādayati-, to convey or lead to, procure, cause to partake of (2 accusative). give a present to, bestow on (locative case dative case or genitive case)

etc. ; to give in marriage

; to spend.

; to present with (instrumental case)

; to put in, appoint to (locative case)

; to produce, cause, effect

etc. ; to establish, substantiate, prove, set forth, explain, teach, impart

etc. ; to deem, consider, regard as (2 accusative)

(varia lectio -vadasi-for -pādayasi-): Desiderative -pitsate- (

) , to wish to attain

; to wish to know

: Desiderative of Causal -pipādayiṣati-, to wish or intend to explain or analyze

pratipad

f. taste for anything

pratipāṇa

m. (for 2.See sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order) a counter-pledge, anything staked against another thing

pratipanna

mfn. convinced, sure of anything

pratipiṣ

P. -pinaṣṭi- (Epic imperfect tense -apiṃṣat-), to rub one thing against another, rub together

(karaṃ kare-,or hastair hastāgram-,the hands) ; to bruise, grind, crush, destroy.

pratiprayuj

P. A1. -yunakti-, -yuṅkte-, to add instead of something else, substitute

; (A1.) to pay back, restore (a debt)

(Bombay edition)

pratipuruṣa

m.the effigy of a man (which thieves push into the interior of a house before entering it themselves)

pratipūruṣa

m. the effigy of a man (which thieves push into the interior of a house before entering it themselves)

pratirap

P. -rapati-, to whisper to, tell something (accusative) in a whisper to (dative case)

pratirodhaka

m. a robber, thief.

pratirodhana

n. allowing anything (genitive case) to pass by fruitlessly

pratirodhin

m. a robber, thief.

pratiruh

P. -rohati-, to sprout or grow again

: Causal -ropayati-, to plant anything in its proper place

; to plant again (literally and figuratively), re-establish

pratirūpa

n. anything falsified, a counterfeit of (genitive case)

pratirūpaka

mf(ikā-)n. similar, corresponding, having the appearance of anything (generally in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound')

etc.

pratiśākhavat

mfn. having anything as side branches

pratisaṃcara

m. that into which anything is re-absorbed or resolved

pratisaṃvedin

mfn. feeling, experiencing, being conscious of anything

pratisaṃyukta

mfn. ( yuj-) bound or attached to something else

(Bombay edition)

pratiṣañj

( sañj-) P. A1. -ṣajati-, te-, to attach something to (locative case; A1.,"to one's self")

(see prati-saṅgin-).

pratiṣiddhavāma

mfn. intent upon forbidden things

(varia lectio)

pratiṣiddhavat

mfn. one who has forbidden or interdicted something

pratiśraya

m. a receptacle recipient (tvaṃ tasya pratiśrayaḥ-,"you know all this")

pratiśru

P. -śṛṇoti-, to hear, listen

(A1.3. sg. śṛṇve-,"to be heard"or"audible"

) ; to listen, give ear to (genitive case)

; to assure, agree, promise anything (accusative) to any one (genitive case or dative case)

etc. etc.: Desiderative -śuśrūṣati-, to wish to promise

pratiṣṭha

n. point of support, centre or base of anything

(pratiṣṭh/āhṛdyā jaghantha-,"thou hast stricken to the quick"; pratiṣṭhā-may also be accusative plural of next) .

pratīta

mfn. convinced of anything, trusting in, firmly resolved upon (compound)

pratīti

f. the following from anything (as a necessary result), being clear or intelligible by itself

pratīti

f. clear apprehension or insight into anything, complete understanding or ascertainment, conviction

etc.

prativastu

n. anything given in return, anything contrasted with another

pratiyāga

a sacrifice offered with an aim towards anything

pratiyaj

P. -yajati-, to sacrifice in return or with an aim towards anything (accusative)

pratiyatna

m. care bestowed upon anything, effort, endeavour, exertion

pratiyoga

m. the being a counterpart of anything

pratyācakṣ

A1. -caṣṭe-, to refuse, decline, reject, repulse (with accusative of Persian or thing)

etc. ; to answer, refute, oppose in argument

pratyad

P. -atti-, to eat in return or in compensation for anything

pratyādhāna

n. ( dhā-) a place where anything is deposited or laid up, repository

pratyagdhāman

mfn. radiant within, internally illuminated

pratyah

(only perfect tense -āha-), to say anything in the presence of (accusative)

; to tell, relate (with accusative of Persian and thing)

; to answer, reply to (accusative)

pratyāhāra

m. withdrawing (of created things), re-absorption or dissolution of the world

pratyāharaṇa

n. drawing hither and thither

pratyakṣabhoga

m. enjoyment or use of anything in the presence or with the knowledge of the owner

pratyakṣadarśin

mfn. seeing anything (genitive case) with one's own eyes, one who has seen with his own eyes

pratyakṣadarśivas

mfn. one who has seen anything with his own eyes

pratyakṣadarśivas

mfn. seeing anything (accusative) clearly as if before the eyes

pratyakṣadṛś

mfn. seeing distinctly, one who sees anything (accusative) clearly as if before the eyes

pratyakṣaviṣayībhū

P. -bhavati-, to move only within range of the sight

commentator or commentary

pratyañc

m. inwardly, within

pratyaṅgiras

m. Name of a mythical personage (who like aṅgiras- married several of the daughters of dakṣa-)

pratyaṅgirasa

m. Name of a mythical personage regarded as the father of certain ṛca-s

pratyartham

ind. in relation to anything

pratyāśvāsa

m. breathing again, respiration, recovery

pratyaya

m. ground, basis, motive or cause of anything

etc. (in med.) equals nimitta-, hetu- etc.

prātyayika

m. (with pratibhū-) a surety for the trustworthiness of a debtor

pratyukta

mfn. answered (Persian and thing)

etc.

pratyupadiś

P. -diśati- to explain singly or severally

; to teach anything (accusative) in return to (dative case)

prauḍha

mfn. thick, dense (as darkness)

pravac

P. -vakti- (infinitive mood -v/āce-

), to proclaim, announce, praise, commend, mention, teach, impart, explain (with accusative of thing and dative case or genitive case of person)

etc. ; to tell of betray

; to give, deliver (with accusative and dative case)

; to speak, say, tell (with accusative,rarely dative case of person, and accusative of thing)

etc. ; to declare to be, call (2 accusative)

: Causal -vācayati-, to cause to announce

: Desiderative -vivakṣati-

(wrong reading -vivakṣataḥ-for -vivikṣataḥ-).

pravādā

f. anything belonging to (compound)

pravāhita

m. (fr. Causal) Name of a ṛṣi- in the third manv-antara-

pravāla

m. coral

etc. (in this sense also written pra-vāḍa-)

pravapa

mfn. (pra-+ vapā-) having a thick membrane or omentum

pravartaka

m. a founder, author, originator of anything

pravicint

P. -cintayati-, to think about, reflect upon (accusative)

pravidhā

P. A1. -dadhāti-, -dhatte-, to place apart, divide

; (A1.) to meditate, think upon

; to place in front, put at the head, pay attention to

pravimṛś

(only ind.p. -mṛśya- wrong reading -mṛṣya-) to think upon, ponder, reflect, deliberate

pravṛt

A1. -vartate-, (Epic also P. ti-), to roll or go onwards (as a carriage), be set in motion or going

etc. ; to set out, depart, betake one's self

etc. ; to proceed (vartmanā-,or ni-,on a path; apathena-,on a wrong path)

; to come forth, issue, originate, arise, be produced, result, occur, happen, take place

etc. ; to commence, begin to (infinitive mood), set about, engage in, be intent upon or occupied with (dative case locative case,or artham- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound')

etc. ; to proceed against, do injury to (locative case)

; to debauch (anyo 'nyam-,"one another")

; to act or proceed according to or with (instrumental case or ablative)

etc. ; to behave or conduct one's self towards, deal with (locative case)

; to hold good, prevail

; to continue, keep on (pr.p.)

; to be, exist

; to serve for, conduce to (dative case,or artham- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound')

; to mean, be used in the sense of (locative case)

; to let any one (genitive case) have anything (accusative)

: Causal -vartayati-, to cause to turn or roll, set in motion

etc. ; to throw, hurl, Pour forth

; to send

; to set on foot, circulate, diffuse, divulge

etc. ; to introduce, appoint, instal

; to produce, create, accomplish, devise, invent, perform, do, make

(with setum-to erect a dam;with vyayakarma-,to effect expenditure;with loka-yātrām-,to transact the business of life;with kathām-,to relate a story) ; to exhibit, show, display

; to undertake, begin

etc. ; to use, employ

; to induce any one to do anything, betray into (locative case)

; to proceed against (locative case)

pravṛttimat

mfn. devoted to anything,

pravṛttipratyaya

m. a belief in or conception of the things relating to the external world

pravṛttivijñāna

n. cognition of the things belonging to the external world

prāya

m. anything prominent, chief part, largest portion, plenty, majority, general rule (often in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound',with f(ā-).= chiefly consisting of or destined for or furnished with, rich or abounding in, frequently practising or applying or using;near, like, resembling;mostly, well-nigh, almost, as it were; see ārya--, jita--, jñāti--, tṛṇa--, daṇḍa--, duḥkha--, siddhi-pr-etc.;also prāyatā -tā- f.)

etc.

prayāc

P. A1. -yācati-, te-, to ask for, beg, solicit, request (with accusative of Persian and thing)

prayam

P. A1. -yacchati-, te-, to hold out towards, stretch forth, extend

; to place upon (locative case)

; to offer, present, give, grant, bestow, deliver, despatch, send, effect, produce, cause (with dative case genitive case or locative case of Persian and accusative of thing)

etc. etc. (with vikrayeṇa-,to sell;with uttaram-,to answer;with śāpam-,to pronounce a curse;with yuddham-,to give battle, fight;with viṣam-,to administer poison;with buddhau-,to set forth or present to the mind) ; to restore, pay (a debt), requite (a benefit)

etc. ; to give (a daughter) in marriage

prāyika

mfn. containing the greater part (but not everything)

prāyojya

mfn. belonging to things requisite or necessary.

pṛc

cl.7 P. (

) pṛṇ/akti- A1. pṛṅkt/e- (or cl.2. pṛkte-

; cl.1 P. pṛñcati-

; cl.3 P. pipṛgdhi-, pipṛkta-

; perfect tense papṛcuḥ-

; papṛcāsi-, cyāt-, cān/a-

; Aorist p/arcas-[ parasmE-pada pṛcān/a-

; preceding pricīmahi-]

; aprāk-

; apṛkṣi-, kta-

; aparcīt-, ciṣṭa- grammar; future parciṣyati-, te-, parcitā-

; infinitive mood -p/ṛce-, -p/ṛcas-

), to mix, mingle, put together with (instrumental case,rarely locative case; dhanuṣā śaram-,"to fix the arrow upon the bow"

), unite, join

etc. ; to fill (A1.one's self?) , sate, satiate

; to give lavishly, grant bountifully, bestow anything (accusative or genitive case) richly upon (dative case)

; to increase, augment

(Prob. connected with pṝ-,to fill; see also pṛj-.)

pre

( pra-- 5 i-) cl.2 P. praiti- (Ved. infinitive mood praitos-

), to come forth, appear, begin

; to go on, proceed, advance (especially as a sacrifice)

; to go forwards or farther, come to, arrive at, enter (accusative)

; to go out or away, depart (this life, with or without asmāl lokāt-,or itas-), die

etc.: Intensive A1. preyate-, to drive or go forth (said of uṣas-)

prekṣ

( pra-īkṣ-) A1. prekṣate- (Epic also P. ti-), to look at, view, behold, observe

etc. ; to look on (without interfering), suffer, say nothing

premapātra

n. an object of affection, a beloved person or thing

pretyabhāj

mfn. enjoying (the fruits of anything) in the next world

prīṇana

mfn. pleasing, gratifying, appeasing, soothing

prīti

f. any pleasurable sensation, pleasure, joy, gladness, satisfaction (with locative case or in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound';with ind.p.,"joy at having done anything")

etc.

prītipātra

n. an object of affection, a beloved person or thing

prītiśrāddha

n. a funeral offering to the pitṛ-s of both parents (performed by some one in place of the eldest surviving son, and to be re-performed at some other period by this son in person)

priyadarśana

m. a plant growing in wet weather on trees and stones (in Marathi called dagaḍaphūla-,in Hindustani $)

priyadarśin

m. "looking with kindness upon everything", Name of aśoka-

priyahita

n. things which are agreeable and salutary

(dual number)

priyamitra

m. Name of a mythical cakra-vartin-

priyāpriya

n. sg. dual number or plural pleasant and unpleasant things

priyīya

Nom. P. yati-, to think a person to be another's mistress

pṛśni

mfn. dwarfish, thin, small

pṛśnisaktha

mfn. having spotted thighs

pṛṣṭha

n. (prob. fr. pra-stha-,"standing forth prominently"; in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) the back (as the prominent part of an animal), the hinder part or rear of anything

etc. (pṛṣṭhena-yā-,with genitive case,to ride on; ṭhena-vah-,to carry on the back; ṭhaṃ-dā-,to give the back, make a low obeisance; pṛṣṭhe ṭhe- ind.behind or from behind)

pṛthagdṛś

mfn. seeing something different from (ablative)

pṛthagvādin

mfn. each saying something different

pṛthaṅniṣṭha

mfn. existing by itself, being something different or distinct in each case

pṛthī

m. (Nominal verb thī- dative case thyai-or thaye- genitive case thyās-) Name of a mythical personage with the patronymic vainya- (said to have been the first anointed sovereign of men, to have ruled also the lower animals, and to have introduced the arts of husbandry into the world;he is enumerated among the ṛṣi-s and said to be the author of

)

(see pṛthi-, pṛthu-; pārtha-).

pṛthivītva

n. state or condition of the earth, earthiness

pṛthūdaka

n. "having extensive waters", Name of a sacred bathing-place on the northern bank of the sarasvatī-

pṛthumukha

mfn. having a thick point

pū

cl.9 P. A1. (

) pun/āti-, punīt/e- (3. plural A1. pun/ate-

, punat/e-

;2. sg. imperative P. punīhi-

etc., punāh/i-

) ; cl.1. A1. (

) p/avate- (of P.only imperative -pava-

,and parasmE-pada genitive case plural pavatām-

; parasmE-pada A1. punān/a-below, p/avamāna-See;1. sg. A1. punīṣe-

; perfect tense pupuvuh-. ve-

; apupot-

; Aorist apāviṣuḥ- subjunctive apaviṣṭa-

; future paviṣyati-, pavitā- grammar; ind.p. pūtv/ā-

; pūtv/ī-

; pavitvā- grammar; -p/ūya-and -pāvam-

etc.; infinitive mood pavitum-

), to make clean or clear or pure or bright, cleanse, purify, purge, clarify, illustrate, illume (with s/aktum-,"to cleanse from chaff, winnow";with kr/atum-or manīṣ/ām-,"to enlighten the understanding";with hiraṇyam-,"to wash gold")

etc. ; (met.) to sift, discriminate, discern ; to think of or out, invent, compose (as a hymn)

; (A1. p/avate-) to purify one's self. be or become clear or bright ; (especially) to flow off clearly (said of the soma-)

; to expiate, atone for

; to pass so as to purify ; to purify in passing or pervading, ventilate

etc. (confer, compare pav-): Passive voice pūy/ate-, to be cleaned or washed or purified ; to be freed or delivered from (ablative)

etc.: Causal pav/ayati- or pāvayati- (Epic also te-; Aorist apīpavat- grammar; Passive voice pāvyate-

), to cleanse, purify

: Desiderative , pupūṣati-, pipaviṣate- grammar : Desiderative of Causal pipāvayiṣati- grammar ([ confer, compare Greek ; Umbr.pir; German Feuer; English fire.])

pulina

m. Name of a mythical being conquered by garuḍa-

pulinda

m. (sg.) a man or the king of this tribe

puṃsavana

n. (with or sc. vrata-),"male-production rite", Name of the 2nd of the 12 saṃskāra-s performed in the third month of gestation and before the period of quickening

etc. (see

)

puṃścora

m. a male thief

punarasu

mfn. breathing or coming to life again

punarāvartanandā

f. Name of a sacred bathing. place

punarmanya

mfn. (prob.) again thinking of. remembering

punaruktavādin

mfn. repeating the same things, talking idly

puṇḍra

n. Name of a mythical city between the mountains hima-vat- and hemakūṭa-

puṇyamanya

mfn. thinking one's self good

puraṃdara

m. a thief, house-breaker

purāṇa

n. a thing or event of the past, an ancient tale or legend, old traditional history.

etc.

purāṇaveda

m. knowledge of the things or events of the past

purāṇavid

mfn. knowing the things or events of the past

purīṣa

n. (especially) crumbling or loose earth, rubbish (perhaps"that which fills up", as opp. to that which flows off,"the solid" opp. to the fluid) , rubble, anything used to fill up interstices in a wall

pūrṇa

mfn. uttering this cry

pūrṇā

f. of the 5th, 10th and 15th tithi-s

pūrṇapātra

n. a vessel filled with valuable things to be distributed as presents (especially a present made to any one who brings good news),

purojava

m. Name of a son of medhātithi- and the varṣa- ruled by him

puruṣaśīrṣaka

m. or n. Name of an instrument used by thieves

pūrvabādha

m. suspension or annulment of something preceding

pūrvaja

mfn. produced by something antecedent, caused

pūrvalakṣaṇa

n. indication of anything about to occur

pūrvanaḍaka

n. a hollow bone in the upper part (of the thigh)

pūrvāpara

n. the proof and thing to be proved

pūrvarūpa

n. indication of something approaching, an omen

pūrvarūpa

n. something prior or antecedent to, (especially) the symptom of occurring disease

pūrvarūpa

n. (in rhetoric) a figure of speech which describes the unexpected return of anything to its former state

pūrvasaktha

n. (prob.) the upper part of the thigh

pūrvataskara

m. a former thief

pūrvavat

mfn. having (or relating to) something preceding or antecedent

pūrvavat

ind. according to something previous (applied in the nyāya- to a kind of inference such as inferring from the previous appearance of a cloud that rain will fall)

pūrvavid

mfn. knowing the things or events of the past

pūrvoktaparāmarśaka

mfn. referring to something before mentioned

pūṣā

f. Name of the third kalā- of the moon

pūṣan

m. (the a-not lengthened in the strong cases, but accusative ṣāṇam-,in

) Name of a Vedic deity (originally connected with the sun, and therefore the surveyor of all things, and the conductor on journeys and on the way to the next world, often associated with soma- or the Moon as protector of the universe;he is, moreover, regarded as the keeper of flocks and herds and bringer of prosperity;in the brāhmaṇa-s he is represented as having lost his teeth and feeding on a kind of gruel, whence he is called karambhād-;in later times he is one of the 12 āditya-s and regent of the nakṣatra- revatī- or pauṣṇa-; dual number" pūṣan- and aryaman-"

)

puṣkaratīrtha

n. Name of a sacred bathing-place

puṣpagiri

m. "flower-mountain", Name of a mythical mountain (the favourite resort of varuṇa-)

puṣpāmbhas

n. flower-water, Name of a sacred bathing-place

puṣpārṇa

m. "flower-stream", Name of a son of vatsara- and svar-vīthi-

puṣpavatī

f. Name of a sacred bathing place

puṣṭikarman

n. a verse or formula relating to this ceremony

puṣya

n. the blossom or flower id est the uppermost or best of anything (confer, compare Greek ; Latin flos)

puṣya

m. of one of the 24 mythical buddha-s

pūt

ind. an onomatopoetic (i.e. formed from imitation of sounds) expressive of blowing or hard breathing (prob. wrong reading for phūt-, phut- q.v)

pūtigandhā

f. Vernonia Anthelminthica

pūtigandhikā

f. Serratula Anthelminthica

pūtiphalā

f. "bearing ill-smelling fruit", Sereatula Anthelminthica

pūtiphalī

f. "bearing ill-smelling fruit", Sereatula Anthelminthica

putratīrtha

n. Name of a sacred bathing-place (also of 2 chs. of

)

rādh

(confer, compare ṛdh-and radh-) cl.5.4. P. (

) rādhn/oti- rādhyati- (Vedic or Veda also proper rādhati-and r/ādhyate-; perfect tense rar/ādha-

etc. etc. [2. sg. rarādhitha-or redhita-, confer, compare

]; Aorist, arātsīt-, rādhiṣi-

; preceding rādhyāsam-

; future rāddhā- grammar; rātsyati-

; ind.p. rāddhv/ā-, -rādhya-

), to succeed (said of things), be accomplished or finished

; to succeed (said of persons), be successful with (instrumental case), thrive, prosper

; to be ready for, submit to (dative case)

; to be fit for, partake of, attain to (dative case or locative case),

; (rādhyati-) to prophesy to (dative case)

; to accomplish, perform, achieve, make ready, prepare, carry out

; to hit, get at (accusative)

; to propitiate, conciliate, gratify

; to hurt, injure, destroy, exterminate

(confer, compare

) : Passive voice rādhyate- (Aorist /arādhi-), to be conciliated or satisfied

(confer, compare rādhyate-above) : Causal rādh/ayati- (Aorist arīradhat-

; Passive voice rādhyate-

), to accomplish, perform, prepare, make ready

etc. ; to make favourable, propitiate, satisfy

: Desiderative of Causal rirādhayiṣati-

: Desiderative rirātsati- or -ritsati-

Va1rtt. 1

: Intensive rārādhyate-, rārāddhi- grammar ([ confer, compare iradh-; Gothic gare7dan,rathjo1; Slavonic or Slavonian raditi.])

rādhana

n. the means or instrument of accomplishing anything ( rādhanadravya -dravya- n. equals pācala-)

rahasyālocana

n. the pondering over secret things

rahasyālocanāpara

mfn. addicted to pondering over secret things

rahomānin

mfn. thinking one's self hidden

rāj

m. anything the best or chief of its kind (see śaṅkha-r-)

rajakī

f. Name of a woman on the third day of her impurity

rājamāṣya

mfn. suited to the cultivation of it, consisting of or sown with this plant (a field etc.)

Va1rtt. 1

rajanīcara

m. a thief

rajanimmanya

mfn. thinking itself to be night (said of day)

rajastamaska

mfn. (any one or any thing) under the influence of the two qualities rajas- and tamas- (See above)

rājayakṣmanāman

m. Name of a particular mythical being (said to be connected with the foundation of a house)

rājayakṣmannāman

m. Name of a particular mythical being (said to be connected with the foundation of a house)

rāji

f. Vernonia Anthelminthica

(see rājī-)

rājī

f. Vernonia Anthelminthica

rakṣas

n. "anything to be guarded against or warded off", harm, injury, damage

rākṣasa

m. a rakṣas- or demon in general, an evil or malignant demon (the rākṣasa-s are sometimes regarded as produced from brahmā-'s foot, sometimes with rāvaṇa- as descendants of pulastya-, elsewhere they are styled children of khasā- or su-rasa-;according to some they are distinguishable into 3 classes, one being of a semi-divine benevolent nature and ranking with yakṣa-s etc.;another corresponding to Titans or relentless enemies of the gods;and a third answering more to nocturnal demons, imps, fiends, goblins, going about at night, haunting cemeteries, disturbing sacrifices and even devouring human beings;this last class is the one most commonly mentioned;their chief place of abode was laṅkā- in Ceylon;in

they are fully described; see also

)

etc.

rakṣikā

f. an amulet, charm, anything worn as a preservative

raktamehin

mfn. suffering from this disease

rāma

m. Name of various mythical personages (in veda- two rāma-s are mentioned with the patronymic mārgaveya- and aupatasvini-;another rāma-s with the patronymic jāmadagnya-[ see below] is the supposed author of

;in later times three rāma-s are celebrated, viz. 1. paraśu-rāma- [q.v.], who forms the 6th avatāra- of viṣṇu- and is sometimes called jāmadagnya-, as son of the sage jamad-agni- by reṇukā-, and sometimes bhārgava-, as descended from bhṛgu-;2. rāma-candra- [see below];3. bala-rāma- [q.v.],"the strong rāma-", also called halāyudha- and regarded as elder brother of kṛṣṇa-[

] according to to jaina-s a rāma- is enumerated among the 9 white bala-s;and in

a rāma-s is mentioned among the 7 ṛṣi-s of the 8th manv-antara-)

etc. etc. Name of a king of malla-pura-

rāmabhadra

m. Name of rāma-s dāśarathi-

rāmacandra

m. " rāma-s-moon", Name of the principal rāma- called dāśarathi-, as son of daśa-ratha-, and rāghava-, as descended from raghu- (although the affix candra-seems to connect him with the moon, he is not, like kṛṣṇa- and bala--ra1ma, of the lunar but of the solar race of kings;he forms the 7th avatāra- of viṣṇu- and is the hero of the rāmāyaṇa-, who, to recover his faithful wife sītā-, advanced southwards, killed the demon rāvaṇa- and subjugated his followers the rākṣasa-s, the poetical representatives of the barbarous aborigines of the south)

(

)

rāmadatta

m. Name of a minister of nṛ-siṃha- (king of mithilā-)

rāmadeva

m. Name of rāma-s dāśarathi-

rāmagāyatrī

f. Name of a particular hymn on rāma- dāśarathi-

rāmahrada

m. " rāma-s's lake", Name of a sacred bathing-place

rāmahṛdaya

n. of a chapter of the adhyātmarāmāyaṇa- (revealing the supposed mythical essence of rāma-).

rāmamantra

m. n. a verse addressed to rāma-s dāśarathi-

ramaṇa

m. of a mythical son of manoharā-

rāmanātha

m. "R's lord", Name of rāma-s dāśarathi-

rāmānuja

m. "younger brother of rāma-"(this title would be applicable to kṛṣṇa- as born after bala-rāma- of the same father)

rāmasiṃhadeva

m. Name of a king of mithilā- and of the patron of ratneśvara-

rāmāyaṇa

mf(ī-)n. relating to rāma- (dāśarathi-)

rambhātṛtīyā

f. Name of the third day of the first half of the month jyaiṣṭha- (so called because Hindu women on this day imitate rambhā-, who bathed on the same day with particular ceremonies)

rambhoru

mf(ū-)n. having thighs (smooth and tapering) like (the stem of) a plantain tree, full, round, lovely (said of women, especially in the vocative case rambhoru- see

)

rāmeśvara

n. of an island (which with its coral reef or bridge of rocks nearly connects the South of India with Ceylon) and of the celebrated śaiva- temple and town on it (this is the place where rāma- is supposed to have crossed to Ceylon and one of the most sacred places of pilgrimage in India)

rāmopāsaka

m. a worshipper of rāma- dāśarathi-

rasa

m. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) the sap or juice of plants, Juice of fruit, any liquid or fluid, the best or finest or prime part of anything, essence, marrow

etc.

rasā

f. a mythical stream supposed to flow round the earth and the atmosphere

(

)

rasana

n. the being sensible of (anything), perception, apprehension, sense

raśanopamā

f. "string of comparisons", a form of simile (when the object to which anything is compared is made the subject of another comparison, which again leads to a third and so on)

rasna

n. (said to be fr.1. ras-) a thing, object

ratarddhika

n. bathing for pleasure

rathabandha

m. "chariots-fastening", anything that holds a chariots together

ratna

n. anything valuable or best of its kind (e. gaRa putra-r-,an excellent son)

ratnacūḍa

m. of a mythical king

ratnadhā

mfn. procuring wealth, distributing riches or precious things ( ratnadhātama -tama- mfn.distributing great riches)

ratnādri

m. n. of a mythical mountain

ratnākara

m. of a mythical horse

ratnākara

m. of a town (in this sense perhaps n.)

ratnaśikhaṇḍa

m. Name of a mythical bird (companion of jaṭāyu-)

ratnatraya

n. "jewels-triad", the three jewels or excellent things (with Buddhists, viz. buddha-, dharma-and saṃgha-;or with jaina-s, viz. samyag-darśana-, samyag-jñāna-and samyak-cāritra-)

ratnavarṣuka

n. the mythical car puṣpaka- (supposed to rain or pour out jewels;See puṣpaka-)

rātricara

m. "night-wandering", a thief, robber

rātriparyuṣita

mfn. anything which has stood over-night, stale, not fresh

rātryaṭa

m. "night rover", a rākṣasa- or a thief.

raurukin

n. plural the yajus- handed down by this school

rāvaṇa

mfn. (fr. Causal) causing to cry (with genitive case or in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound';only in this sense to explain the name of the famous rākṣasa-)

etc.

rāvaṇa

m. Name of the ruler of laṅkā- or Ceylon and the famous chief of the rākṣasa-s or demons whose destruction by rāmacandra- forms the subject of the rāmāyaṇa- (as son of viśravas- he was younger brother of kubera-, but by a different mother, ilavila- being the mother of kubera-, and keśinī- of the three other brothers rāvaṇa- vibhīṣaṇa-, and kumbha-karṇa-;he is one of the worst of the many impersonations of evil common in Hindu mythology;he has ten heads and twenty arms, symbolizing strength;this power was, as usual, acquired by self-inflicted austerities, which had obtained from brahmā- a boon, in virtue of which rāvaṇa- was invulnerable by gods and divine beings of all kinds, though not by men or a god in human form;as viṣṇu- became incarnate in rāma-candra- to destroy rāvaṇa-, so the other gods produced innumerable monkeys, bears, and various semi-divine animals to do battle with the legions of demons, his subjects, under khara-, dūṣaṇa-, and his other generals)

etc. (

)

ṛbhu

m. an artist, one who works in iron, a smith, builder (of carriages etc.), Name of three semi-divine beings (ṛbhu-, vāja-, and vibhvan-, the name of the first being applied to all of them;thought by some to represent the three seasons of the year[

],and celebrated for their skill as artists;they are supposed to dwell in the solar sphere, and are the artists who formed the horses of indra-, the carriage of the aśvin-s, and the miraculous cow of bṛhaspati-;they made their parents young, and performed other wonderful works [Sv-apas];they are supposed to take their ease and remain idle for twelve days [the twelve intercalary days of the winter solstice] every year in the house of the Sun [Agohya];after which they recommence working;when the gods heard of their skill, they sent agni- to them with the one cup of their rival tvaṣṭṛ-, the artificer of the gods, bidding the ṛbhu-s construct four cups from it;when they had successfully executed this task, the gods received the ṛbhu-s amongst themselves and allowed them to partake of their sacrifices etc.; see Kaegi

)

etc.

recaka

m. the act of breathing out, exhalation

reṇu

m. powder of anything

reṇuka

m. of a mythical elephant

rerihāṇa

m. a thief.

revatī

f. of the sāman- formed from this verse

ribhvan

m. equals stena-, a thief

(see rihvan-).

rihāyas

m. a thief. robber

(varia lectio rihvan-; see ribhvan-).

riktamati

mfn. empty-minded, thinking of nothing

riktapāṇi

mfn. empty-handed, having nothing in the hand

rikvan

m. equals stena-, a thief

ritakvan

m. a thief

(varia lectio for takvan-).

ṛjīṣa

n. the juice produced by the third pressure of the plant

ṛjīṣin

mfn. receiving the residue of soma- or the juice produced by the third pressure of the plant ([

]) Name of indra- and of the marut-s

ṛṇa

mfn. going, flying, fugitive (as a thief)

; having gone against or transgressed, guilty ([ confer, compare Latin reus])

ṛṇa

n. anything wanted or missed

ṛṇa

n. anything due, obligation, duty, debt (a Brahman owes three debts or obligations, viz. 1 . brahmacarya- or"study of the veda-s" , to the ṛṣi-s;2. sacrifice and worship, to the gods;3. procreation of a son, to the Manes

;in later times also, 4. benevolence to mankind and 5. hospitality to guests are added

etc.)

etc.

rocana

n. light, brightness, (especially) the bright sky, firmament, luminous sphere (of which there are said to be three; see under rajas-)

(in this sense sometimesf(ā-).)

rohiṇī

f. Name of the ninth nakṣatra- or lunar asterism and of the lunar day belonging to it (in this sense it may optionally have the accent on the last syllable;it is personified as a daughter of dakṣa-, and as the favourite wife of the Moon, called"the Red one"from the colour of the star Aldebaran or principal star in the constellation which contains 5 stars, prob.,, , Tauri, and is figured by a wheeled vehicle or sometimes by a temple or fish;it is exceptionally plural,and in

and

there are 2 nakṣatra-s of this name;it may also be used as an adjective (cf. mfn.) and mean"born under the nakṣatra- rohiṇī-"

Va1rtt. 1)

romaśa

mf(/ā-)n. (see lomaśa-) having thick hair or wool or bristles, hairy, shaggy

etc.

romavivara

m. n. Name of particular mythical regions

ṛṣi

m. the ṛṣi-s were regarded by later generations as patriarchal sages or saints, occupying the same position in India history as the heroes and patriarchs of other countries, and constitute a peculiar class of beings in the early mythical system, as distinct from gods, men, asura-s, etc.

etc.

ṛṣi

m. seven ṛṣi-s, sapta ṛṣayaḥ-, or saptaṛṣayaḥ- or saptarṣayaḥ-, are often mentioned in the brāhmaṇa-s and later works as typical representatives of the character and spirit of the pre-historic or mythical period

ṛṣi

m. a saint or sanctified sage in general, an ascetic, anchorite (this is a later sense;sometimes three orders of these are enumerated, viz. devarṣi-s, brahmarṣi-s, and rājarṣi-s;sometimes seven, four others being added, viz. maharṣi-s, paramarṣi-s, śrutarṣi-s, and kāṇḍarṣi-s)

ṛṣya

m. of a son of devātithi-

ṛtāvan

mf(arī-)n. keeping within the fixed order or rule, regular, proper (as inanimated objects)

ṛtīyā

f. loathing, horror

ṛtu

m. an epoch, period (especially a division or part of the year), season (the number of the divisions of the year is in ancient times, three, five, six, seven, twelve, thirteen, and twenty-four;in later time six seasons are enumerated, viz. vasanta-,"spring"; grīṣma-,"the hot season"; varṣā-s (f. plural Nominal verb ),"the rainy season" śarad-,"autumn"; hemanta-,"winter";and śiśira-,"the cool season";the seasons are not unfrequently personified, addressed in mantra-s, and worshipped by libations)

etc.

ṛtujit

m. Name of a king of mithilā-

ṛtusnāna

n. the act of bathing after menstruation.

ruc

cl.1 A1. (

) rocate- (Vedic or Veda and Epic also ti-; perfect tense ruroca-, ruruc/e-

etc.; subjunctive rurucanta- Potential rurucyās-

; parasmE-pada rurukv/as-, rurucān/a-

; Aorist arucat-

; arociṣṭa-

etc.; arukta-

; parasmE-pada rucān/a-

; Aorist Passive voice aroci-

; preceding rucīya-

; rociṣīya-

; ruciṣīya-

; future rocitā- grammar; rociṣyate-

; infinitive mood rocitum-

; ruc/e-

; ind.p. rucitvā-or rocitvā-

), to shine, be bright or radiant or resplendent

etc. ; (only in perfect tense P.) to make bright or resplendent

; to be splendid or beautiful or good

etc. ; to be agreeable to, please (dative case or genitive case)

etc. ; to be pleased with, like (accusative)

; to be desirous of, long for (dative case)

: Causal roc/ayati-, te- (Aorist /arūrucat-, cata-; Passive voice rocyate-), to cause to shine

; to enlighten, illuminate, make bright

; to make pleasant or beautiful

; to cause any one (accusative) to long for anything (dative case)

; to find pleasure in, like, approve, deem anything right (accusative or infinitive mood)

etc. ; to choose as (double accusative)

; to purpose, intend

; (Passive voice) to be pleasant or agreeable to (dative case)

: Desiderative ruruciṣate- or rurociṣate- grammar : Intensive (only p. r/orucāna-) to shine bright

[ confer, compare Greek , ;lux,luceo,luna,lumen; Gothic liuhath,lauhmuni; German lioht,lieht,licht; Anglo-Saxon leo4ht; English light.]

rudh

(see 1. ruh-,of which this seems to be only another form) cl.1 P. r/odhati-, to sprout, shoot, grow (only r/odhati-

;and vir/odhat-,

; according to to some also parasmE-pada rudhat-,

nad/asya rudhat/aḥ k/āmaḥ-,"the desire of the growing reed" id est of the membrum virile;others,"of the husband who keeps me away", from 2. rudh-; see also nada-).

rudh

prob. a root of this form once existed with a meaning"to be red."

rudhiralālasa

mfn. blood-thirsty, sanguinary

rudra

m. "Roarer or Howler", Name of the god of tempests and father and ruler of the rudra-s and marut-s (in the veda- he is closely connected with indra- and still more with agni-, the god of fire, which, as a destroying agent, rages and crackles like the roaring storm, and also with kāla- or Time the all-consumer, with whom he is afterwards identified;though generally represented as a destroying deity, whose terrible shafts bring death or disease on men and cattle, he has also the epithet śiva-,"benevolent"or"auspicious", and is even supposed to possess healing powers from his chasing away vapours and purifying the atmosphere;in the later mythology the word śiva-,which does not occur as a name in the veda-, was employed, first as an euphemistic epithet and then as a real name for rudra-, who lost his special connection with storms and developed into a form of the disintegrating and reintegrating principle;while a new class of beings, described as eleven [or thirty-three] in number, though still called rudra-s, took the place of the original rudra-s or marut-s: in

, rudra- is said to have sprung from brahmā-'s forehead, and to have afterwards separated himself into a figure half male and half female, the former portion separating again into the 11 rudra-s, hence these later rudra-s are sometimes regarded as inferior manifestations of śiva-, and most of their names, which are variously given in the different purāṇa-s, are also names of śiva-;those of the

are ajaikapād-, ahir-budhnya-, hara-, nirṛta-, īśvara-, bhuvana-, aṅgāraka-, ardha-ketu-, mṛtyu-, sarpa-, kapālin-; according to to others the rudra-s are represented as children of kaśyapa- and surabhi- or of brahmā- and surabhi- or of bhūta- and su-rūpā-; according to to

, rudra- is one of the 8 forms of śiva-;elsewhere he is reckoned among the dik-pāla-s as regent of the north-east quarter)

etc. (see

)

rudratanaya

m. (with jaina-s) of the third black vāsudeva-

rūkṣa

mf(ā-)n. emaciated, thin

rūkṣa

n. the thick part of curds

rūkṣaṇa

mfn. making thin, attenuating

rūkṣaṇa

n. the act of making thin, (especially) medical treatment for reducing fat or corpulence

rūkṣapeṣam

ind. ( piṣ-,to pound) having pounded (anything) into dry powder (without adding butter or any liquid)

the actual base for the Nominal verb case of the 3rd Persian pronoun t/ad- q.v (occurring only in the Nominal verb sg. mf.[ s/a-or s/as-, sā-],and in the Vedic or Veda locative case [ s/asmin-

];the final s-of the Nominal verb m.is dropped before all consonants [except before p-in

, and before t-in

] and appears only at the end of a sentence in the form of visarga-; sa-occasionally blends with another vowel [as in saīṣaḥ-];and it is often for emphasis connected with another pronoun as with aham-, tvam-, eṣa-, ayam-etc.[ exempli gratia, 'for example' so 'ham- sa tvam-,"I (or thou) that very person"; confer, compare under t/ad-,p.434] , the verb then following in the 1st and 2nd Persian even if aham-or tvam-be omitted[ exempli gratia, 'for example' sa- tvā pṛcchāmi-"I that very person ask you"

; sa- vai no brūhi-"do thou tell us"

];similarly, to denote emphasis, with bhavān-[ exempli gratia, 'for example' sa bhavān vijayāya pratiṣṭhatām-,"let your Highness set out for victory"

];it sometimes [and frequently in the brāhmaṇa-s] stands as the first word of a sentence preceding a rel. pronoun or adverb such as ya-, yad-, yadi-, yathā-, ced-;in this position sa-may be used pleonastically or as a kind of ind.,even where another gender or number is required[ exempli gratia, 'for example' sa yadi- sthāvarā āpo bhananti-,"if those waters are stagnant"

];in the sāṃkhya- sa-,like eṣa-, ka-,and ya-,is used to denote puruṣa-, "the Universal Soul")

śabdabhṛt

mfn. bearing only the name of anything

(varia lectio; see śabda-pati-).

śabdacora

m. "word-thief."a plagiarist, [also lexicographer?]

sābhiniveśa

mfn. having or attended with a great inclination or predilection for anything

śac

cl.1 A1. śacate-, to be strong etc. (in this sense a collateral form of śak-) ; to speak out, speak, say, tell

sac

(connected with2. sajj-, sañj-, sakh-; confer, compare sap-) cl.1 A1. (

) s/acate- (in

also P. sacati-and s/iṣakti-,2. sg. s/aścasi-,3. plural saścati-,2. 3. plural saścata-,1. sg. A1. saśce-; parasmE-pada s/acamāna-, sacān/a-and s/aścat-or saśc/at-[ quod vide ]; perfect tense Ved. saścima-, saśc/uḥ-; A1. saścir/e-

; secire-

; Aorist 3. plural asakṣata-

; sakṣat-, sakṣata-, sakṣante-, sakṣīm/ahi-

; asaciṣṭa- grammar; future sacitā-, saciṣyate-

; infinitive mood sac/adhyai-

), to be associated or united with, have to do with, be familiar with, associate one's self with (instrumental case)

; be possessed of, enjoy (instrumental case or accusative)

; to take part or participate in, suffer, endure (instrumental case)

; to belong to, be attached or devoted to, serve, follow, seek, pursue, favour, assist (accusative)

; to he connected with (instrumental case)

; to fall to the lot of (accusative)

; to be together

; (s/iṣakti-), to go after, follow, accompany, adhere or be attached to (accusative)

; to help any one to anything (two dative case)

; to abide in (locative case)

; (3. plural saścati-and saścata-), to follow, obey

; to belong to (accusative)

; to be devoted to or fond of (accusative)

[ confer, compare Greek ; Latin sequor; Lithuanian seku4.]

sacala

mfn. having moving things, moving

sacarācara

mfn. comprehending everything moving and motionless

sacit

mfn. thinking, wise

(others"of the same mind") .

sacitka

m. thinking

sādana

m. a text recited when anything is being set down (see below)

ṣaḍaṅga

n. six auspicious things id est the six things obtained from a cow (go-mūtraṃ- go-mayaṃ- kṣīram-, sarpir dadhi- ca rocanā-),

ṣaḍaṅgarudra

m. Name of particular verses taken from the

and used at the bathing of an image of śiva-

sadbhāva

m. the being true, truth, real state of things (śāstra-bh-,"the true purport of a work")

etc.

ṣaḍgayā

f. the six things beginning with gayā- or ga- (and bestowing final emancipation)

sadghana

m. wholly existence, nothing but existence

ṣāḍguṇya

n. six articles of any kind, multiplication of anything by six

sādhaka

mf(ikā-)n. energizing (said of the fire supposed to burn within the heart and direct the faculty of volition)

sadhanatā

f. wealthiness

sādhāraṇa

mf(ī-or ā-)n. having something of two opposite properties, occupying a middle position, mean (between two extremes exempli gratia, 'for example'"neither too dry nor too wet","neither too cool nor too hot")

sādhāraṇa

n. something in common, a league or alliance with (compound)

sādhu

n. the good or right or honest, a good etc. thing or act (sādhv asti-with dative case,"it is well with --"; sādhu-man-with accusative,"to consider a thing good, approve")

etc.

sādhummanya

mfn. thinking one's self good or virtuous

sādhvasādhu

n. dual number good and bad things

sādhya

n. an object to be accomplished, thing to be proved or established, matter in debate

sādhyābhāva

m. absence of the thing to be proved

sādhyāhāra

mfn. having or with something to be supplied

sādhyapakṣa

m. the side of the thing to be proved (in a lawsuit)

sādhyapramāṇasaṃkhyāvat

mfn. containing the number of the things to be proved and of the proofs

sādhyatovacchedaka

n. the distinguishing property of the thing to be proved

sadoṣavat

mfn. containing anything defective

sadvastu

n. a good thing

sagara

m. Name of a king of the solar race, sovereign of ayodhyā- (son of bāhu-;he is said to have been called sa-gara-, as born together with a poison given to his mother by the other wife of his father;he was father of asamañja- by keśinī- and of sixty thousand sons by su-mati-;the latter were turned into a heap of ashes by the sage kapila- [see bhagīratha-],and their funeral ceremonies could only be performed by the waters of gaṅgā- to be brought from heaven for the purpose of purifying their remains;this was finally accomplished by the devotion of bhagīratha-, who having led the river to the sea, called it sāgara- in honour of his ancestor: sagara- is described as having subdued the śaka-s, yavana-s, and other barbarous tribes; plural"the sons of sagara-")

etc. (

)

sāgara

m. (with jaina-s) of the third arhat- of the past utsarpiṇī-

sāgaradeva

m. Name of a mythical person

sāgarikāmaya

mf(ī-)n. consisting of nothing but sāgarikā-s

(in Prakrit) .

saghana

mfn. thick (as hair)

sāgraha

mfn. with pertinacity, insisting on anything, persistent ( sāgraham am- ind.)

sah

cl.1 A1. (

) s/ahate- (Vedic or Veda and Epic also ti-and exceptionally sāhati-,once in

sg. sahyāmi-; parasmE-pada s/ahat- s/ahamāna-[ q.v ]; perfect tense sehe-, sasāha-; Vedic or Veda also sasāh/e-and sāsāhat-; sās/ahat-; sāsahīṣṭ/āḥ-,; sāsahy/āma-,; parasmE-pada sehān/a-, sāsahān/a-, sāsahv/as-and sāhv/as-[ q.v ]; Aorist asākṣi-, sākṣi-, sākṣate-

; sākṣīt-

; sakṣati-

; sakṣat-, s/ākṣāma-

; imperative sakṣi-, sākṣva-

; parasmE-pada s/akṣat-

; /asahisṭa-

; preceding sahyās-, sāhy/āma-

; sākṣīya-.

; s/āhiṣīm/ahi-

; future soḍhā-

etc.; sahitā- grammar; sakṣyati-

, te-

; sākṣye-[?]

; -sahiṣyati-, te-

; Conditional asahisyat-

; infinitive mood s/ahadhyai-

; s/āḍhyai-

; soḍhum-, sahitum-

; ind.p. soḍhvā-

; sādhvā-, sahitvā- grammar; s/ahya-

etc.; s/aham-

), to prevail, be victorious ; to overcome, vanquish, conquer, defeat (enemies), gain, win (battles)

; to offer violence to (accusative)

; to master, suppress, restrain

etc. ; to be able to or capable of (infinitive mood or locative case)

; to bear up against, resist, withstand

etc. ; to bear, put up with, endure, suffer, tolerate (with na-,"to grudge")

etc. ; to be lenient towards, have patience with any one (genitive case)

; to spare any one

; to let pass, approve anything

; (with kalam-, kala-kṣepam-etc.) to bide or wait patiently for the right time

: Causal or cl.10. sāhayati- (Aorist asīṣahat-), to forbear

: Desiderative of Causal sisāhayiṣati-

: Desiderative s/īkṣate- (parasmE-pada s/īkṣat-; according to to

, also sisahiṣa-), to wish to overcome

: Intensive sāsaṣyate-, sāsoḍhi- (see sāsah/i-) grammar ([ see sahas-and for ; , .])

sahacarabhinna

m. (in rhetoric) separation of what belongs together, joining discordant things or ideas (also sahacarabhinnnatā nna-tā- f. sahacarabhinnatva -tva- n.)

sahaja

n. Name of the third astrology mansion (said to be also m.)

sahasraka

n. (for sahasra-ka-See) a thighs

sahasrakavaca

m. Name of a mythical personage,

sahasrapādākṣiśirorubāhu

mfn. having a thousand feet and eyes and heads and thighs and arms

sahasrin

mfn. containing a thousand different things

sahasrorvaṅghribāhvaksa

having a thousand thighs and feet and arms and eyes

sahavivakṣā

f. the intention to utter anything together or at once

sahottha

m. Name of the third astrology mansion

sāhya

n. conjunction, society, fellowship (in this meaning perhaps fr. saha-or contracted from sāhāyya-)

śaila

m. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) a rock, crag, hill, mountain (there are seven [or, accord, to some, eight] mythical mountain ranges separating the divisions of the earth, viz. niṣadha-, hema-kūṭa-, nīla-, śveta-, śṛn3gin-, mālyavat-, gandha-mādana-

)

etc.

śailakuñja

m. a mountain-copse, thicket on a hill

sajja

mf(ā-)n. fit for everything (said of hands and feet)

śak

cl.5 P. (

) śaknoti- (perfect tense śaś/āka-, śek/uḥ-

etc.; Aorist /aśakat-

etc. [Ved. also Potential śakeyam-and śakyām-; imperative śagdhi-, śaktam-]; future śaktā-,or śakitā- grammar; śakṣyati-, te-

etc.; śakiṣyate-, te- grammar; infinitive mood -śaktave-

; śaktum-or śakitum- grammar), to be strong or powerful, be able to or capable of or competent for (with accusative dative case or locative case,rarely accusative of a verbal noun, or with an infinitive mood in am-or tum-;or with pr. p. ; exempli gratia, 'for example' with grahaṇāya-or grahaṇe-,"to be able to seize"; vadha-nirṇekam- a-śaknuvan-,"unable to atone for slaughter"; śak/ema vāj/ino y/amam-,"may we be able to guide horses"; vīkṣitum- na- śaknoti-,"he is not able to see"; pūrayan na śaknoti-,"he is not able to fill")

etc. etc. (in these meanings Epic also śakyati-, te-,with inf in tuṃ- confer, compare

) ; to be strong or exert one's self for another (dative case), aid, help, assist

; to help to (dative case of thing)

: Passive voice śakyate- (Epic also ti-), to be overcome or subdued, succumb

; to yield, give way

; to be compelled or caused by any one (instrumental case) to (infinitive mood)

; to be able or capable or possible or practicable (with an infinitive mood in pass. sense exempli gratia, 'for example' tat kartuṃ śakyate-,"that can be done";sometimes with pass. p. exempli gratia, 'for example' na śakyate vāryamāṇaḥ-,"he cannot be restrained";or used impersonal or used impersonally,with or with out instrumental case exempli gratia, 'for example' yadi-[ tvayā-] śakyate-,"if it can be done by thee","if it is possible")

: Causal śākayati- (Aorist aśīśakat-), grammar : Desiderative See śikṣ-. ([ confer, compare according to to some, Greek , German HagHeckehegen;behagen.])

śaka

m. plural Name of a particular white-skinned tribe or race of people (in the legends which relate the contests between vasiṣṭha- and viśvāmitra- the śaka-s are fabled to have been produced by the Cow of vasiṣṭha-, from her sweat, for the destruction of viśvāmitra-'s army; in

, they are mentioned together with the pauṇḍraka-s, oḍra-s, draviḍa-s, kāmboja-s, javana-s or yavana-s, pārada-s, pahlava-s, cīna-s, kirāta-s, darada-s, and khaśa-s, described by

as degraded tribes of kṣatriya-s called after the districts in which they reside: according to the

,king sagara- attempted to rid his kingdom of these tribes, but did not succeed in destroying them all : they are sometimes regarded as the followers of śaka- or śāli-vāhana-, and are probably to be identified with the Tartars or Indo-Scythians [ Latin saca-]who overran India before the Aryans, and were conquered by the great vikramāditya- [q.v.]; they really seem to have been dominant in the north-west of India in the last century before and the first two centuries after the beginning of our era)

etc.

śāka

mfn. (fr. śaka-) relating to the śaka-s or Indoscythians

sakala

mf(ā-)n. possessing all its component parts, complete, entire, whole, all (pratijñāṃ sakalāṃ-kṛ-,"to fulfil one's promise"; m.[sometimes with api-]"everybody"; n."everything"or"one's whole property")

etc.

sakalārthaśāstrasāra

mfn. containing the essence of precepts about all things

sākamedha

m. plural Name of the third parvan- of the cāturmāsya-s

śākhā

f. the third part of an astrological saṃhitā- (also śākhāskandha khā-skandha-, m.)

sakhī

f. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') a woman who shares in or sympathizes with

sakmya

n. that which belongs to anything, peculiar nature

sakṛtsnāyin

mfn. bathing once

sākṣātkaraṇa

n. immediate cause of anything

sākṣātkartṛ

mfn. one who sees everything

sakthi

n. (derivation doubtful;the base sakth/an-[fr. which accusative plural sakthāni-

] appears in later language only in the weakest cases exempli gratia, 'for example' sg. instrumental case sakthn/ā- genitive case ablative sakthn/as- locative case sakth/ani-,or sakthn/i- see

;there occurs also Nominal verb accusative dual number sakthy/au-[

] formed fr. a fem. base sakth/ī-), the thigh, thigh-bone

śakti

f. the energy or active power of a deity personified as his wife and worshipped by the śākta- (q.v) sect of Hindus under various names (sometimes only three, sometimes eight śakti- goddesses are enumerated, as follow, indrāṇī-, vaiṣṇavī-, śāntā-, brahmāṇī-, kaumārī-, nārasiṃhī-, vārāhī-, and māheśvarī-, but some substitute cāmuṇḍā- and caṇḍikā- for the third and sixth of these: according to another reckoning there are nine, viz. vaiṣṇavī-, brahmāṇī-, raudrī-, māheśvarī-, nārasiṃhī-, vārāhī-, indrāṇī-, kārttikī-, and pradhānā-: others reckon fifty different forms of the śakti- of viṣṇu- besides lakṣmī-, some of these are kīrtti-, kānti-, tuṣṭi-, puṣṭā-, dhṛti-, śānti-, kriyā-, dayā-, medhā- etc.;and fifty forms of the śakti- of śiva- or rudra- besides durgā- or gaurī-, some of whom are guṇodarī-, virajā-, śālmalī-, lolākṣī-, vartulākṣī-, dīrgha-ghoṇā-, sudīrgha-mukhī-, go-mukhī-, dīrgha-jihvā-, kuṇḍodarī-, ardha-keśī-, vikṛta-mukhī-, jvālā-mukhī-, ulkāmukhī- etc.; sarasvatī- is also named as a śakti-, both of viṣṇu- and rudra-: according to the vāyu-purāṇa- the female nature of rudra- became twofold, one half asita-or white, and the other sita-or black, each of these again becoming manifold, those of the white or mild nature included lakṣmī-, sarasvatī-, gaurī-, umā- etc.;those of the dark and fierce nature, durgā-, kālī- etc.)

(see

)

śakti

f. the power or signification of a word (defined in the nyāya- as padasya padārthe- sambandhaḥ- id est"the relation of a word to the thing designated")

śakunī

f. Name of a female demon (sometimes identified with durgā-) causing a particular child's disease (sometimes equals pūtanā-,and in this sense also śakuni-)

śalākā

f. a peg, pin, arrow-head, needle, a probe (used in surgery and sometimes taken as the Name of this branch of, surgery

), any pointed instrument

śalākā

f. a match or thin piece of wood (used for ignition by friction)

sālamba

mfn. having anything a, as support (compound)

salilārthin

mfn. wishing for water, thirsty

salilāvagāha

m. bathing in water

sālokya

n. (fr. sa-loka-) the being in the same sphere or world, residence in the same heaven with (instrumental case with saha-,or genitive case,or compound;this is one of the four stages of beatitude)

śalya

m. anything tormenting or causing pain (as a thorn, sting etc.), or (in med.) any extraneous substance lodged in the body and causing pain (exempli gratia, 'for example' a splinter, pin, stone in the bladder etc.;also applied to the fetus, and, as a branch of medicine, to "the extraction of splinters or extraneous substances")

etc.

śalyaparvan

n. Name of the ninth book of the mahā-bhārata-, (this book describes how, on the death of karṇa-, śalya-, king of madra-, was appointed to the command of the kuru- army, and how a combat with maces took place between śalya- and bhīma-, and another great battle between śalya- and yudhi-ṣṭhira-, in which the former was at last killed).

sama

mf(/ā-)n. same, equal, similar, like, equivalent, like to or identical or homogeneous with (instrumental case exempli gratia, 'for example' mayā sama-,"like to me";or genitive case,rarely ablative), like in or with regard to anything (instrumental case genitive case locative case,or -tas-,or compound; samaṃ-kṛ-,"to make equal, balance")

samabuddhi

mfn. esteeming all things alike, indifferent

samadarśana

mfn. (also with sarvatra-or sarveṣām-) looking on all (things or men) with equal or indifferent eyes

samadarśin

mfn. looking impartially on (locative case), regarding all things impartially

samādhi

m. concentration of the thoughts, profound or abstract meditation, intense contemplation of any particular object (so as to identify the contemplator with the object meditated upon;this is the eighth and last stage of yoga- [

];with Buddhists samādhi- is the fourth and last stage of dhyāna- or intense abstract meditation[

];in the kāraṇḍa-vyūha- several samādhi- are enumerated)

etc.

samadhikatararūpa

mfn. more beautiful thin (ablative)

samadhikatarocchvāsin

mfn. breathing or sighing more heavily

samadhiśī

Caus. -sāyayati-, to lay or put anything in the place of any other thing

samadṛś

mfn. regarding all things impartially

samāgam

P. -gacchati-, to come together (in a friendly or hostile manner;also sexually), meet, be united with (instrumental case with and without saha-,or sārdham-)

etc. ; to come together (as heavenly bodies in conjunction or occultation)

; to come to, come near, approach, arrive at (accusative or locative case)

etc. ; to come back, return from (ablative)

; to meet with, come upon, find (accusative)

: Causal -gamayati-, to cause to come together, bring together, unite one thing or person (accusative) with another (instrumental case or locative case)

samāghrāṇa

n. smelling at anything

samagra

mf(/ā-)n. (See 2. sam-) all, entire, whole, complete, each, every (in the beginning of a compound ="fully","entirely"; n."all, everything")

etc. etc.

samagra

mf(/ā-)n. one who has everything or wants nothing

samagrabhakṣaṇaśila

mfn. eating everything

samāhitamanas

mfn. having the mind absorbed in (anything)

samākṝ

P. -kirati-, to scatter or pour or strew over, cover or fill with anything

samakṣa

mfn. being within sight or before the eyes, present, visible

śamana

mf(ī-)n. calming, tranquillizing, soothing, allaying, extinguishing, destroying

etc.

samānābhihāra

m. intermixture of equal things,

samānadharman

mfn. a sympathizer, appreciator of merits

samānaduḥkha

mfn. having the same griefs, sympathizing

samānakāraka

mfn. making all things equal or the same (said of time)

samanana

n. breathing together

samaṅga

mf(ā-)n. (See 2. sam-) having all the limbs, complete

(in

applied to the mythical cow bahulā-)

śamanīya

mfn. serving for tranquillization, soothing

samāntare

ind. (e-) within a year

samanudhyai

P. -dhyāyati-, to reflect upon, think of (accusative)

samanudiś

P. -diśati-, to assign or apportion anything (accusative) to any one (dative case)

samanukamp

A1. -kampate-, to sympathize with, have pity on (accusative)

samapadhyai

P. -dhyāyati- (Epic also A1. te-), to think ill or badly of, meditate evil or injury against, injure

samāpayitavya

mfn. (fr. Causal) to be furnished or provided with anything

samāpin

mfn. concluding, forming the conclusion of anything

samāplava

m. immersion in water, bathing, a bath

samāplāva

m. immersion in water, bathing, a bath

samarth

(in some senses rather Nom.fr. sam-artha-below) A1. -arthayate- (rarely P. ti-), to make fit or ready, prepare

; to finish, close

; to connect with (instrumental case) in sense, construe (grammatically)

; to judge, think, contemplate, consider

etc. ; to suppose to be, take for (accusative with prati-)

; to notice, perceive, find out

; to fix upon, determine, approve

; to cheer up, comfort, encourage

; samarthaya-, often wrong reading for samarpaya- See sam-ṛ-.

samaryāda

mfn. bounded, limited, keeping within bounds or in the right course, correct

samāśaṃs

P. A1. -śaṃsati-, te-, (P.) to adjudge, assign anything to (dative case)

; (A1.) to trust or confide in (accusative)

; to wish or long for, desire

samasana

n. anything gathered or collected

sāmasiddhi

f. the art of accomplishing something in a peaceable way

samasta

mfn. (in philosophy) inherent in or pervading the whole of anything

samavadiś

P. -diśati-, to point or refer to, explain with reference to anything

samavatāra

m. a sacred bathing-place (equals tīrtha-)

sāmavāyika

mfn. closely connected with anything, concomitant, inherent

samavekṣ

( -ava-īkṣ-) A1. -avekṣate- (Epic also P., ti-), to look at, behold, observe, perceive, notice

; to reflect or ponder on, consider, mind, heed

etc. ; to acknowledge, think fit or necessary

: Causal -avekṣayati-, to cause to look at or consider

samayā

ind. through, into the middle of or midst of anything (accusative or instrumental case)

samaya

m. coming to a mutual understanding, agreement, compact, covenant, treaty, contract, arrangement, engagement, stipulation, conditions of agreement, terms (ena-or āt-or -tas-,"according to agreement, conditionally"; tena samayena-,"in consequence of this agreement"; samayaṃ- accusative with kṛ-,"to make an agreement or engagement","agree with any one [instr. with or without saha-]","settle","stipulate";with samvad- idem or 'm. intercourse with (instrumental case) ';with dā-,"to propose an agreement, offer terms";with brū-or vac-or abhi-dhā-,"to state the terms of an agreement","make a promise";with grah-or prati-pad-,"to enter into an agreement","make or accept conditions of an agreement";with pāl-,or rakṣ-or pari-rakṣ-etc.,"to keep an agreement","keep one's word";with tyaj-or bhid-or vy-abhi-car-etc.,"to break an agreement"; ablative with bhraṃś- idem or 'm. intercourse with (instrumental case) '; locative case with sthā-,"to keep an engagement","keep one's word"; accusative with Causal of sthā-or of ni-viś-"to fix or settle terms","impose conditions")

etc.

samaya

m. appointed or proper time, right moment for doing anything (genitive case or Potential

), opportunity, occasion, time, season (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' or in the beginning of a compound or samaye ye- ind.,"at the appointed time or at the right moment or in good time for", or"at the time of","when there is"; tena samayena-,"at that time")

etc.

samaya

m. juncture, circumstances, case (iha samaye-,"under these circumstances","in this case")

sambaddha

mfn. attached to anything id est existing, being, found in (locative case)

śambara

m. Name of a demon (in

often mentioned with śuṣṇa-, arbuda-, pipru- etc.;he is the chief enemy of divo-dāsa- atithigva-, for whose deliverance he was thrown down a mountain and slain by indra-;in epic and later poetry he is also a foe of the god of love)

etc.

śambara

n. water

(but

censures the use of śambara-in this sense)

sambhāra

m. preparation, equipment, provision, necessaries, materials, requisite, collection of things required for any purpose (with Buddhists twofold, viz. 1. puṇya-s-,"meritorious acts", and 2. jñāna-s-,"science";others add 3. śamatha-s-,"quietude", and 4. vidarśana-s-,"farsightedness"

)

etc.

śambhava

m. (with jaina-s) Name of the third arhat- of the present avasarpiṇī-

sambhava

m. agreement, conformity (especially of the receptacle with the thing received)

sambhava

m. of the third arhat- of the present avasarpiṇī-.

sambhṛtasambhāra

mfn. (s/am-) one who has brought together all requisite materials, quite ready or prepared for anything

sambhū

P. A1. -bhavati-, te- (ind.p. -bhūya-, q.v), to be or come together, assemble, meet, be joined or united with (instrumental case with or without saha-,or locative case)

etc. ; to be united sexually with (instrumental case with or without saha-,or sārdham-,or accusative)

etc. ; to be born or produced from (ablative), arise, spring up, develop

; to happen, occur, be, be found, exist

etc. ; to be possible

; to be or become anything (Nominal verb)

; to accrue to, fall to the share of (locative case or genitive case)

; to prevail, be effective

; to be able to or capable of (infinitive mood or locative case)

; to enter into, partake of, attain to (accusative)

; to find room in, be contained in or numbered among (locative case)

etc. ; to be adequate

; to be capable of holding

: Causal -bhāvayati-, to cause to be together, bring together, present or affect any one (accusative) with (instrumental case;with doṣeṇa-,"to attach blame to", with annena-,"to give food to")

; to cause to be born or produced, effect, accomplish, make

etc. ; to foster, cherish

; to resort to (accusative)

; to meet with, find (jīvantīm-,"alive")

; to honour, revere, salute, greet

etc. ; to receive or accept graciously

; to imply, suggest a possibility, suppose anything possible in any one (locative case or genitive case)

;

etc. ; to regard or consider as (two accusative)

; to think it possible that (Potential with and without yad-,or future)

; (with na-) to think it impossible that (Potential with and without yad-, yacca-, yatra-, yadā-, yadi-,or jātu-; future with and without kiṃ kila-)

Scholiast or Commentator ; (A1.) to reach, arrive at (accusative)

: Passive voice of Causal -bhāvyate-, to be brought about or together etc. (See above) ; to be (thought) possible or probable or fitting or consistent

etc.: Desiderative -bubhūṣati-, to wish to thrive or prosper

śambhucandra

m. Name of a Zamindar (who wrote the vikrama-bhārata- in the beginning of this century)

sambhūṣ

P. -bhūṣati-, to procure or provide anything (accusative) for any one (locative case)

sambhūta

mfn. (in the beginning of a compound) one in whom anything has arisen etc. id est provided with, possessed of etc. (See compound)

sambhūta

mfn. become or changed into anything (Nominal verb)

sambrū

P. A1. -bravīti-, -brūte-, to speak well, converse

; (A1.) to talk together, agree

; to say anything to (accusative)

saṃcārapūta

mfn. purified by the course or passage (of anything)

saṃcārin

mfn. going together or about, going hither and thither, roaming, wandering, moving in (locative case or compound)

saṃchad

(or chand-), Caus. -chandayati- (only ind.p. -chandya-), to present, offer (with accusative of Persian and instrumental case of thing)

saṃcint

P. -cintayati- (ind.p. -cintya-,or -cintayitvā-), to think about, think over, consider carefully, reflect about (accusative)

etc. ; to design, intend, destine

saṃcita

mfn. dense, thick (as a wood)

saṃdaṃś

P. -daśati-, to bite together, seize with the teeth

; to press together, compress, press closely on anything, indent by pressure

saṃdeha

m. (in rhetoric) a figure of speech expressive of doubt (exempli gratia, 'for example'"is this a lotus flower or an eye?")

saṃdeśya

mfn. belonging to this place, domestic (as opp. to vi-deśya-,"foreign")

saṃdhāna

n. a kind of relish eaten to excite thirst

saṃdhi

m. euphonic junction of final and initial letters in grammar (every sentence in Sanskrit being regarded as a euphonic chain, a break in which occurs at the end of a sentence and is denoted by a virāma- or avasāna-,"stop";this euphonic coalition causing modifications of the final and initial letters of the separate words of a sentence and in the final letters of roots and stems when combined with terminations to form such words)

saṃdhi

m. a part, portion, piece of anything

saṃdhicaura

m. "hole-thief", a thief who enters a house by a hole made in the wall

saṃdhipūjā

f. Name of the third division of the great autumnal durgā-pūjā-

saṃdhya

mfn. (for 1.See column 2) thinking about, reflecting

saṃdhyā

f. thinking about, reflection, meditation

saṃdhyai

P. -dhyāyati-, to reflect or meditate on, think about

saṃdih

P. -degdhi-, to smear, besmear, cover

etc. ; to heap together

; A1. -digdhe- (pr. p. -dihāna-,or -dehamāna-), to be doubtful or uncertain (said of persons and things)

: Passive voice -dihyate-, to be smeared over or covered, be confused, confounded with (instrumental case)

; be indistinct or doubtful or uncertain

etc.: Causal -dehayati-, to make indistinct or uncertain, confuse, perplex

; (A1.) to be doubtful or uncertain (in saṃ-dehayāna- varia lectio -dehamāna-)

saṃgam

A1. -gacchate- (rarely P. ti-,and according to to

only with an object; perfect tense -jagme-;Vedic forms etc. -gamemahi-, -gamāmahai-, -ajagmiran-, -agata-[3. sg. ], -aganmahi-, -agasmahi-,or -agaṃsmahi-, -gmiṣīya-, -gasīṣṭa-or -gaṃsīṣṭa-, -gaṃsyate-etc.; see 1. gam-and

), to go or come together, come into contact or collision, meet (either in a friendly or hostile manner), join or unite with (instrumental case with and without saha-or sārdham-)

etc. ; to unite sexually with (accusative)

; to harmonize, agree, fit, correspond, suit

; to go to or towards, meet (accusative)

; to come together or assemble in (locative case)

; to undergo or get into any state or condition, become (exempli gratia, 'for example' with viśrambham-,"to become trustful, confide")

; (P.) to partake of (instrumental case)

; to go away, depart (this life), decease, die

; (P.) to visit (accusative)

: Causal -gamayati- (ind.p. -gamayya-), to cause to go together, bring together, connect or unite or endow or present with (instrumental case of Persian and accusative of thing)

etc. ; to lead any one to (two accusative)

; to deliver or hand over to (locative case), transfer, bestow, give

; to connect, construe (words)

; to cause to go away or depart (this life), kill

(

) : Desiderative -jigaṃsate-, to wish to meet with (instrumental case).

; -jigāṃsati-, to wish to attain to (accusative)

saṃghaṭ

A1. -ghaṭate-, to assemble together, meet

; to meet, encounter

: Causal -ghāṭayati-, to cause to assemble, collect

; to join or fasten together

; to strike (a musical instrument)

: Intensive -jāghaṭīti-, to be well fitted or adapted for anything

saṃgrah

(or grabh-) P. A1. -gṛhṇāti-, -gṛhṇīte- (Ved. generally -gṛbhṇāti-, -gṛbhṇīte-), to seize or hold together, take or lay hold of. grab, grasp, gripe, clasp, clench, snatch

etc. ; to take, receive (kindly or hospitably), encourage, support, favour, protect

; to seize on, attack (as an illness)

; to apprehend, conceive, understand

; to carry off

etc. ; to gather together, assemble, collect, compile

etc. ; to include, comprehend, contain

; to draw together, contract, make narrower, abridge

; to draw together (a bow in order to unstring it)

; to hold in, restrain, check, govern

; to constrain, force

; to keep together, close, shut (as the mouth)

; to concentrate (the mind)

; to take in marriage, marry

; to mention, name

; Causal -grāhayati-, to cause to grasp or take hold of or receive or comprehend or understand, impart, communicate (with accusative of thing and accusative or dative case of person)

: Desiderative jighṛkṣati-, to wish to take hold of etc. ; to wish to collect

; to wish to take in marriage, desire to marry

saṃgraha

m. a place where anything is kept, a store-room, receptacle

saṃgraha

m. drawing together, making narrower, narrowing, tightening, making thin or slender, the thin part of anything

saṃhatavṛttoru

mfn. one who has round and firm thighs

saṃhati

f. thickening, swelling

saṃhatiśalin

mfn. thick, dense

saṃhatoru

mfn. firm-thighed

saṃhitoru

mfn. having the thighs joined (through obesity)

(see saṃhatoru-).

saṃhvārita

mfn. (fr. Causal of hvṛ-) crooked, curved, bent in (with madhye-,"thinner or more slender in the middle")

sami

P. -eti-, to go or come together, meet at (accusative) or with (instrumental case or dative case), encounter (as friends or enemies)

etc. ; to come together in sexual union, cohabit (accusative or sārdham-, saha-)

; to come to, arrive at, approach, visit, seek, enter upon, begin

etc. ; to lead to (accusative)

; to consent, agree with (instrumental case"it is agreed between", with genitive case of Persian and locative case of thing)

: Passive voice -īyate-, to be united or met or resorted to etc.: Intensive -īyate-, to visit, frequent

; to appear, be manifested

samīhita

n. great effort to obtain anything, desire, longing, wish

samīkṣ

A1. -īkṣate-, to look at or inspect thoroughly, investigate closely, view, perceive, see

etc. ; to become aware of. ascertain

; to find out, contrive, invent

; to think of, aim at, have in view, bear in mind

; to consider well, inquire into, investigate, examine, contemplate

etc. ; to look closely at in order to choose or destine for (two accusative)

: Causal -īkṣayati-, te-, to cause to look at or view or perceive

; to let one's self be seen, show one's self, appear

samīkṣā

f. thorough or close inspection, perceiving, beholding (dative case"within the range of any one's [gen.] sight")

saṃjñā

P. A1. -jānāti-, -jānīte-, (A1.) to agree together, be of the same opinion, be in harmony with (locative case; according to to

, also instrumental case or accusative)

; (A.) to obey (dative case)

; (A1.) to appoint, assign, intend (for any purpose), destine

; (only ind.p. -jñāya-) to direct, order, command

; to acknowledge, recognize, own

; (P.) to acknowledge or claim as one's own, take possession of

; (P.) to think of. recollect sorrowfully (with accusative or genitive case)

; A1. to know well, understand

; to watch for

: Causal -jñāpayati-, te-, to cause to be of the same opinion or agree together

; to cause to acquiesce or agree in (euphemistically said of a sacrificial victim, which ought not to be led forcibly to its death but made to resign itself)

; to appease, satisfy

; to make to be understood or known, cause to understand

; to make signs to (accusative), communicate or make anything known by signs

; to command, enjoin, instruct

saṃjñā

f. (in gram.) the name of anything thought of as standing by itself, any noun having a special meaning (saṃjñāyām-therefore denotes"[used] in some peculiar sense rather than in its strictly etymological meaning" exempli gratia, 'for example' as a proper name)

saṃjñāstra

(jñāstra-) n. Name of a mythical weapon of pradyumna-

saṃkara

m. anything that may be defiled by the touch of any unclean thing

śaṃkarācārya

m. Name of various teachers and authors, (especially) of a celebrated teacher of the vedānta- philosophy and reviver of Brahmanism (he is thought to have lived between A.D. 788 and 820, but according to tradition he flourished 200 B.C.,and was a native of kerala- or Malabar;all accounts describe him as having led an erratic controversial life;his learning and sanctity were in such repute that he was held to have been an incarnation of śiva-, and to have worked various miracles;he is said to have died at the age of thirty-two, and to have had four principal disciples, called padma-pāda-, hastāmalaka-, sureśvara- or mandana-, and troṭaka-;another of his disciples, ānanda-giri-, wrote a history of his controversial exploits, called śaṃkara-vijaya- q.v;tradition makes him the founder of one of the principal śaiva- sects, the daśa-nāmi-daṇḍin-s or"Ten-named Mendicants"

;he is the reputed author of a large number of original works, such as the ātma-bodha-, ānanda-laharī-, jñāna-bodhinī- , maṇi-ratna-mālā-, etc.;and commentaries on the upaniṣad-s, and on the brahma-mīmāṃsā- or vedānta-sūtra-, bhagavadgītā-, and mahā-bhārata-, etc.)

saṃkliṣṭakarman

mfn. one who does everything with trouble or difficulty

saṃkḷp

A1. -kalpate-, to be brought about, come into existence

; to be in order or ready

; to wish, long for, be desirous of (See saṃ-kalpanīya-): Causal -kalpayati-, te-, to put together, arrange

; to produce, create

; to move or rock to and fro (the head)

; to determine, fix, settle

; to destine for (locative case)

; (with or without manasā-), to will, purpose, resolve, intend, aim at, strive after

etc. etc., to imagine, fancy, take for, consider as (accusative with iva-)

; to think about, ponder, hesitate

; to perform obsequies

saṃkram

P. A1. -krāmati-, -kramate-, to come together, meet, encounter

; to come near, approach, appear

etc. ; to enter a constellation (said of the sun)

; to go or pass over or through, pass from (ablative) into (locative case or accusative)

etc. ; to overstep, transgress

; to go along, wander, roam

: Causal -krāmayati- (ind.p. -kramayya-), to cause to go, lead to (accusative)

; to transfer, transport, deliver over, consign (with accusative of thing and locative case of Persian)

etc. ; to bring two words together (in the krama- [ q.v ], by omitting those between)

; to agree

saṃkrīḍ

A1. -krīḍate- (

;rarely P. ti-), to sport or play together, play with (with instrumental case of thing and instrumental case with or without saha-of Persian)

; (P.) to make a rattling sound (as wheels)

Va1rtt. 1

saṃkṣaya

m. the dissolution of all things, destruction of the world

saṃkula

mf(ā-)n. thick, dense (as smoke)

samman

A1. manyate- (Epic also P. ti-), to think together, agree, assent to, approve (See sam-mata-below) ; to think, fancy

; to regard or consider as (accusative or two accusative)

etc. ; to mean, contemplate, intend, resolve

; to think highly of esteem, value, honour

: Causal -mānayati-, to honour, reverence, respect

etc. ; to regard, consider

; to assure any one (genitive case) of (accusative)

: Desiderative of Causal See sam-mimānayiṣu- below.

sammata

mfn. thinking together, being of the same opinion, agreed, consented or assented to, concurred in, approved by (genitive case or compound)

etc.

sammita

m. Name of a mythical being

sammohana

n. a kind of mythical weapon

sāmmukhī

f. (fr. sam-mukha-) a tithi- or lunar day extending till evening (See tithi-)

sammurch

(or -mūrch-) P. -mūrchati-, to congeal into a fixed form, become dense, thicken, coagulate

; to become stupid or senseless (See -mūrchita-) ; to acquire consistency or firmness or strength, increase, expand, become powerful, make a loud sound

: Causal -mūrchayati-, to cause to assume consistency, form, fashion (See -mūrchita-vat-) ; to stupefy, cause to faint

sammūrchana

n. the act of congealing or thickening, increasing, spreading, accumulating

sammūrchita

mfn. coagulated, congealed, thickened, strengthened, intensified (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' = "filled with")

sammūroha

m. (prob.) thickening, augmenting, increase, expansion, spreading

saṃnah

P. A1. -nahyati-, te-, to bind or tie together, bind or fasten on, put or gird on (accusative), clothe or furnish with (instrumental case)

etc. ; (A1.) to put anything (accusative) on one's self. dress or arm one's self with (exempli gratia, 'for example' saṃnahyadhvaṃ cārūṇi daṃśanāni-,"put ye on your beautiful armour")

; to prepare for doing anything (infinitive mood)

: Passive voice -nahyate-, to be fastened on etc., be harnessed

: Causal -nāhayati-, to cause to gird or bind on, cause to equip or arm one's self.

sāṃnihitya

n. (fr. saṃ-nihita-) close vicinity, anything near at hand

saṃnikarṣa

m. connection with, relation to, (in philosophy) the connection of an indriya- or organ of sense with its viṣaya- or object (this according to to the nyāya-, is the source of jñāna-,and is of two kinds, 1. laukika-,which is sixfold, 2. a-laukika-,which is threefold

)

saṃniviś

A1. -viśate-, to sit or settle down together with, have intercourse or intimate connection with (instrumental case)

(varia lectio) : Causal -veśayati-, to cause to enter or sit down together, introduce into or lodge in (locative case)

; to set down, deposit

; to draw up (an army)

; to cause (troops) to encamp

; fasten or fix or establish in or on (locative case)

etc. ; to cast or hurl upon (locative case)

; to found (a city)

; to appoint to (locative case)

etc. ; to intrust or commit anything to (locative case)

; to direct (the mind) towards (locative case)

sampad

f. equalization of similar things

sāmparāya

m. the passage from this world into another

etc.

sampāta

m. anything thrown in or added as an ingredient

sampradāna

n. (in gram.) one of the six kāraka-s, the idea expressed by the dative case, the recipient to which the agent causes anything so be given (See 1. kāraka-)

sampradhāraṇa

n. (andf(ā-).) determination, deliberation, deciding on the propriety or impropriety of anything

sampradhṛ

Caus. -dhārayati-, to direct towards, deliver over to (dative case)

; (with buddhim-) to fix the mind or thoughts steadily upon (locative case), determine, resolve, settle, decide

; (with or without buddhyā-, manasā-,or hṛdaye-) to ponder, reflect, consider, deliberate or think about (accusative)

etc.: Passive voice -dhāryate-, to be fixed upon or determined

samprakṛ

P. A1. -karoti-, -kurute-, to produce or effect together

; to perform, begin

; to effect, render, cause anything to become (with two accusative)

samprakram

A1. -kramate-, to proceed to do or set about anything, to begin (with accusative or infinitive mood)

samprakṣālana

n. bathing

sampratark

P. -tarkayati-, to form a clear conclusion or conjecture

; to consider as, think, regard (with two accusative)

samprati

ind. now, at this moment, at present

etc.

sampratyāyaka

mf(ikā-)n. (fr. Causal) causing any one to mean anything (genitive case) by ( sampratyāyakatva -tva- n.)

sampravṛt

A1. -vartate-, to come forth, arise, be produced from (ablative)

etc. ; (with manasi-) to turn or think over in the mind, think deeply about

; to begin, commence (said of persons and things), set about, prepare for (dative case locative case,or infinitive mood), Mbh

etc. ; to take place, happen

; to act, proceed, deal with (locative case)

; to go against, assail, attack

; to be present or near at hand

: Causal vartayati-, to cause to proceed or go forward, spread about, circulate, set in motion or action

; to undertake, begin

sampravṛtta

mfn. setting about anything (infinitive mood dative case,or locative case)

samprayojita

mfn. well suited for anything, adapted, suitable

sampuṭa

m. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).; see puṭa-) a hemispherical bowl or anything so shaped

saṃruc

A1. rocate-, to shine together or at the same time or in rivalry

; to shine, beam, glitter

: Causal -rocayati-, to find pleasure in (accusative), like, approve, choose anything for (two accusative), resolve on (infinitive mood)

śaṃs

cl.1 P. (

) ś/aṃsati- (mc. also A1.; perfect tense śaśaṃsa-, se-

etc.; śaṃsuḥ-, sire-

; parasmE-pada śaṃsivas- q.v; Aorist aśaṃsīt-

etc., etc.: subjunctive śaṃsiṣat-

;2. plural śasta-

; śastāt-

;1. sg. śaṃsi-

; preceding śasyāt-. grammar; future śaṃsitā-

; śaṃsiṣyati-

etc.; infinitive mood śaṃsitum-

; -śase-

; indeclinable parasmE-pada śastv/ā-, -śasya-, -śaṃsam-

etc.; -śaṃsya-

), to recite, repeat (especially applied to the recitation of texts in the invocations addressed by the hotṛ- to the adhvaryu-, when śaṃs-is written śoṃs-and the formulas śoṃsāmas-, śoṃsāvas-, śoṃsāva-are used;See 2. ā-hāva-)

; to praise, extol

etc. ; to praise, commend, approve

; to vow, make a vow (?)

; to wish anything (accusative) to (dative case)

to relate, say, tell, report, declare, announce to (genitive case or dative case;"who or where anybody is" accusative;also with two acc, "to declare anybody or anything to be-")

etc. ; to foretell, predict, prognosticate

etc. ; to calumniate, revile

; to hurt, injure

; to be unhappy

: Passive voice śasy/ate-, to be recited or uttered or praised or approved

etc. etc.: Causal śaṃsayati- (Aorist aśaśaṃsat-), to cause to repeat or recite

; to predict, foretell

: Desiderative śiśaṃsiṣati- grammar : Intensive śāśasyate-, śāśaṃsti-

[ confer, compare Latin carmenforcasmen;casme1nacame1na;censeo.]

saṃśita

mfn. made ready, well-prepared, all right (applied to things)

saṃsnāna

n. common or regular bathing

saṃsraṣṭṛ

mfn. united or connected with or concerned in anything, a partaker (opp. to pari-draṣṭṛ-,"a beholder")

saṃśrava

m. hearing, listening (locative case,"within hearing")

saṃsrava

m. that which flows together, (especially) this blended remainder of liquids

saṃsrava

m. any remainder, remains, a chip or piece of anything

saṃśravaṇa

n. range of hearing, earshot (locative case,"within hearing, aloud")

saṃśrāvya

mfn. not to be caused to hear anything, not to be informed of (accusative)

saṃśraya

m. a piece or portion belonging to anything

saṃsṛj

P. A1. -sṛjati-, te- (2. sg. Aorist -srāḥ-

), to hit with (instrumental case)

; to visit or afflict with (instrumental case)

; to join or unite or mix or mingle or endow or present with (instrumental case)

; (with yudhaḥ-) to engage in battle

; to create

; (A1.) to share anything with others

; (A. or Passive voice) to join one's self. be joined or united or mingled or confused, come into contact with, meet (as friends or foes, also applied to sexual intercourse;with instrumental case with or without saha-)

etc. etc.: Causal -sarjayati-, to attract, win over, conciliate

; to furnish with (instrumental case), provide any one with anything

: Desiderative -sisṛkṣati-, to wish to create together or to partake of creation

saṃśru

P. A1. -śṛṇoti-, -śṛṇute-, to hear or hear from (exempli gratia, 'for example' mukhāt-,"from any one's mouth") , attend or listen attentively to (accusative)

etc. ; to assent, promise (locative case or dative case)

; (A1.) to be distinctly heard or audible

(see

Va1rtt. 2

) : Passive voice -śrūyate-, to be heard or talked about or read about (yathā saṃśrūyate-,"as people say"or, as we read in books)

: Causal -śrāvayati-, to cause to hear or to be heard, proclaim, announce (nāma-,"one's name") , relate or report anything (accusative) to any one (accusative or dative case)

; to read out (See saṃ-śrāviśa-) ; to make resound

saṃtamaka

m. oppression or distress (in breathing;a form of asthma)

saṃtāna

n. a particular mythical weapon

śāṃtanava

m. Name of a son of medhātithi-

saṃtāpana

n. Name of a particular mythical weapon

saṃtaptavakṣas

mfn. oppressed in the chest or breathing, short-breathed

saṃtati

f. causal connection (of things)

(

)

saṃtul

P. -tolayati-, to weigh one thing against another, balance together (also in the mind)

samuccaya

m. (in rhetoric) a figure of speech (the joining together of two or more independent things associated in idea with some common action)

samucchvasita

n. breathing

samuddhū

P. A1. -dhūnoti-, -dhūnute-, to shake up, raise (dust), agitate, move hither and thither

samuddhūta

mfn. shaken up, agitated, moved hither and thither

samudita

mfn. furnished with everything, well supplied, wanting nothing

sāmudrika

n. Name of work on this subject.

samudyoga

m. thorough preparation, making ready, setting about (accusative with Causal of kṛ-and genitive case,"to undertake anything against")

etc.

samupacita

mfn. thick

samupadiś

P. -diśati-, to point out or indicate fully, show

; to assign (with accusative of person and of thing)

samupās

( -upa-ās-) A1. -upāste- (pr. p. -upāsīna-), to sit near together or near each other

; to engage in or devote one's self to anything together, practise in common (or singly)

; to serve or honour together, revere, worship, adore

samupaśru

P. -sṛṇoti-, to listen to anything (accusative), hear, hear or perceive any one (genitive case), hear from or be told by any one (ablative)

samupaviś

P. -viśati-, to sit down together or near, sit down on (locative case accusative,or genitive case with upari-)

etc. ; to lie down upon (accusative)

; to encamp

; to oversleep (the right time for anything)

: Causal -veśayati-, to cause to sit down, ask to be seated

; to cause to encamp

samutkaṇṭha

Nom. A1. -utkaṇṭhate-, to think of regretfully, pine or long after

samutsah

A1. -sahate- (rarely P ti-), to be able to or capable of, have energy to do anything (infinitive mood)

: Causal -sāhayati-, to strengthen or encourage together, animate, incite

samutsedha

m. swelling up, intumescence, fatness, thickness

saṃvaha

m. "bearing or carrying along", Name of the wind of the third of the 7 mārga-s or paths of the sky (that which is above the ud-vaha-and impels the moon;the other five winds being called ā--, pra--, vi--, pari--,and ni-vaha-)

etc.

saṃvarga

m. devouring, consumption, absorption, the resolution of one thing into another

saṃvarta

m. anything rolled or kneaded, a lump or ball (of cake)

saṃvarta

m. a particular mythical weapon

saṃvartaka

mfn. (see sāṃ-v-) rolling up, destroying (all things at the end of the world)

etc.

saṃvartana

n. a particular mythical weapon

saṃvatsara

m. (rarely n.; see pari-v-) a full year, a year (having 12[

]or 13[

]months or 360 days[

]; am-,"for a year"; eṇa-"after or in course of a year"; e-or asya-,"after or within a year")

etc.

saṃvatsaratama

mf(ī-)n. completing a full year, happening after a year (-tam/īṃ r/ātrim-,"this day year")

saṃvibhāgya

mfn. to be made to partake of. to be presented with anything

saṃvibhajya

mfn. one with whom anything must be shared

saṃvīta

n. clothing

saṃvivyāna

mfn. clothing one's self in (instrumental case)

saṃvṛt

A1. -vartate- (perfect tense parasmE-pada -vavṛtv/as- q.v; Vedic or Veda infinitive mood -v/ṛtas-; indeclinable -vartam-), to turn or go towards, approach near to, arrive at

; to go against, attack (accusative)

; to meet, encounter (as foes)

; to come together, be rolled together, be conglomerated

; (also with mithas-) to have sexual intercourse together

; to take shape, come into being, be produced, arise from (ablative)

etc. ; to come round or about, come to pass, happen, occur, take place, be fulfilled (as time)

; etc. ; to begin, commence

; to be, exist

etc. ; to become, grow, get (with Nominal verb)

; to be conducive to, serve for (dative case)

: Causal vartayati-, to cause to turn or revolve, roll (literally and figuratively)

etc. ; to turn towards or hither

; to clench (the fist)

; to wrap up, envelop

; to crumple up, crush, destroy

; to bring about, accomplish, perform, execute

; to fulfil, satisfy (a wish)

; to think of. find out (a remedy)

: Desiderative -v/ivṛtsati-, to wish to have sexual intercourse with (accusative)

samyañc

mfn. (fr. sami-= sam-2+ 2. añc- see

; Nominal verb samy/an-, samīc/ī-,or sam/īcī-, samy/ak-) going along with or together, turned together or in one direction, combined, united (accusative with dhā-,"to unite or provide with"[ accusative or dative case of Persian and instrumental case or accusative of thing]) , entire, whole, complete, all (samyañcaḥ- sarve-,"all together")

saṃyogapṛthaktva

n. (in philosophy) separateness with conjunction (a term applied to express the separateness of what is optional from what is a necessary constituent of anything)

saṃyuj

P. A1. -yunakti-, -yuṅkte-, to join or attach together, conjoin, connect, combine, unite

etc. ; to bind, fetter

; to endow or furnish with (instrumental case)

etc. ; to form an alliance, league together

; to place in, fix on, direct towards (locative case)

: Passive voice -yujyate-, to be joined together, be united etc. ; to meet or fall in with (instrumental case)

; to be married to (instrumental case)

; (with ratyā-,or grāmyadharmatayā-) to have sexual intercourse

; to be supplied or furnished with (instrumental case)

etc.: Causal -yojayati-, to cause to join together, bring together, unite

; to put to (horses), yoke, harness

; to hold together, check, control (the senses)

(varia lectio) ; to furnish or endow or present with (instrumental case)

etc. ; to give over to, entrust with (genitive case of Persian and accusative of thing)

; to add to (locative case)

; to fix on, direct towards (locative case)

; to shoot, discharge (a missile)

; to equip (an army)

; to use, employ, appoint

; to institute, perform, accomplish

; (A1.) to be absorbed, meditate

śanaiścarasaṃvatsara

m. the year of Saturn (during which this planet completes his course through the 28 nakṣatra-s;in modern astronomy = 30 of our years)

śāṇāśmagharṣaṇa

n. rubbing (anything) on a touchstone

śaṇḍa

m. thick sour milk, curds

ṣaṇḍa

mn. (often written khaṇḍa-,also varia lectio or wrong reading for śaṇḍa-, ṣaṇḍha-,and saṇḍa-) a group of trees or plants, wood, thicket (always in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'; see vana-and vṛkṣa-ṣ-)

sāndra

mf(ā-)n. thick, solid, compact, dense

sāndra

n. a wood, thicket

sāndrapuṣpa

m. "having thick clustering flowers", the tree Terminalia Bellerica

sāndrasnigdha

mfn. thick and unctuous

sāndratā

f. thickness, denseness, vehemence, intensity

sāndratvakka

mfn. provided with a thick skin or covering

sāndrībhū

P. -bhavati-, to become thick

sāndrīkṛta

mfn. made thick or dense

śaṇīra

n. an island enclosed by the branches of the river sarayū- at the point where it falls into the Ganges above Chupra (this spot is also called dardarī-taṭa-," dardarī--bank")

sañjanī

f. that on which anything is hung

śaṅk

cl.1 A1. (

) ś/aṅkate- (Epic also P.; Aorist 2. sg. aśaṅkīs-, aśaṅkiṣṭa-, śaṅkiṣṭhās-, śaṅkithās-

etc. infinitive mood śaṅkitum-

; ind.p.; -śaṅkya-

; grammar also perfect tense śaśaṅke- future śaṅkitā-, śaṅkiṣyate-), to be anxious or apprehensive, be afraid of (ablative), fear, dread, suspect, distrust (accusative)

; to be in doubt or uncertain about (accusative), hesitate

etc. ; to think probable, assume, believe, regard is (with two accusative), suppose to be (śaṅke-,"l think","I suppose","it seems to me")

; (in argumentative works) to ponder over or propound a doubt or objection: Passive voice śaṅkyate- (Aorist aśaṅki-), to be feared or doubted etc.: Causal śaṅkayati-, to cause to fear or doubt, render anxious about (locative case)

śaṅkā

f. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') belief. supposition, presumption (of or that any person or thing is-)

śaṅkha

m. of a mythical elephant

śaṅkhasnāna

n. Name of work (on bathing the images of gods with libations of water from conch-shells)

śaṅkitavarṇaka

m. "of doubtful appearance", a thief

sāṅmukhī

f. Name of a particular tithi-

śānta

mfn. thin, slender

(Scholiast or Commentator)

śāntabhaya

m. Name of a son of medhātithi-

śāntaraya

m. Name of a son of dharma-sārathi-

sāntardīpa

mf(ā-)n. having a lamp placed within or inside

śāntikārin

mfn. soothing, pacifying

sāntvana

n. (sg. and plural) the act of appeasing or reconciling, soothing with kind words, consolation or conciliation of (genitive case or compound)

sāntvanā

f. the act of appeasing or reconciling, soothing with kind words, consolation or conciliation of (genitive case or compound)

sāntvanīya

mfn. to be soothed or comforted, serving for soothing or comforting

sānutarṣam

ind. by or through thirst

sāpekṣa

mfn. requiring or presupposing anything, dependent on (compound)

śaphoru

mf(ū-)n. (a woman) whose thighs resemble the two divisions of a cow's hoof

saptadvārāvakīrṇa

mfn. scattered over or dominated or affected by the 7 gates (id est according to to

,"by the 5 organs of sense, the mind and the intellect",or"by this world and the 3 above and the 3 below it")

saptamī

f. (of saptam/a-above) the 7th tithi- or lunar day of the fortnight (on which day in the light fortnight there is a festival in honour of the 7th digit, of the moon;often in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' See gaṅgā-s-, jayantīs-)

etc.

saptamīsnapana

n. "bathing on the 7th day", a particular religious observance

saptarṣikuṇḍa

n. plural Name of bathing-places sacred to the 7 ṛṣi-s

saptarṣisaṃvat

a year of the saptarṣi- era (the 1st year of which corresponds to the expired year 26, id est the 27th current year of the kali-yuga-; the hundreds of this era are often omitted, exempli gratia, 'for example' the saptarṣi- year 4869 will be called simply 69; the corresponding year of one of the centuries

D. is found by adding 24-25; thus 69 [for 4869] corresponds to

D. 1793-94).

sāra

mn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).;perhaps to be connected with 1. sāra-above;prob. fr. a lost root meaning. "to be strong") the core or pith or solid interior of anything

etc.

sāra

m. the substance or essence or marrow or cream or heart or essential part of anything, best part, quintessence (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' ="chiefly consisting of or depending on etc."[ see para-] exempli gratia, 'for example' dharma-sāraṃ jagat-,"the world chiefly depends on justice"; tūṣṇīṃsāra tūṣṇīṃ-sāra- mfn."chiefly silent"; sārat sāram-,"the very best")

etc.

sārabhuj

mfn. eating the essence or best part of anything

sārabhūta

mfn. being the chief thing, best, most excellent

sārabhūta

n. the main or best thing

śarāgniparimāṇa

n. an aggregate of thirty-five

sāragrāhin

mfn. capable of extracting or apprehending the essence or best part of anything

sarahasya

mfn. possessing anything secret or mystical

sāramaya

mf(ī-)n. consisting of the chief or best part of anything (genitive case)

sarandhra

mfn. having a loop (for pulling anything through)

sārārthin

mfn. desirous of deriving gain or profit from anything

śaras

n. a thin layer of ashes

saras

n. "anything flowing or fluid", a lake, large sheet of water, pond, pool, tank

etc. a trough, pail

sarasara

mfn. moving hither and thither

sarāsara

mfn. hither and thither

sārāsāratā

f. the strong and (or) weak side of anything

sarasarāya

Nom. A1. yate-, to move hither and thither

śarastamba

m. a clump or thicket of reeds,

;

etc.

sarasvatī

f. Name of a well-known small river (held very sacred by the Hindus;identified with the modern Sursooty, and formerly marking with the dṛṣadvatī- one of the boundaries of the region ārya-deṣa- and of the sacred district called brahmāvarta- [see

] in

,this river is represented as flowing into the sea, although later legends make it disappear underground and join the Ganges and Jumna at Allahabad;See tri-veṇī-, prayāga-)

sāratara

n. the better, something excellent (sārāt sārataram-,"the best or most excellent of all")

sārathi

m. (fr. sa-ratha-) a charioteer, driver of a car, coachman (forming a mixed caste, commonly called Sarthi, and supposed to have sprung from a kṣatriya- father and Brahman mother)

etc.

sārathipuri

(?) f. the town sārathi-

śaravaṇa

n. (See -vana-) a thicket or clump of reeds

śaravaṇabhava

m. (with deva-

) "born in a thicket of reeds", Name of kārttikeya-.

śaravaṇālaya

m. (

) "born in a thicket of reeds", Name of kārttikeya-.

śaravaṇodbhava

m. (

) "born in a thicket of reeds", Name of kārttikeya-.

sāravastu

n. a valuable or important thing

sāravid

mfn. knowing the substance or value of anything

sārayoga

m. possession of the essence or substance of anything

śārdūlī

f. a tigress (also the mythical mother of tigers and other beasts of prey)

śarīkṛ

P. -karoti-, to make anything into an arrow

śarīrin

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') having anything as a body

(see kha-s-)

sarpatvasambhāvavā

f. supposing anything to be a snake, mistaking for a snake,

sarpāvāsa

m. an anthill

sārtha

mf(ā-)n. anything that has attained its object, successful (as a request)

sārthaya

Nom. P. yati-, to make a profit or gain out of anything

saru

mfn. (for śaru-fr. śrī-,p.1056) minute, thin, fine

sarūpa

m. a particular mythical being

sarva

mf(ā-)n. (perhaps connected with sāra- q.v;inflected as a pronoun except Nominal verb accusative sg. n. sarvam-,and serving as a model for a series of pronominals see sarva-nāman-) whole, entire, all, every (m.sg."every one"; plural"all"; n. sg."everything";sometimes strengthened by viśva-[which if alone in

appears in the meaning "all","every","every one"] and nikhila-; sarve'pi-,"all together"; sarvaḥ ko'pi-,"every one so ever"; gavāṃ sarvam-,"all that comes from cows"; sarva-with a negation = "not any","no","none"or"not every one","not everything")

etc.

sarvabhāj

mfn. sharing in everything (ingānāṃ na sarva-bhāk-,"not being of every gender")

sarvabhakṣa

mf(ā-)n. eating or devouring everything, omnivorous ( sarvabhakṣatva -tva- n.)

etc.

sarvabhakṣin

(

) (wrong reading for -bhakṣa-) mfn. all-devouring, eating all things, omnivorous.

sarvabhakṣya

(wrong reading for -bhakṣa-) mfn. all-devouring, eating all things, omnivorous.

sarvabhūtakṛt

mn. the maker or cause of all things or beings

sarvabīja

n. the seed of everything

sarvadāna

n. the gift of everything, gift of one's all

sarvādhāra

m. a receptacle of everything

sarvādhika

mfn. superior to everything

sarvādhikārin

mfn. superintending everything

sarvādi

m. the beginning or first of all things

sarvadravya

n. plural all things

sarvāhammānin

mfn. believing everything to be the Ego

sarvahara

mfn. appropriating everything

sarvajñajñānin

mfn. thinking one's self omniscient

sarvakāma

mfn. wishing everything

sarvakāma

mfn. possessing everything wished for

sārvakāma

mfn. (fr. sarva-kāma-) designed for one who wishes for all things

sarvakāmadugha

mf(ā-)n. yielding everything wished for (like milk)

sarvakāmya

Nom. P. yati-, to wish for everything

sarvakāmya

mfn. to be wished for by every one, having everything one can desire

sarvakāraṇa

n. the cause of everything

sarvakārin

mfn. making or doing all things

sarvakārin

mfn. able to do all things

sarvakārin

m. the maker of all things

sarvakṣit

mfn. abiding in all things

sarvaṃhara

mfn. taking or carrying away everything

sarvaṃsaha

mfn. all-bearing, all-enduring, bearing everything patiently

etc.

sārvanāmnya

n. (fr. idem or 'mfn. (fr. sarva-nāman-) relating to a pronoun or pronominal ') the being a name for everything

sarvanāśa

m. destruction of everything, complete ruin (śaṃ- kṛ-,"to lose everything")

sarvanirākṛti

mfn. causing to forget everything

sarvānta

m. the end of everything ( sarvānte te- ind."at the very end of [gen.]")

sarvāntakṛt

mfn. making an end of everything,

sarvāntara

(

) (

) mfn. being in everything.

sarvāntarastha

(

) mfn. being in everything.

sarvānusyūta

mfn. strung together with everything ( sarvānusyūtatva -tva- n.)

sarvapā

mfn. drinking everything

sarvāparatva

n. "being beyond all things", final emancipation

sarvapati

m. a lord of everything.

sarvaprāpti

f. attainment of all things

sarvaprāyaścitta

mf(/ī-)n. atoning for everything

sarvaprāyaścitta

n. expiation for everything,

sarvapūrṇa

mfn. full of everything

sarvarakṣaṇa

mfn. preserving from everything

sarvārhaṇa

mfn. deserving everything, having a claim to everything

sarvārtha

m. plural (or in the beginning of a compound) all things or objects, all manner of things

sarvārtha

mfn. regarding or minding everything

sarvārthacintaka

mfn. thinking about everything

sarvārthakartri

m. the creator of all things

sarvārthānusādhin

mfn. effecting all things

sarvārthasādhaka

mf(ikā-)n. effecting everything, fit for everything ( sarvārthasādhakastotra -stotra- n.Name of work)

etc.

sarvārthasādhana

n. a means of accomplishing everything,

sarvārthatā

f. "attending to everything", distraction (opp. to ekāgra-tva-), cit-.

sarvasāda

mfn. that wherein everything is absorbed

(

)

sarvasādhana

mfn. accomplishing everything

sarvasaguṇa

mfn. possessing excellencies in everything

sarvasaha

m. Name of a mythical cow

sarvasākṣin

m. the witness of everything

sarvasamatā

f. sameness or identity with all things

sarvasamatā

f. equality or impartiality towards everything

sarvasambhava

m. the source of everything,

sarvasaṃgraha

mfn. possessed of everything

sarvasaṃnāha

m. being completely armed or prepared for anything, going about anything zealously

the universally-pervading spirit

sarvasampanna

mfn. provided with everything,

sarvasampatti

f. success in everything

sarvasaṃsargalavaṇa

n. a particular kind of salt or salt soil (mixing with everything)

(varia lectio sārvasam-).

sarvasaṃśliṣṭa

mfn. contained in everything

sarvaśarīra

n. the body of all things ( sarvaśarīratā -tā- f.)

sarvasattvatrātṛ

m. Name of a mythical being

sarvāstivāda

m. the doctrine that all things are real (Name of one of the 4 divisions of the vaibhāṣika- system of Buddhism, said to have been founded by rāhula-, son of the great buddha-)

sarvastyakṛt

mfn. one who steals everything

sarvaśūnya

mf(ā-)n. thinking everything non-existent

sarvaśūnyatā

f. the theory that everything is non-existent, nihilism

sarvasurabhi

n. everything fragrant, all perfumes

sarvaśvetā

f. a particular mythical herb

sarvāśya

n. the eating of all things

sarvatīrtha

n. plural all sacred bathing places

sarvatīrthamaya

mf(ī-or [m. Calcutta edition ] ā-)n. containing all sacred bathing-places

sarvātiśāyin

mfn. surpassing everything

sarvātmaka

mfn. contained in everything

sarvātmatva

n. the state or condition of the universal Soul

( sarvātmatvadarśana -darśana- n."the doctrine of the oneness of everything with Spirit"

)

sarvatragata

mfn. extending to everything, universal, a perfect

sarvatyāga

m. loss of everything

sarvāvat

mfn. containing everything

sarvavijñāna

n. knowledge of everything

sarvavijñāna

mfn. knowing everything ( sarvavijñānatā -tā- f.)

sarvavikrayin

mfn. selling all kinds of things

sarvavinda

m. a particular mythical being

sarvaviṣaya

mfn. relating to everything, general

sarvoparama

m. cessation of all things, absolute rest ( sarvoparamatva -tva- n.)

śaryaṇa

m. plural "thicket of reeds", Name of a district in kuru-kṣetra-

śās

(see śaṃs-) cl.2 P. (

) śāsti- (Vedic or Veda and Epic also ś/āste-and śāsati-, te-; dual number śiṣṭhaḥ-etc.

;3. plural śāsati-

; imperfect tense aśāt-

etc.; imperative śādhi-, śāst/ana-

; Potential śiṣyāt-

; perfect tense śaśāsa-, suḥ-[in

also imperative śaśādhi-and subjunctive śaśās-]

etc.; Aorist aśiṣat-[in

also 1. plural śiṣāmahi-and p. śiṣ/at-]

; future śāsitā- grammar; śāsiṣyati-, te-

etc.; infinitive mood śāstum-

; śāsitum-

etc.; ind.p. śāsitvā-or śiṣṭvā-

; -śiṣya-

; -śāsya-

etc.) , to chastise, correct, censure, punish

etc. ; to restrain, control, rule, govern (also with rājyam-or aiśvaryam-)

etc. ; to administer the laws (with dharmam-,"to administer justice")

; to direct, bid, order, command, enjoin, decree (with an infinitive mood or a sentence followed by iti-)

; to teach, instruct, inform (with two accusative,or with accusative of Persian and dative case or locative case of thing)

etc. ; to confess (a crime)

; to announce, proclaim

; to predict, foretell

; to blame, reject, disdain (?)

; to praise, commend (= śaṃs-)

: Passive voice śāsyate- or śiṣyate- (see śiṣ-), to be chastised or corrected etc.

etc.: Causal śāśayati- (Aorist aśaśāsat-

), to recommend

: Desiderative śiśāsiṣati- grammar : Intensive śeśiṣyate-, śāśāsti-

śaśākṣa

m. "hare-eyed", Name of a mythical being

śaśilekhā

f. Vernonia Anthelminthica

ṣaṣṭhabhakta

n. the sixth meal (instrumental case with Causal of vṛt-,"to live on the sixth meal"or"eat only on the evening of every third day")

ṣaṣṭhabhakta

mfn. taking only the sixth meal (id est only on the evening of every third day)

ṣaṣṭhakāla

m. the sixth meal-time (on the evening of the third day; ṣaṣṭhakālopavāsa lopavāsa- m."a kind of fasting, taking food only on the evening of every third day")

ṣaṣṭhānnakāla

n. eating only at the time of the sixth meal (id est on the evening of every third day)

ṣaṣṭhānnakālatā

f. (

) eating only at the time of the sixth meal (id est on the evening of every third day)

ṣaṣṭhī

f. a particular tithi- when homage is offered to the sixth lunar digit

ṣaṣṭhījāgara

(

) m. the waking on the sixth day after the birth of a child (Name of a particular ceremony;this is the day on which the creator is supposed to enter the mother's chamber and write the child's destiny on its forehead)

ṣaṣṭhījāgaraka

m. (

) (

) the waking on the sixth day after the birth of a child (Name of a particular ceremony;this is the day on which the creator is supposed to enter the mother's chamber and write the child's destiny on its forehead)

ṣaṣṭhījāgaraṇamaha

m. (

ṣaṣṭikya

mfn. (a field etc.) fit for sowing with this rice

śāstradīpikā

f. Name of two Comms. on the mīmāṃsā-sūtra- (by pārtha-sārathi-- miśra- and prabhā-kara-)

saśvāsa

mfn. having breath, breathing, living

sat

mf(sat/ī-)n. real, actual, as any one or anything ought to be, true, good, right (tan na sat-,"that is not right"), beautiful, wise, venerable, honest (often in compound See below)

etc.

sāt

a taddhita- affix which when put after a word denotes a total change of anything into the thing expressed by that word (See agni--, bhasma-sāt-etc.)

śāta

mfn. thin, feeble, slender, emaciated

śatabhiṣaj

mf. (śata-.) "requiring a hundred physicians", Name of the 22nd or 24th nakṣatra- (containing 100 stars, one of which is Aquarii;its name is said to denote that dhanvantari- himself cannot cure a person affected with disease whilst the moon is in this asterism)

śātana

n. sharpness, thinness

śatapathabrāhmaṇa

n. "the brāhmaṇa- with a hundred paths or sections"Name of a well-known brāhmaṇa- attached to the vājasaneyi-saṃhitā- or White yajur-veda-, (like the saṃhitā-, this brāhmaṇa- is ascribed to the ṛṣi- yājñavalkya-;it is perhaps the most modern of the brāhmaṇa-s, and is preserved in two śākhā-s or schools, mādhyaṃdina- and kāṇva-;the version belonging to the former is best known, and is divided into fourteen kāṇḍa-s or books which contain one hundred adhyāya-s or lectures [or according to another arrangement into sixty-eight prapāṭhaka-s];the whole work is regarded as the most systematic and interesting of all the brāhmaṇa-s, and though intended mainly for ritual and sacrificial purposes, is full of curious mythological details and legends; see yajur-veda-, vijasaneyisaṃhitā-, brāhmaṇa-)

satarṣa

mfn. having thirst, thirsty ( satarṣam am- ind.)

satatamānasa

mfn. always directing the mind towards anything

śatāvadhāna

m. "a man with such a good memory that he can attend to a hundred things at once"(also nin-), Name of rāghavendra-

śatika

mfn. doing or effecting anything with a hundred

satīrtha

mfn. having sacred bathing-places

satīrtha

mfn. having the same bathing-place

satīya

n. equals satya- (formed by stretching satya-for the purpose of mystical explication of this word)

ṣaṭka

mfn. occurring for the sixth time, doing anything for the sixth time

vArttika

satkāra

m. care, attention, consideration of or regard for a thing

ṣaṭkarman

n. the six duties of Brahmans (viz. adhyayana-,"studying or repeating the veda-", adhyāpana-,"teaching the veda-", yajana-"offering sacrifices", yājana-,"conducting them for others", dāna-,"giving", and pratigraha-,"accepting gifts"),

etc. (the six daily duties according to to the later law-books, are, snāna-,"religious bathing", saṃdhyājapa-,"repetition of prayers at the three saṃdhyā-s", brahma-yajña-,"worship of the Supreme Being by repeating the first words of sacred books", tarpaṇa-,"daily oblations of water to the gods, sages, and pitṛ-s", homa-,"oblations of fuel, rice etc. to fire", deva-pūjā-,"worship of the secondary gods either in the domestic sanctuary or in temples")

ṣaṭkarṇa

mfn. heard by six ears (said of secret counsel which has been unfortunately heard by a third person)

etc.

sātkarya

n. (fr. sat-kara-) the effecting anything well, effectiveness

sātmīkṛta

mfn. one who has made anything part of his nature id est become accustomed to (accusative)

śātodara

mf(ī-)n. thin-waisted, slender

śātodaratva

n. thinness, slenderness

ṣaṭpadī

f. the six states (scilicet hunger, thirst, sorrow, disordered intellect, old age, death, or [accord. to

] kāma-krodhau-, śoka-mohau-, mada-mānau-)

satpātra

n. a worthy recipient (of anything), worthy person

etc.

satpratijña

mfn. one who has promised anything

satpratipakṣa

m. contrariety of good, existence of opposite premisses proving the existence or non-existence of a thing

satṛṣ

having thirst, thirsty, desirous

satṛṣa

having thirst, thirsty, desirous

satṛṣṇam

ind. thirstily, yearningly, with longing

sattva

n. the quality of purity or goodness (regarded in the sāṃkhya- philosophy as the highest of the three guṇa-s [q.v.] or constituents of prakṛti- because it renders a person true, honest, wise etc., and a thing pure, clean etc.)

etc.

sattva

n. material or elementary substance, entity, matter, a thing

sattvastha

mf(ā-)n. being in the nature (of anything)

satvan

mfn. living, breathing

satya

n. a particular mythical weapon

satyajit

m. of indra- in the third manvantara-

satyakṛt

mfn. performing what is real, one who does nothing in vain

satyaṃkāra

m. something given in advance as an earnest or security for the performance of a contract, earnest-money

śāṭyāyana

n. an oblation for remedying anything wrong in the performance of an act or rite (see -homa-)

satyayugādyā

f. the third day of the light half of vaiśākha- (on which the commencement of the kṛta-yuga- is celebrated)

śaubhaneya

mfn. relating to anything handsome or brilliant

śaubhreya

mf(ī-)n. relating or belonging to anything white or shining

śaubhreyī

f. a princess of this tribe

saudāsa

m. (fr. su-dās-and su-dāsa-) Name of various kings (especially of a son of king su-dāsa-, of the solar race, descendant of ikṣvāku- and sagara- in the thirteenth generation, and also called mitra-- saha- and kalmāṣa-pāda-)

saugandhikavana

n. a thick cluster of water-lilies

saumana

m. a particular mythical weapon

saumya

m. the fifteenth cubit (aratni-) from the bottom or the third from the top of the sacrificial post

saurasaindhava

m. a horse of the Sun (in this sense compounded of saura-and saindhava- q.v)

sautrika

m. a texture, anything woven (see āvika-s-)

sāvadhāna

mf(ā-)n. intent upon doing anything (infinitive mood)

sāvadya

n. anything blamable or objectionable

savana

n. bathing, ablution, religious bathing (performed at morning, noon, and evening)

sāvayava

mfn. having parts, composed of parts (in the vaiśeṣika- philosophy said of all things except the eternal substances).

sāyujya

n. identification, absorption (into the divine Essence;this is one of the four grades or states of mukti- see sālokya-

)

etc.

seka

m. a drop of anything

senā

f. of the mother of śambhava- (the third arhat- of the present avasarpiṇī-)

śeṣa

mn. (fr.2. śiṣ-) remainder, that which remains or is left, leavings, residue (plural"all the others") , surplus, balance, effect, the rest (śeṣe- locative case"for the rest","in all other cases"; śeṣe rātrau-,"during the rest of the night"; mama śeṣam asti-,"there remains something to happen to me")

śeṣa

m. of one of the mythical elephants that support the earth

śeṣanāga

m. Name of the mythical author of the paramārtha-sāra-

sev

cl.1 A1. (

) sevate- (rarely ti-; perfect tense siṣeve-, va-

etc.; future sevitā- grammar; seviṣyate-

, ti-

; Aorist asiṣevat-, aseviṣṭa- grammar; infinitive mood sevitum-

etc.; ind.p. sevitvā-, -sevya-

), to dwell or stay near or in (locative case)

; to remain or stay at, live in, frequent, haunt, inhabit, resort to (accusative)

etc. ; to serve, wait or attend upon, honour, obey, worship

; to cherish, foster (a child)

; to present with (instrumental case)

; to enjoy sexually, have sexual intercourse with (accusative)

etc. ; to refresh by soft breezes, fan (said of the wind)

; to devote or apply one's self to, cultivate, study, practise, use, employ, perform, do

etc. ; to exist or be found in anything (accusative)

: Passive voice sevyate-, to be followed or served etc.

: Causal sevayati- (Aorist asiṣevat-), to attend upon, serve, honour

; to tend, cherish (plants)

: Desiderative of Causal See sisevayiṣu-: Desiderative siseviṣate-, ti- grammar : Intensive seṣevyate-

sevi

n. an apple (in this sense prob. fr. Persian seb-)

sevya

n. the thick middle part of curds

sic

cl.6 P. A1. (

) siñc/ati-, te- (once in

, s/ecate- perfect tense siṣeca-, siṣice-[in

also sisicuḥ-, sisice-]; Aorist asicat-, cata-[Gr. also asikta-]; subjunctive sicāmahe-

; preceding sicyāt-

; future sekṣyati-, te-

etc.; infinitive mood sektum-

sektavai-

; ind.p. siktvā-

; -s/icya-

; -secam-or -sekam-,

), to pour out, discharge, emit, shed, infuse or pour into or on (locative case)

etc. etc. ; to emit semen, impregnate

; to scatter in small drops, sprinkle, besprinkle or moisten with (instrumental case)

etc. ; to dip, soak, steep

; to cast or form anything out of molten metal etc. (2 accusative)

: Passive voice sicyate- (Epic also ti-; Aorist aseci-), to be poured out or sprinkled

etc. etc.: Causal secayati-, te- (Epic also siñcayati-; Aorist asīṣicat-or asīsicat-), to cause to pour out etc. ; to sprinkle, water (plants etc.)

: Desiderative siṣikṣati- or sisikṣati- ; te- grammar (confer, compare sisikṣā-): Intensive sesicyate-, sesekti-. ([ confer, compare Zend hincaiti; Greek [?] ; Anglo-Saxon seo4n; German seihen,seichen.])

siddhāntācāra

m. one who practises this rule (said to consist in purity, quietism, and mental absorption in durgā-)

siddhapura

n. "city of the Blest", Name of a mythical city (located in the extreme north or according to to others, in the southern or lower regions of the earth)

siddhapurī

f. "city of the Blest", Name of a mythical city (located in the extreme north or according to to others, in the southern or lower regions of the earth)

siddhārthamānin

mfn. one who thinks he has attained his object

siddharūpa

n. the right or correct thing

siddhasādhana

n. the proving of anything already proved

siddhi

f. Name of śiva- (in this sense m.)

siddhikārin

mfn. causing the accomplishment of anything (genitive case)

sidh

cl.1 P. sedhati-, to go, move

(according to to

the s-of this root is not changed to ṣ-after prepositions; see abhi--and pari-sidh-).

sidh

(weak form of sādh-) cl.4 P. (

) s/idhyati- (Epic and mc. also te-;pf: siṣedha-

; Aorist asidhat- grammar; saitsīt-

; preceding sidhyāsam- grammar; future seddhā-

; setsyati-, te-

etc.; infinitive mood seddhum- grammar; ind.p. sedhitvā-, sidhitvā-,or siddhvā-

), to be accomplished or fulfilled or effected or settled, be successful, succeed

etc. ; to hit a mark (locative case)

; to attain one's aim or object, have success

etc. ; to attain the highest object, become perfect, attain beatitude

; to be valid or admissible, hold good

; to be proved or demonstrated or established, result from

; to be set right, (especially) be healed or cured

; to be well cooked

; to conform to a person's will, yield to (genitive case)

; to fall to a person's (genitive case) lot or share

; to come into existence, originate, arise

: Causal sedhayati- (Aorist asīṣidhat-) or sādhayati-, to show the knowledge or skill (of any one, the former,"with reference to sacred things", the latter,"to secular things")

(sadh-), to accomplish, effect

: Desiderative siṣitsati- grammar : Intensive seṣidhyate-, seṣeddhi-

śikhara

m. Name of a mythical weapon (astra-)

śikhara

m. Name of a particular mythical club (gadā-)

śikṣ

(properly Desiderative of śak-; see

) cl.1 P. A1. ś/ikṣati-, te- (in later language oftener A1..; see

; pr. p. ś/ikṣat-, ś/ikṣamāṇa-

; śikṣāṇa-

; imperative śiśikṣa-

; Aorist aśikṣithṭa-

),"to wish to be able", (P.) try to effect, attempt, undertake

; (A1.;rarely P.) to learn, acquire knowledge, study, practise, learn from (ablative or sakāśāt-with genitive case)

etc. ; to practise one's self in (locative case)

(see

Va1rtt. 3 Sch. ) ; "to wish to be able to effect for others" (P.) wish to help, aid, befriend (dative case)

; (P.) to wish to give, bestow

; (P.) to wish to present with (instrumental case)

; (A1.) to offer one's service to, enter the service of (accusative)

: Passive voice śikṣyate- (Aorist aśikṣi-), to be learnt or practised

: Causal śikṣayati- (rarely te-; Aorist aśiśikṣat-), to cause to learn, impart knowledge, inform, instruct, teach (with accusative of Persian or thing;also with two accusative,or with accusative of Persian and locative case of thing, or with accusative of Persian and infinitive mood,or with accusative of thing and genitive case of Persian)

śikṣā

f. desire of being able to effect anything, wish to accomplish

śīla

m. a large snake (in this sense prob. fr.1. śī-)

sīman

f. the utmost limit of anything, furthest extent, summit, acme, ne plus ultra

sīmanta

m. a line of separation on the human body (14 are enumerated, corresponding to the joints of the bones or asthi-saṃghāta-s)

simbhuka

m. Name of a mythical bird

siṃha

m. a particular mythical bird

siṃhāstra

n. Name of a mythical weapon

siṃhavikrama

m. of a thief

śīna

mfn. (fr. śyai-; see śīta-and śyāna-) congealed, frozen, coagulated, thick

(see

)

sindhu

m. and f. (prob. fr.1. sidh-,"to go") a river, stream (especially the indu-s, and in this sense said to be the only river regarded as m.See -nada-, column 2)

etc.

sindhunandana

m. "son of the ocean", the moon (one of the 14 precious things recovered by churning the ocean after the flood)

śiraḥsnāna

n. bathing or perfuming the head

śiraḥsnānīya

n. plural all the requisites for bathing or perfuming the head,

Scholiast or Commentator

śiras

n. the upper end or highest part of anything, top, peak, summit, pinnacle, acme

etc.

śīrṇa

mfn. thin, small, slender

śīrṇapāda

m. a thin or shrunken foot

śirovireka

m. anything for cleansing or clearing the head

śīrṣa

n. the upper part, tip, top (of anything, as of a letter etc.)

śīrṣaka

n. the top of anything

śīrṣaya

n. Name of a particular mythical being

sīsara

m. Name of a mythical dog (the husband of saramā-)

śiśira

m. of a son of medhātithi-

śiśira

n. a particular mythical weapon

śiṣṭa

n. anything that remains or is left, remains, remnant

śiṣṭa

mfn. taught, directed, ordered, commanded (applied to persons and things)

etc.

śiṣṭagītā

f. Name of work on ethics. 2.

śiśupāla

m. "child-protector", Name of the king of the cedi-s inhabiting a country in central India, probably the same as Bundelkhand (See cedi-;he was son of dama-ghoṣa-, and is also called sunītha-;his impiety in opposing the worship of kṛṣṇa- is described in the sabhā-parvan- of the mahā-bhārata-;when yudhi-ṣṭhira- was about to perform a rājasūya- sacrifice, numerous princes attended, and bhīṣma- proposed that especial honour should be paid to kṛṣṇa-, who was also present, but śiśu-pāla- objected, and after denouncing kṛṣṇa- as a contemptible person challenged him to fight, whereupon kṛṣṇa- struck off his head with his discus;the viṣṇu-purāṇa- identifies this impious monarch with the demons hiraṇya-kaśipu- and rāvaṇa-;his death forms the subject of māgha-'s celebrated poem called śiśupāla-vadha-)

śita

mfn. thin, slender, weak, feeble

sītā

f. (less correctly written śītā-; see sīm/an-, sīra-) a furrow, the track or line of a ploughshare (also personified, and apparently once worshipped as a kind of goddess resembling Pomona;in

, sitā- is invoked as presiding over agriculture or the fruits of the earth;in

, sitā-"the Furrow"is again personified and addressed, four furrows being required to be drawn at the ceremony when the above stanzas are recited;in

she is called sāvitrī-,and in

indra-patnī-,"the wife of indra-";in epic poetry sitā- is the wife of rāmacandra- and daughter of janaka-, king of mithilā-, capital of videha-, who was otherwise called sīradhvaja-;she was named sitā- because fabled to have sprung from a furrow made by janaka- while ploughing the ground to prepare it for a sacrifice instituted by him to obtain progeny, whence her epithet ayoni-jā-,"not womb-born";her other common names, maithilī- and vaidehī-, are from the place of her birth;according to one legend she was vedavatī- q.v,in the kṛta- age; according to to others she was an incarnation of lakṣmi- and of umā-;the story of rāma-'s bending the bow, which was to be the condition of the gift of sitā-, is told in

; sītā-'s younger sister urmilā- was at the same time given to lakṣmaṇa-, and two nieces of janaka-, daughters of his brother king kuśa-dhvaja-, to bharata- and śatrughna-)

etc.

sītā

f. of the eastern branch of the four mythical branches of the heavenly Ganges (into which it is supposed to divide after falling on mount meru-;this branch is fabled to flow into the varṣa- or dvīpa- called bhadrāśva-)

śītaka

m. any cold thing

sitāvarī

f. Venonia Anthelminthica

śīteṣu

m. "cold-arrow", Name of a mythical missile, R:

śītodā

f. Name of a mythical river

śītottama

n. "best of cold things", water

śītya

mfn. ploughed, tilled (in this sense more usually sītya-)

mf(/ā-)n. (according to

,fr.1. śī-,"in whom all things lie";perhaps connected with śvi- see śavas-, śiśvi-) auspicious, propitious, gracious, favourable, benign, kind, benevolent, friendly, dear ( śivam v/am- ind.kindly, tenderly)

etc.

m. "The Auspicious one", Name of the disintegrating or destroying and reproducing deity (who constitutes the third god of the Hindu trimūrti- or Triad, the other two being brahmā-"the creator"and viṣṇu-"the preserver";in the veda- the only Name of the destroying deity was rudra-"the terrible god", but in later times it became usual to give that god the euphemistic N. śiva-"the auspicious"[just as the Furies were called "the gracious ones"], and to assign him the office of creation and reproduction as well as dissolution;in fact the preferential worship of śiva- as developed in the purāṇa-s and Epic poems led to his being identified with the Supreme Being by his exclusive worshippers [called śaiva-s];in his character of destroyer he is sometimes called kāla-"black", and is then also identified with"Time", although his active destroying function is then oftener assigned to his wife under her name kālī-, whose formidable character makes her a general object of propitiation by sacrifices;as presiding over reproduction consequent on destruction śiva-'s symbol is the liṅga- [ q.v ] or Phallus, under which form he is worshipped all over India at the present day;again one of his representations is as ardha-nārī-,"half-female", the other half being male to symbolize the unity of the generative principle[

];he has three eyes, one of which is in his forehead, and which are thought to denote his view of the three divisions of time, past, present, and future, while a moon's crescent, above the central eye, marks the measure of time by months, a serpent round his neck the measure by years, and a second necklace of skulls with other serpents about his person, the perpetual revolution of ages, and the successive extinction and generation of the races of mankind: his hair is thickly matted together, and gathered above his forehead into a coil;on the top of it he bears the Ganges, the rush of which in its descent from heaven he intercepted by his head that the earth might not be crushed by the weight of the falling stream;his throat is dark-blue from the stain of the deadly poison which would have destroyed the world had it not been swallowed by him on its production at the churning of the ocean by the gods for the nectar of immortality;he holds a tri-śūla-,or three-pronged trident [also called pināka-] in his hand to denote, as some think, his combination of the three attributes of Creator, Destroyer, and Regenerator;he also carries a kind of drum, shaped like an hour-glass, called ḍamaru-: his attendants or servants are called pramatha- [ q.v ];they are regarded as demons or supernatural beings of different kinds, and form various hosts or troops called gaṇa-s;his wife durgā- [otherwise called kālī-, pārvatī-, umā-, gaurī-, bhavāṇī- etc.] is the chief object of worship with the śākta-s and tāntrika-s, and in this connection he is fond of dancing [see tāṇḍava-]and wine-drinking;he is also worshipped as a great ascetic and is said to have scorched the god of love (kāma-deva-) to ashes by a glance from his central eye, that deity having attempted to inflame him with passion for pārvatī- whilst he was engaged in severe penance;in the exercise of his function of Universal Destroyer he is fabled to have burnt up the Universe and all the gods, including brahmā- and viṣṇu-, by a similar scorching glance, and to have rubbed the resulting ashes upon his body, whence the use of ashes in his worship, while the use of the rudrākṣa- berries originated, it is said, from the legend that śiva-, on his way to destroy the three cities, called tri-pura-, let fall some tears of rage which became converted into these beads: his residence or heaven is kailāsa-, one of the loftiest northern peaks of the himālaya-;he has strictly no incarnations like those of viṣṇu-, though vīra-bhadra- and the eight bhairava-s and khaṇḍobā- etc.[

] are sometimes regarded as forms of him;he is especially worshipped at Benares and has even more names than viṣṇu-, one thousand and eight being specified in the 69th chapter of the śiva-purāṇa- and in the 17th chapter of the anuśāsana-parvan- of the mahā-bhārata-, some of the most common being mahā-deva-, śambhu-, śaṃkara-, īśa-, īśvara-, maheśvara-, hara-;his sons are gaṇeśa- and kārttikeya-)

etc.

m. Name of a son of medhātithi-

m. plural Name of a class of gods in the third manvantara-

śivasiṃha

m. (also -deva-) Name of various princes (especially of a king of mithilā-, brother of padma-siṃha-, and patron of vidyā-pati-)

śivasva

n. " sūtra-s's property", anything that has been offered to śiva-

skand

(confer, compare skandh-and skund-) cl.1 P. (

) skandati- (mc. also te-; cask/anda-

etc.; caskande-

etc.; Aorist askan-, sk/an-

; /askān-, skān-

; askāntsīt-

; askadat- grammar; preceding skadyāt-

; future skanttā-

; skantsyati-

; infinitive mood skanditum- grammar; -sk/ade-, -sk/adas-

; ind.p. skanttvā- grammar; -sk/andya-or -sk/adya-

; -sk/andam-

), to leap, jump, hop, dart, spring, spurt out, be spilt or effused (especially said of semen)

etc. ; (A1.) to emit seminal fluid

; to leap upon, cover (said of animals)

; to drop, fall down, perish, be lost

: Passive voice skadyate- (perf. caskade-or caskande-; Aorist askandi-) grammar : Causal skandayati- (mc. also te-; Aorist acask/andat-), to cause to jump or leap

(in explaining skanda-) ; to pour out, effuse, shed, spill, emit (especially seminal fluid)

; to omit, neglect

etc. ; to cause to coagulate, thicken

: Desiderative ciskantsati-, grammar : Intensive canīskadyate-, canīskandīti- (grammar), k/aniṣkan-, -caniṣkadat- ; (

), to leap, jump, hop etc. [ confer, compare Greek ; Latin scando,de-scendo;scAlaforscant(s)la.]

skanda

m. anything which jumps or hops (in tṛṇa-skand/a-,"grasshopper", Name of a man)

skanda

m. "Attacker", Name of kārttikeya- (q.v,son of śiva- or of agni-;he is called god of war as leader of śiva-'s hosts against the enemies of the gods;he is also leader of the demons of illness that attack children[ see -graha-],also god of burglars and thieves; see -putra-and

)

etc.

skandaputra

m. a son of skanda- (euphemistic term for a thief)

skandhāgni

m. fire made with thick logs

skandhānala

m. fire made with thick logs

skandhavat

mfn. having a stem or a thick stem or many stems

skannatva

n. the clotting or thickening of blood

ślāghā

f. pleasure or delight in anything

ślāghanīyatā

f. praiseworthiness

ślāghyatā

f. praiseworthiness

ślakṣṇa

mf(ā-)n. small, minute, thin, slim, fine (see compound)

ślakṣṇana

n. making slippery, smoothing, polishing

ślakṣṇatīkṣṇāgra

mfn. having a thin and sharp point

ślakṣṇaya

Nom. P. yati-, to make slippery, smooth, polish

; to make thin or small

ślakṣṇīkaraṇa

n. smoothing

śliṣ

(see 2. śriṣ-) cl.4 P. (

) śl/iṣyati- (rarely te-; perfect tense śiśleṣa-

etc.; Aorist aśliṣat-

etc.; aślikṣat-[only in the sense of"to embrace"

] or aślaikṣīt-[?] grammar; future śleṣṭā-, ślekṣyati-

; infinitive mood śleṣṭum-

; ind.p. śliṣṭvā-

; -śliṣya-

etc.) , to adhere, attach, cling to (locative case,rarely accusative),

; to clasp, embrace

; to unite, join (trans. or intrans.)

; (A1.) to result, be the consequence of anything

: Passive voice śliṣyate- (Aorist aśleṣi-), to be joined or connected

etc. ; to be implied or intimated

: Causal (

) śleṣayati-, te- (Aorist aśiśliṣat-), to (cause to) connect or embrace (see śleṣita-) Desiderative śiślikṣate- (grammar also ti-), to wish to clasp, cling to

(not in manuscript) : Intensive śeśliṣyate-, śeśleṣṭi- grammar

ślokayantra

(śl/oka--) mfn. confining sound (within the limits of metre; according to to others, "having śloka-s for reins")

sma

ind. and later to"indeed","certainly","verily","surely"(it is often used pleonastically, and in earlier language generally follows a similar particle [ especially ha-, na-],or relative, or preposition or verb, while in later language it frequently follows iti-, na-and n/ā-[ see 1. m/ā-];it is also joined with a present tense tense or present tense participle to give them a past sense[ exempli gratia, 'for example' praviśanti sma-,"they entered"];this use of sma-is also found in the brāhmaṇa-s and is extended to veda-and āha- see

)

smaya

m. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) smiling at anything, wonder, surprise, astonishment

(varia lectio)

smṛ

cl.1 P. (

) sm/arati- (mc. also te-; perfect tense sasmāra-, sasmartha-, sasmaruḥ-

etc.; Aorist asmārṣīt-, ṣuḥ-

; future smartā-, smariṣyati-

; infinitive mood smartum-

; ind.p. smṛtvā-

; smaritvā-

; -smṛtya-, smāram-[ q.v ]

etc.) , to remember, recollect, bear in mind, call to mind, think of, be mindful of (genitive case or accusative;the action remembered is expressed by a past participle or an imperfect tense with yad-,"that", or by a future without yad-;the future may stand with yad-,if there are two actions; confer, compare

)

etc. ; to remember or think of with sorrow or regret

; to hand down memoriter, teach, declare

; to recite

: Passive voice smary/ate- (Aorist asmāri-; preceding smṛṣīṣṭa-or smariṣīṣṭa-), to be remembered or recorded or declared (as a law) or mentioned in the smṛti- (with na-,"to be passed over in silence")

; to be declared or regarded as, pass for (Nominal verb or locative case)

: Causal smārayati- (rarely smarayati-; mc. also A1.; Aorist asasmarat-; Passive voice smāryate-), to cause to remember or be mindful of or regret

etc. (confer, compare

) ; to remind any one of (two accusative or accusative and genitive case or rarely genitive case of person)

etc.: Desiderative susmūrṣate- (

) , to wish to remember

: Intensive sāsmaryate- or sāsmarti- grammar ([ confer, compare Greek ; Latin memor,mora.])

smṛti

f. remembrance, reminiscence, thinking of or upon (locative case or compound), calling to mind (smṛtim api te na yānti-,"they are not even thought of") , memory

etc.

smṛti

f. the whole body of sacred tradition or what is remembered by human teachers (in contradistinction to śruti-or what is directly heard or revealed to the ṛṣi-s;in its widest acceptation this use of the term smṛti- includes the 6 vedāṅga-s, the sūtra-s both śrauta-and gṛhya-,the law-books of manu- etc. [see next];the itihāsa-s[ exempli gratia, 'for example' the mahābhārata- and rāmāyaṇa-] , the purāṇa-s and the nītiśāstra-s; iti smṛteḥ-,"accord. to such and such a traditional precept or legal text")

smṛtimat

mfn. anything which causes recollection

smṛto

mfn. one who thinks on U (id est on śambhu-; equals uḥ śambhuḥ smṛto yena saḥ-)

snā

(confer, compare snu-) cl.2 P. (

) sn/āti- cl.4 P. (

) snāyati- (Epic also A1. snāyate- Potential snāyāt-; Epic also snāyīta-; perfect tense sasnau-,3. plural sasnuḥ-

; future snātā- grammar; snāsyati-, te-

etc.; Aorist asnāsīt- grammar; preceding snāyāt-[ confer, compare above] or sneyāt-

; infinitive mood snātum-

etc.; ind.p. snātv/ā-, -sn/āya-

etc.;Ved. also snātvī-

), to bathe, perform the ceremony of bathing or certain prescribed oblations (especially on returning home from the house of a religious preceptor, or on concluding certain vows etc., also with avabhṛtham-)

etc. ; to smear one's self with (instrumental case)

: Passive voice snāyate- (Aorist asnāyi- impersonal or used impersonally)

: Causal snāp/ayati- or snap/ayati-, (with preposition only snāp-), to cause to bathe, wash, cleanse

etc. ; to wash away

; to steep or soak in (locative case)

; to bathe with tears, weep for(?)

: Desiderative sisnāsati-

(but confer, compare siṣṇāsu-): Intensive sāsnāyate-, sāsnāti-, sāsneti- grammar ([ confer, compare Greek , ; Latin nare.])

snā

(or ṣṇā-) mfn. bathing, bathed or immersed in (see ghṛta--, su-snā-etc.)

snāna

n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) bathing, washing, ablution, religious or ceremonial lustration (as of an idol etc.), bathing in sacred waters (considered as one of the six daily duties[ see ṣaṭ-karman-]or as an essential part of some ceremonial, especially the ablutions performed by a brahma-cārin- on becoming a householder see snātaka-)

etc. (

)

snāna

n. anything used in ablution (exempli gratia, 'for example' water, perfumed powder etc.)

snānabhū

f. bathing-place, bath-room

snānadroṇī

f. a bathing-tub

snānagṛha

n. a bathing-house, bath-room

snānaśāṭī

f. (wrong reading -śāṭhī-) bathing-drawers

snānaśīla

mfn. fond of bathing, observing or performing ablutions (especially in sacred waters)

snānatīrtha

n. a sacred bathing-place

snānatṛṇa

n. "bathing-grass", kuśa- grass

snānavāsas

n. a bathing-dress, wet cloth

snānavidhikṣama

mfn. fit for ceremonial ablutions (said of water), fit for bathing

snānayātrā

f. "bathing-procession", a festival held on the day of full moon in the month jyeṣṭha- (when images of kṛṣṇa- as jagan-nātha- are carried out and bathed;in Orissa this festival is called ratha-yātrā-)

snānin

mfn. bathing, performing ablutions

snānīya

mfn. it or suitable for bathing, used in ablution

snānīya

n. anything used in bathing (exempli gratia, 'for example' fragrant water etc.)

snānīyavastra

n. a bathing-dress

snānopakaraṇa

n. any utensil used in bathing, any accessory of a bath

snapana

mf(ī-)n. used for bathing (as water)

snapana

n. the act of causing to bathe, bathing, ablution

snāpana

n. the act of causing to bathe, attending a person while bathing

snāpanocchiṣṭabhojana

n. dual number the act of bathing another person and eating his leavings

snātra

n. a bath, ablution, bathing

snātva

mfn. fit for ablution, capable of being used for bathing

snaya

m. bathing, ablution, lustration

snāyin

mfn. bathing, performing an ablution ( snāyitā yi-tā- f.)

snigdha

mfn. thick, dense (as shade)

snigdha

n. viscidity, thickness, coarseness

śobhana

n. anything propitious or auspicious, welfare, prosperity

śobhāya

Nom. A1. yate-, to represent the beauty of anything

socchvāsa

mfn. breathing hard, panting ( socchvāsatva -tva- n.)

sodaya

mfn. having a succession, having something coming after, followed by

sohāica

m. Name of a thief

soma

m. (fr.3. su-) juice, extract, (especially) the juice of the soma- plant, (also) the soma- plant itself (said to be the climbing plant Sarcostema Viminalis or Asclepias Acida, the stalks[ aṃśu-]of which were pressed between stones[ adri-]by the priests, then sprinkled with water, and purified in a strainer[ pavitra-]; whence the acid juice trinkled into jars[ kalaśa-]or larger vessels[ droṇa-]; after which it was mixed with clarified butter, flour etc., made to ferment, and then offered in libations to the gods [in this respect corresponding with the ritual of the Iranian Avesta] or was drunk by the Brahmans, by both of whom its exhilarating effect was supposed to be prized; it was collected by moonlight on certain mountains [in

,the mountain mūja-vat- is mentioned]; it is sometimes described as having been brought from the sky by a falcon[ śyena-]and guarded by the gandharva-s; it is personified as one of the most important of Vedic gods, to whose praise all the 114 hymns of the 9th book of the

besides 6 in other books and the whole

are dedicated; in post-Vedic mythology and even in a few of the latest hymns of the

[although not in the whole of the 9th book] as well as sometimes in the

and in the

, soma- is identified with the moon [as the receptacle of the other beverage of the gods called amṛta-, or as the lord of plants see indu-, oṣadhi-pati-]and with the god of the moon, as well as with viṣṇu-, śiva-, yama-, and kubera-; he is called rājan-,and appears among the 8 vasu-s and the 8 loka-pāla-s[

] , and is the reputed author of

,of a law-book etc.; see below)

etc.

somanāthapattana

n. Name of a town on the western coast of India (commonly called Somnath Pattan in Kathiawar, celebrated for the śiva- temple above described)

somarājī

f. a thin crescent of the moon

somarājī

f. Vernonia Anthelminthica

somarājikā

f. Vernonia Anthelminthica

somavallikā

f. Vernonia Anthelminthica

sopādhi

mfn. restricted by some condition or limitation or stipulation, qualified, by some condition (as liberality by the desire of receiving something in return)

sopākhya

mfn. "one about whom anything can be affirmed", having qualifications (see nir-upākhya-)

śoṣu

m. drought, thirst

sparśamaṇi

m. "touchstone", a kind of philosopher's stone (supposed to turn everything it touches to gold)

sparśasnāna

n. bathing or ablution at the entrance of the sun or moon into an eclipse

sparśayajña

m. "touches-offering", an offering consisting in the mere touches of the things offered

śraddhā

P. A1. -dadhāti-, -dhatte- (pr. p. śraddadhat-, śrad-d/adhāna-;Ved. infinitive mood śraddh/e- see śr/at-above), to have faith or faithfulness, have belief or confidence, believe, be true or trustful (with na-,"to disbelieve"etc.)

etc. ; to credit, think anything true (two accusative)

etc. ; to believe or have faith in or be true to (with dative case,and in later language with genitive case of thing or person, or with locative case of thing)

etc. ; to expect anything (accusative) from (ablative)

; to consent, assent to, approve, welcome (with accusative;with na-,"to disapprove")

; to be desirous of (accusative), wish to (infinitive mood)

: Causal -dhāpayati-, to make faithful, render trustful, inspire confidence

śraddhālu

f. a pregnant woman who longs for anything

śraddhāvatī

f. Name of a mythical town on mount meru-

śraddheyatā

f. (

) credibility, trustworthiness.

śraddheyatva

n. (

) credibility, trustworthiness.

śram

cl.4 P. (

) śrāmyati- (in later language also śramati-, te-; perfect tense śaśrama-,3. plural śaśramuḥ-or[

] śremuḥ-, parasmE-pada śaśramāṇ/a-

; Aorist āśramat-

, subjunctive śramat-

; śramiṣma-

; future śramitā-

; śramiṣyati- grammar; infinitive mood śramitum-

; ind.p. -śr/amya-.

), to be or become weary or tired, be tired of doing anything (with infinitive mood;also impersonal or used impersonally n/a mā śramat-,"may I not become weary!")

etc. ; to make effort, exert one's self (especially in performing acts of austerity), labour in vain

: Passive voice śramyate- (Aorist aśrāmi-, grammar)

etc. (see vi-śraṃ-): Causal srāmayati- (Aorist aśiśramat-), to make weary, fatigue, tire

; to overcome, conquer, subdue

; (śrāmayati-), to speak to, address, invite (āmantraṇe-)

(varia lectio for grām- see grāmaya-): Desiderative See vi-śiśramiṣu-.

śrāntasaṃvāhana

n. soothing a weary person (by rubbing or shampooing his limbs), relieving or tending the wearied

śrava

m. hearing (āt-,"from hearsay", e-,with genitive case,"within hearing of")

śravaṇadvādaśī

f. a particular tithi- or lunar day (when certain religious observances of great efficacy are performed;it is said to fall on the twelfth of the light half of bhādra-, when that month is connected with the asterism śravaṇa-)

śravaṇagocara

mfn. being within hearing ( śravaṇagocaratā -tā- f.)

śravaṇamaya

mf(ī-)n. consisting of ears, being nothing but ears

śrāvaṇaśuklacaturthī

f. the fourth and third day in the light half of śrāvaṇa-

śrāvaṇaśuklatṛtīyā

f. the fourth and third day in the light half of śrāvaṇa-

śravyatva

n. praiseworthiness

śrāya

mfn. possessing anything, furnished or provided with (locative case)

średhī

f. (see śreṭī-etc.) any set or succession of distinct things

śreṇi

f. the fore or upper part of anything

śreṣṭha

mf(ā-)n. most excellent, best, first, chief (n."the best or chief thing"), best of or among or in respect of or in (with genitive case locative case,or compound)

etc.

śreyas

m. of the third month (according to to a particular reckoning)

śrīkṛcchra

m. a kind of penance (living for three days on nothing but the liquid and solid excreta of a cow and on the grains of barley found in the latter),

śrīrāma

m. the divine rāma- id est rāma-candra- (whose name in this form is used as a salutation by those who worship viṣṇu- in this avatāra-)

śṛṅga

n. highest point, acme, height or perfection of anything

śṛṅga

n. equals śaśaśṛṅga-,"hare's horn", anything impossible or extra ordinary

śṛṅgaka

mn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ikā-).) a horn or anything pointed like a horn

śṛṅgāra

m. (in rhetoric) the erotic sentiment (one of the 8 or 10 rasa-s q.v;it has viṣṇu- for its tutelary deity and black for its colour; according to to most authorities it is of two kinds, viz. sambhoga-,"mutual enjoyment", and vipralambha-,"deception, disappointment", to which by some is added as third a-yoga-,"separation")

etc.

śṛṅgavat

m. Name of a mythical mountain forming one of the boundaries of the earth

śṛṅgin

m. Name of a mythical mountain or mountain-range forming one of the boundaries of the earth (See śaila-)

śroṇi

f. the thighs or sides of the vedi- or of any square

; a road, way

[ confer, compare Latin clunis; Lithuanian szlauni4s.]

śroṇikapāla

n. the thigh bone

srotasya

m. a thief.

śrotrapadavī

f. the range of hearing (vīm upa-yā-,"to come within the range of hearing")

śrotriya

m. a Brahman of the third degree (standing between the brāhmaṇa- and anūcāna-)

sṛp

cl.1 P. (

) s/arpati- (Epic and mc. also te-; parasmE-pada s/arpat-[see sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order ]and sarpamāṇa-; perfect tense sasarpa-[1. dual number sasṛpiva-]

; Aorist asṛpat-

; asṛpta-

etc.; asārpsīt-or asrāpsīt- grammar; future sarptā-or sraptā-

; sarpsyati-

; srapsyati-

etc.; infinitive mood sarpitum-

etc.; sarptum-or sraptum- grammar; -s/ṛpas-

; ind.p. sṛptvā-

; -s/ṛpya-

etc.; -sarpam-

etc.) , to creep, crawl, glide, slink, move gently or cautiously (sarpata-,"depart!"

)

etc. ; to slip into (accusative)

; (in ritual) to glide noiselessly and with bended body and hand in hand (especially from the sadas- to the bahiṣ-pavamāna-)

: Passive voice sṛpyate- (Aorist asarpi-), to be crept etc.

etc.: Causal sarpayati- (Aorist asīsṛpat-or asasarpat-), to cause to creep etc. (See ava--, anu-pra--, vi-sṛp-): Desiderative s/isṛpsati- (See ut-sṛp-): Intensive sarīsṛpyate- (

), sarīsarpti-, parasmE-pada sarīsṛpat- (

), to creep along or hither and thither, glide about etc. [ confer, compare Greek ; Latin serpere-;See also sarpa-.]

śru

cl.5 P. (

) śṛṇ/oti- (Vedic or Veda and Epic also A1. śṛṇute-,and in

sg. śṛṇv/e-,2. sg. viṣ/e-,3. plural vir/e-[ confer, compare below]; imperative śṛṇu-, ṇudh/ī-and ṇuh/ī- plural śṛṇut/ā-, ṇota-and ṇotana-

; perfect tense śuśr/āva-[once in

with pass. sense], śuśruve-[2. sg. śuśrotha-,1. plural śuśruma-,in

also mas-; śuśravat-, śuśrūy/ās-

, parasmE-pada śuśruv/as- q.v ]; Aorist Ved. /aśravam-, /aśrot-,2. sg. śr/oṣi-; subjunctive śr/avat-, vathaḥ-;[?] śruvam-

; imperative śrudh/ī-, śr/otu-

; aśrauṣīt-

etc.; subjunctive śroṣan- imperative śroṣantu-

[ confer, compare śr/oṣamāṇa-]; preceding śrūy/āsam-

etc.; future śrotā-

; śroṣyati-, te-

etc.; infinitive mood śrotum-

etc.; ind.p. śrutv/ā-

etc.; -śr/utya-

etc.; śrāvam-

etc.) , to hear, listen or attend to anything (accusative), give ear to any one (accusative or genitive case), hear or learn anything about (accusative) or from (ablative genitive case instrumental case, mukhāt-or śakāśāt-), or that anything is (two accusative)

etc. ; to hear (from a teacher), study, learn

etc. ; to be attentive, be obedient, obey

etc.: Passive voice śrūy/ate- (Epic also ti-;and in

śṛṇve-etc.[ confer, compare above] with pass. meaning; Aorist aśrāvi-, śrāvi-), to be heard or perceived or learnt about (accusative) or from (genitive case ablative or mukhāt-;in later language often 3. sg. śrūyate- impersonal or used impersonally"it is heard","one hears or learns or reads in a book", ="it is said","it is written in (with locative case)"; imperative śrūyatām-,"let it be heard"="listen!")

etc. ; to be celebrated or renowned, be known as, pass for, be called (Nominal verb)

; to be heard or learnt (from a teacher)

; to be taught or stated (in a book)

; to be heard id est pronounced or employed (as a sound or word)

: Causal śrāv/ayati- (Epic also te-,in

also śrav/ayati-; Aorist aśuśravi-, vuḥ-

; aśuśruvat-

; aśiśravat- grammar; Passive voice śrāvyate-See below) , to cause to be heard or learnt, announce, proclaim, declare

etc. ; to cause to hear, inform, instruct, communicate, relate, tell (with accusative of thing, and accusative genitive case,or dative case of Persian,or with instrumental case in sense of "through")

etc.: Passive voice of Causal śrāvyate-, to be informed of (accusative)

etc.: Desiderative ś/uśrūṣate- (

; Epic or mc. also ti-; Passive voice śuśrūṣyate-), to wish or like to hear (accusative), desire to attend or listen to (dative case)

etc. ; to attend upon, serve, obey (accusative,rarely genitive case)

etc.: Causal of Desiderative śuśrūṣayati-, to wait upon, be at the service of (accusative)

: Desiderative of Causal śiśrāvayiṣati- or śuśrāvayiṣati- grammar : Intensive śośrūyate-, śośravīti-, śośroti- grammar ([ confer, compare Greek , equals śrudh/i-, equals śrut/a-etc.; Latin cluo,in-clutus; Slavonic or Slavonian sluti; German laut; English loud.])

śruta

n. anything heard, that which has been heard (especially from the beginning), knowledge as heard by holy men and transmitted from generation to generation, oral tradition or revelation, sacred knowledge (in the

personified as a child of dharma- and medhā-), the veda-

etc.

śrutārtha

mfn. one who has heard anything (genitive case)

stabdhasakthi

mfn. stiff-thighed, lame ( stabdhasakthitā -tā- f.)

stai

cl.1 P. stāyati-, to put on, adorn (varia lectio for snai- q.v)

; to steal, do anything stealthily (only in pr. p. stāy/at-[

]and in the following derivatives).

stainya

m. a thief

stamba

m. a sheaf of corn

a bush, thicket

stambha

m. stoppage, obstruction, suppression (also the magical arresting of any feeling or force, as of hunger, thirst, or of the forces of water, fire etc. as taught in the tantra-s)

stanana

n. groaning, breathing hard

stāyu

m. equals tāyu-, a thief, robber

stena

m. (prob. fr. stā-) a thief, robber

etc.

stena

m. thieving, stealing

stenahṛdaya

(sten/a--) m. "having the essence of a thief", an incarnate thief

stenanigraha

m. the restraining or punishing of thieves

steya

n. anything stolen or liable to be stolen

steya

n. anything clandestine or private

steyakṛt

mfn. committing theft, a thief, robber, stealer of (compound)

steyin

m. a thief, robber

etc.

sthā

cl.1 P. A1. (

) t/iṣṭhati-, te- (perfect tense tasth/au-, tasthe-

etc.; Aorist /asthāt-, /asthita-

;3. plural asthiran-

; āsthat-[?]

; asthiṣi-, ṣata-

etc.; subjunctive sthāti-, sth/āthaḥ-

; preceding stheyāt-

; stheṣam-, ṣuḥ-[?]

; sthāsīṣṭa- grammar; future sthātā-

etc.; sthāsyati-, te-

etc.; infinitive mood sth/ātum-

; tos-

; -sthitum-

; ind.p. sthitvā-

etc.; -sth/āya-

etc.; -sthāyam-

), to stand, stand firmly, station one's self, stand upon, get upon, take up a position on (with pādābhyām-,"to stand on the feet";with jānubhyām-,"to kneel";with agre-or agratas-and genitive case,"to stand or present one's self before";with puras-and with or without genitive case,"to stand up against an enemy etc.")

etc. ; to stay, remain, continue in any condition or action (exempli gratia, 'for example' with kanyā-,"to remain a girl or unmarried";with tūṣṇīm-or with maunena- instrumental case"to remain silent";with sukham-,"to continue or feel well")

etc. ; to remain occupied or engaged in, be intent upon, make a practice of, keep on, persevere in any act (with locative case; exempli gratia, 'for example' with rājye-,"to continue governing";with śāsane-,"to practise obedience";with bale-,"to exercise power";with sva-dharme-,"to do one's duty";with sva-karmaṇi-,"to keep to one's own business";with saṃśaye-,"to persist in doubting";also with ind.p. exempli gratia, 'for example' dharmam āśritya-,"to practise virtue")

etc. ; to continue to be or exist (as opp. to"perish"), endure, last

etc. ; to be, exist, be present, be obtainable or at hand

etc. ; to be with or at the disposal of, belong to (dative case genitive case,or locative case)

etc. ; (A1. mc. also P. confer, compare

) to stand by, abide by, be near to, be on the side of, adhere or submit to, acquiesce in, serve, obey (locative case or dative case)

etc. ; to stand still, stay quiet, remain stationary, stop, halt, wait, tarry, linger, hesitate (See under sthitvā-below)

etc. ; to behave or conduct one's self (with samam-,"to behave equally towards any one" locative case) ; to be directed to or fixed on (locative case)

; to be founded or rest or depend on, be contained in (locative case)

; to rely on, confide in (locative case exempli gratia, 'for example' mayi sthitvā-,"confiding in me")

; to stay at, resort to (accusative)

; to arise from (ablative or genitive case)

; to desist or cease from (ablative)

; to remain unnoticed (as of no importance), be left alone (only imperative and Potential)

: Passive voice sthīyate- (Aorist asthāyi-), to be stood etc. (frequently used impersonal or used impersonally exempli gratia, 'for example' mayā sthīyatām-,"let it be abided by me" id est"I must abide")

etc. etc.: Causal sthāpayati-, te- (Aorist /atiṣṭhipat-; ind.p. sthāpayitvā-[ q.v ] and -sth/āpam-: Passive voice sthāpyate-), to cause to stand, place, locate, set, lay, fix, station, establish, found, institute

etc. ; to set up, erect, raise, build

; to cause to continue, make durable, strengthen, confirm

etc. ; to prop up, support, maintain

; to affirm, assent

; to appoint (to any office locative case)

etc. ; to cause to be, constitute, make, appoint or employ as (two accusative;with dhātrīm-,"to employ any one as a nurse";with rakṣārtham-,"to appoint any one as guardian";with sajjam-,"to make anything ready";with su-rakṣitam-,"to keep anything well guarded";with svīkṛtya-,"to make anything one's own";with pariśeṣam-,"to leave anything over or remaining")

etc. ; to fix, settle, determine, resolve

etc. ; to fix in or on, lead or bring into, direct or turn towards (locative case,rarely accusative;with hṛdi-,"to impress on the heart";with manas-,"to fix the mind on")

etc. ; to introduce or initiate into, instruct in (locative case exempli gratia, 'for example' with naye-,"to instruct in a plan or system")

; to make over or deliver up to (locative case or haste-with genitive case,"into the hands of")

; to give in marriage

; to cause to stand still, stop, arrest, check, hold, keep in, restrain (with baddhvā-,"to keep bound or imprisoned")

etc. ; to place aside, keep, save, preserve

: Desiderative of Causal -sthāpayiṣati- (See saṃ-sthā-): Desiderative t/iṣṭhāsati-, to wish to stand etc.

: Intensive teṣṭhīyate- ; tāstheti-, tāsthāti- grammar ([ confer, compare Greek ; Latin stare; Lithuanian sto4ti; Slavonic or Slavonian stati; German sta7n,stehen; English stand.])

sthāna

n. case, occurrence (nedaṃ sthānaṃ vidyate-,"this case does not occur")

sthānāpatti

f. taking the place of another person or thing, substitution

sthānāśraya

m. the place on which anything stands

( ekasthānāśraya eka-sthānāśraya- mfn."being in the same place"

)

sthānepatita

mfn. occupying the place of another (person or thing; sthānepatitatva -tva- n.)

sthāneyoga

mf(ā-)n. (in gram.) implying the relation of"instead"(said of the genitive case case or ṣaṣṭhī-,which designates that for which something is substituted)

sthānika

mfn. (in gram.) taking the place of anything else, substituted for (genitive case or compound)

sthānin

m. the original form or primitive element (for which anything is substituted, as opp. to ādeśa-,"the substitute")

sthāṇu

n. anything stationary or fixed

etc.

sthāṇubhrama

m. mistaking anything for a post,

sthaulya

n. (fr. idem or 'mfn. (fr. sthūla-) gaRa ṛśyādi-.') stoutness, bigness, largeness, thickness, grossness, denseness (opp. to saukṣmya-)

sthāvarajaṅgama

n. (sg. or plural) everything stationary and movable or inanimate and animate

sthāvarāsthāvara

n. everything stationary and movable, immovable and movable property

sthaviman

m. the thick end, broad part, breadth ( sthavimatas ma-t/as- ind."on the broad side")

sthavimat

n. the thick end, broad part, breadth ( sthavimatas ma-t/as- ind."on the broad side")

sthavira

mf(ā-or ī-)n. (see sthāvara-,p.1264) broad, thick, compact, solid, strong, powerful

sthaviṣṭha

mfn. (superl. of sthūra-) very broad or thick or solid or strong

sthavīyas

mfn. (Comparative degree of idem or 'mfn. (superl. of sthūra-) very broad or thick or solid or strong ') more (or most) broad or thick etc.

sthirajaṅgama

(prob.) n. (plural) things stationary and movable

sthita

mfn. standing, staying, situated, resting or abiding or remaining in (locative case or compound;with uccāvaceṣu-,"abiding in things high and low";with anityam-,"not remaining permanently","staying only a short time")

etc.

sthiti

f. continuance in being, maintenance of life, continued existence (the 2nd of the three states of all created things, the 1st being utpatti-,"coming into existence", and the 3rd laya-,"dissolution"), permanence, duration

sthitimat

mfn. keeping within limits (as the ocean)

sthitimat

mfn. keeping within the limits of morality, virtuous, honest

sthitisthāpaka

mfn. restoring anything to its original state or condition

sthū

(collateral of1. sthā-,formed to account for the, words below), prob."to be thick or solid or strong."

sthūla

mf(/ā-)n. (fr. sthū- equals sthā-and originally identical with sthūra-) large, thick, stout, massive, bulky, big, huge

etc.

sthūlagrīva

mfn. thick-necked

sthūlahasta

m. the thick trunk (of an elephant)

sthūlajihva

m. "thick-tongued", Name of a bhūta-

sthūlakāṣṭhadah

(Nominal verb -dhak-) m. fire made with thick pieces of timber

sthūlakāṣṭhāgni

m. fire made with thick pieces of timber

sthūlamadhya

mf(ā-)n. thick in the middle

sthūlamukha

mfn. thick-mouthed

sthūlanāsa

m. "large-nosed, thick-nosed", a boar

sthūlaroma

mfn. thick-haired

sthūlaśāṭī

f. thick or coarse cloth

sthūlaśāṭikā

f. thick or coarse cloth

sthūlaśīrṣikā

f. "thick-headed", a kind of small ant

sthūlaskandha

m. "having a thick stem", Artocarpus Locucha

sthūlasthūla

mf(ā-)n. excessively thick or fat

sthūlatomarin

mfn. having a thick javelin

sthūlavalkala

m. "thick-barked", the red lodhra-

sthūlībhūta

mfn. become large or thick, fattened

sthūra

mfn. (see sthūla-below) thick, dense, heavy, big, bulky, stout, broad, strong, solid

sthūra

m. sg. the lower part of the thigh

stṛ

(or stṝ-). cl.5.9. P. A1. (

) stṛṇ/oti-, stṛṇute- or stṛnāti-, striṇīt/e- (Ved. and Epic also st/arati-, te-; perfect tense tastāra-, tastare-[3. plural tastaruḥ-, tastarire-]

etc.;3. sg. [with pass. sense] tistir/e-

;3. plural tastrire-

; parasmE-pada A1. tistirāṇ/a-

; Aorist /astar-, star-

; astṛṣi-, astṛta-

; astarīt-

; astārṣīt-, astarīṣṭa-, astīrṣṭa- grammar; preceding stṛṣīya-

; staryāt-or stīryāt-; stṛṣīṣṭa-, starīṣīṣṭa-, stīrṣīṣṭa- grammar; future startā- grammar; stariṣyati-, te-[Gr. also starīṣ-]

etc.; infinitive mood startum-or starītum- grammar; st/artave-, tavai-, starītav/ai-

; st/arītave-

; -st/ire-, -stṛṇīṣ/aṇi-

; ind.p. stīrtv/ā-or stṛtv/ā-

; -stīrya-

; -stṛtya-

), to spread, spread out or about, strew, scatter (especially the sacrificial grass;in this sense in older language only cl.9 P. A1.)

; to spread over, bestrew, cover

etc. ; (cl.5. P. A1.) to lay low, overthrow, slay (an enemy)

: Passive voice stīryate- (ti-) or striy/ate- (grammar also staryate-; Aorist /astāri-), to be spread or strewn etc.

etc. etc.: Causal stārayati- (Aorist atastarat-), to spread, cover

: Desiderative tistīrṣate- or t/ustūrṣate- (grammar also P.and tistarīṣati-, te-), to wish to spread or strew or lay low

: Intensive tāstaryate-, testīryate-, tāstarti- grammar ([ confer, compare Greek , ; Latin sternere; Gothic straujan; German streuen; Anglo-Saxon streowian; English strew.])

stṝ

(or stṛ-). cl.5.9. P. A1. (

etc.;3. sg. [with pass. sense] tistir/e-

;3. plural tastrire-

; parasmE-pada A1. tistirāṇ/a-

; Aorist /astar-, star-

; astṛṣi-, astṛta-

; astarīt-

; astārṣīt-, astarīṣṭa-, astīrṣṭa- grammar; preceding stṛṣīya-

etc.; infinitive mood startum-or starītum- grammar; st/artave-, tavai-, starītav/ai-

; st/arītave-

; -st/ire-, -stṛṇīṣ/aṇi-

; ind.p. stīrtv/ā-or stṛtv/ā-

; -stīrya-

; -stṛtya-

), to spread, spread out or about, strew, scatter (especially the sacrificial grass;in this sense in older language only cl.9 P. A1.)

; to spread over, bestrew, cover

etc. ; (cl.5. P. A1.) to lay low, overthrow, slay (an enemy)

: Passive voice stīryate- (ti-) or striy/ate- (grammar also staryate-; Aorist /astāri-), to be spread or strewn etc.

etc. etc.: Causal stārayati- (Aorist atastarat-), to spread, cover

: Desiderative tistīrṣate- or t/ustūrṣate- (grammar also P.and tistarīṣati-, te-), to wish to spread or strew or lay low

strīcaura

m. "women-thief", a libertine

striyammanya

mfn. (equals strīm-m-) thinking oneself or passing for a woman

stukā

f. a knot or tuft of hair or wool, thick curl of hair (especially between the horns of a bull)

stukā

f. (?) a hip, thigh (equals jaghana-)

stutyatva

n. praise worthiness

styaina

m. a thief, robber

styāna

mfn. thick, bulky, gross

styāna

n. (only

) density, thickness, grossness, massiveness

styena

m. a thief, robber (see stesa-)

styena

m. nectar (in this sense prob. fr. styai-)

subala

m. of a mythical bird (son of vainateya-)

śubh

(or 1. śumbh-) cl.1 A1. or cl.6 P. (

) ś/obhate-, śumbh/ati- or ś/umbhati- (Epic also śobhati-,and Vedic or Veda ś/umbhate-;3. sg. ś/obhe-

; perfect tense śuśobha-, śuśubhe-

etc.; śuśumbha- grammar; Aorist, aśubhat-, aśobhiṣṭa-, aśumbhīt-

; parasmE-pada ś/umbhāna-, śubhān/a-

; future śobhitā-or śumbhitā- grammar; śobhiṣyati-

; śumbhiṣyati- grammar; infinitive mood śubh/e-, śobhāse-

; śobhitum- grammar), to beautify, embellish, adorn, beautify one's self. (A1.) look beautiful or handsome, shine, be bright or splendid ; (with iva-or yathā-,"to shine or look like";with na-,"to look bad, have a bad appearance, appear to disadvantage")

etc. ; to prepare, make fit or ready, (A1.) prepare one's self.

; (ś/umbhate- according to to some) to flash or flit id est glide rapidly past or along

(see śubhān/a-, śumbh/amāna-,and pra-śumbh-) ; (śumbhati-) wrongly for śundhati- (to be connected with śudh-,to purify)

; (śumbhati-) to harm, injure

(in this sense rather to be regarded as a second śumbh- see 2. śumbh-, ni-śumbh-): Passive voice Aorist aśobhi-tarām-

: Causal śobhayati- (Aorist aśūśubhat-; see śobhita-), to cause to shine beautify, ornament, decorate

etc. ; (śubh/ayati-, te-) to ornament, decorate, (A1.) decorate one's self.

; (only pr. p. śubh/ayat-), to fly rapidly along

: Desiderative śuśobhiṣate- (according to to grammar also ti-,and śuśubhiṣati-, te-), to wish to prepare or make ready

: Intensive śośubhyate- (grammar also śośobdhi-), to shine brightly or in tensely, be very splendid or beautiful

śubha

mf(ā-)n. pleasant, agreeable, suitable, fit, capable, useful, good (applied to persons and things)

śubha

n. anything bright or beautiful etc.

subhadrā

f. of a mythical cow

subhaga

mf(ā-)n. delicate, slender, thin

subhagā

f. good fortune (in this sense the locative case āsu-seems to be used)

subhagamānin

mfn. thinking one's self fortunate or pleasing

śuci

m. of a son of the third manu-

sūci

f. the sharp point or tip of anything or any pointed object

sūcī

f. the sharp point or tip of anything or any pointed object

sūcīkaṭāhanyāya

m. the rule of the needle and the caldron (a phrase implying that when two things have to be done, one easy and the other difficult, the easier should be done first)

sūcīmukhāgrasambhedya

mfn. very thick or dense (equals sūcibhedya-, q.v)

sucintana

n. the act of thinking well, deliberate consideration

sucintitacintin

mfn. thinking quite well or right

sudāmana

n. a particular mythical weapon

(Bombay edition su-dāruṇa-).

sudāruṇa

mf(ā-)n. very cruel or dreadful or terrible (n."something terrible"or"a particular mythical weapon")

śuddha

n. anything pure etc.

śuddhajaṅgha

m. "having clean legs or thighs", an ass

śuddhāpahnuti

f. "entire denial", a particular figure of rhetoric (exempli gratia, 'for example'"this is not the moon, it is a lotus of the heavenly Ganges")

śuddhasnāna

n. bathing in pure water (without unguents etc.)

śuddhaviṣkambhaka

m. (in dramatic language) a pure interlude (in which only speakers of Sanskrit take part, such as that between the second and third act of the śakuntalā-; opp. to saṃkīrṇa-v- q.v)

sudeva

m. (according to to some)"sporting well", a potent or highly erotic lover (in this meaning fr. div-,"to play", and opp. to vi-deva-,"impotent, unerotic")

śudh

or śundh- cl.1 P. A1. (

) śundhati-, te- (imperative śunddhi-

; perfect tense śuśundha- Aorist aśundhīt- future śundhitā-, śundhiṣyati- grammar), to purify (A1."one's self", become or be pure)

; cl.4 P. A1. (

) śudhyati- (mc. also te-; perfect tense śuśodha- Aorist aśudhat- future śoddhā-, śotsyati-, infinitive mood śoddhum- grammar), to be cleared or cleansed or purified, become pure (especially in a ceremonial sense)

etc. ; to become clear or free from doubts

; to be cleared or excused from blame, to be excusable

: Passive voice śudhyate- (Aorist aśodhi-) grammar : Causal śundhayati-, to clear, purify

; śodhayati- (Aorist aśūśudhat-), to purify (especially in a ceremonial sense)

etc. ; to correct, improve

; to remove (impurity or anything noxious)

etc. ; to clear off, pay (debts)

; to acquit, exculpate, justify

; to put to test

; to try, examine

; to make clear, explain

; to subtract

: Desiderative śuśutsati-

: Intensive śośudhyate-, śośoddhi- grammar

sudharmitā

f. description of anything by mentioning its characteristics

śūdrabhikṣita

mfn. (anything) begged or received as alms from a śūdra-

śūdrika

m. Name of a mythical person

sugahana

mf(ā-)n. very thick or close or impervious

sugandha

n. the granthi-parṇa- plant

sughora

n. anything very dreadful or hideous

sujaniman

mfn. producing or creating fair things

sujña

mf(ā-)n. knowing well, conversant or familiar with anything

śuka

n. a particular drug and perfume (equals granthi-parṇa-,commonly called Ganthiala)

śuka

n. Name of a mythical weapon

śūkā

f. the sting of an insect (see above) , anything that stings or causes pain

sukeśa

mf(ī-or ā-)n. (prob.) thickly overgrown with a species of the Andropogon

sukha

mfn. pleasant (rarely with this meaning in veda-), agreeable, gentle, mild (compound -tar/a-)

etc.

sukhajāta

n. anything pleasant

sukhamānin

mfn. thinking (anything) to be joy, seeing joy in (locative case)

sukhāplava

mfn. convenient for bathing (see sukha-pl-)

sukhārtha

m. anything that gives pleasure

sukhavat

ind. like a joy or pleasure (with man-,"to regard anything [acc.] as a pleasure")

sukhodaya

m. Name of a son of medātithi-

śukī

f. a female parrot (also the mythical mother of parrots, fabled as daughter or according to to some, wife of kaśyapa-)

śukla

n. a white spot, white substance, anything white

śukra

m. of the third manu-

śukra

n. juice, the essence of anything

(also plural)

sūkṣma

mf(ā-)n. (prob. connected with sūci-,) minute, small, fine, thin, narrow, short, feeble, trifling, insignificant, unimportant (with artha- m."a trifling matter")

etc.

sūkṣmadāru

n. a thin plank or board

sūkṣmīkṛ

P. -karoti-, to make thin or fine, subtilize, refine

sūkṣmīkṛta

mfn. subtilized, made thin or minute

śukta

n. anything fermented or become sour, any sour liquor or gruel (especially a kind of acid beverage prepared from roots and fruits)

śūlavara

n. a particular mythical weapon

śūlavata

n. (see śūla-vat-and -vara-) Name of a particular mythical weapon

śūlotkhā

(

) (

) f. Serratula Anthelminthica.

śūlotthā

(

) f. Serratula Anthelminthica.

sumadhura

m. very soothing or gentle speech etc.

sumana

m. Name of a mythical being

sumitra

m. of a king of mithilā-

sumukha

mf(ī-or ā-)n. having a good entrance (in this and other figuratively senses the fem. is only ā-)

sumukha

m. of a son of garuḍa- (a mythical bird)

sūnā

f. the uvula or soft palate (in this and the next sense perhaps connected with śūna-)

śunaḥśepa

m. "dog-tailed", Name of a Vedic ṛṣi- (having the patronymic ājīgarti-, as son of ajīgarta- or ajīgarta-, and regarded as the author of the hymns

; according to to

,king hariścandra-, whose priest was viśvā-mitra-, being childless, made a vow that on obtaining a son he would sacrifice him to the god varuṇa-;a son was then born to him named rohita-, but hariścandra- put off on various pretexts the fulfilment of his vow, and when he at length consented to perform it, his son refused to be sacrificed, and retiring to the forest passed six years there until he met a poor Brahman ṛṣi- named ajīgarta-, who had three sons, the second of whom, śunaḥ-śepa-, was purchased by rohita- for a hundred cows to serve as a substitute for himself; varuṇa- having accepted him as a ransom, he was about to be sacrificed, viśvā-mitra- being hotṛ- priest, when he saved himself by reciting verses in praise of various deities, and was received into the family of viśvā-mitra- as one of his sons under the name of deva-rāta- q.v :the legend is different in the rāmāyaṇa-, which makes ambarīṣa-, king of ayodhyā-, perform a sacrifice, the victim of which is stolen by indra-;this king is described as wandering over the earth in search of either the real victim or a substitute until he meets with a Brahman named ṛcīka-, from whom he purchases his middle son, śunaḥ-śepa-, who is about to be sacrificed, when viśvā-mitra- saves him by teaching him a prayer to agni- and two hymns to indra- and viṣṇu-;See

)

etc. (

)

sunandā

f. a particular tithi-

sundarammanya

mfn. thinking one's self handsome or beautiful

śundhana

n. removal of anything impure (genitive case)

sunṛśaṃsakṛt

mfn. doing very mischievous things, very cruel

sūnṛta

mf(ā-)n. pleasant and true (in this sense supposed to be fr. 5. su-+ ṛta-)

etc.

śūnya

mf(ā-)n. empty id est possessing nothing, wholly destitute

śūnyacitta

mfn. vacant-minded, absent-minded, thinking of nothing

śūnyaśarīra

mfn. "empty-bodied", having nothing in the body ( śūnyaśarīratā -tā- f.)

śūnyatā

f. nothingness, non-existence, non-reality, illusory nature (of all worldly phenomena)

sūpaprati

ind. nothing but sauce

suparṇa

m. any mythical or supernatural bird (often identified with garuḍa-, and sometimes personified as a ṛṣi-, a deva-gandharva-, and an asura-)

suparṇaka

m. Vernonia Anthelminthica

supārśvaka

m. of the third arhat- of the future utsarpiṇī-

supārśvoru

mfn. having beautiful ribs and thighs

suparyāpta

mfn. perfectly equal to or a match for anything (dative case)

suparyavasitārtha

mfn. thoroughly acquainted with anything

sūpatīrtha

mf(ā-)n. having good steps for bathing

supattra

m. Name of a mythical bird

suprabhā

f. Vernonia Anthelminthica

supratīka

m. of a mythical elephant ( supratīkānvaya kānvaya- mfn.

)

supuṣpa

m. Name of a mythical king

śūr

(also written sūr-) cl.4 A1. (

) śūryate-, to hurt, injure, kill (only in perfect tense śuśūre-,"he cut off [the head]"

) ; to be or make firm

; cl.10 A1. to be powerful or valiant (in this sense rather Nom.fr. next)

śūra

m. a strong or mighty or valiant man, warrior, champion, hero, one who acts heroically towards, any one (locative case) or with regard to anything (locative case instrumental case,or compound; in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).)

etc.

sura

m. a symbolical N. for the number "thirty-three"(from the 33 gods;See deva-)

śūramāna

n. thinking one's self a hero, arrogance, vaunting

śūramānin

mfn. one who thinks himself a hero, a boaster

surāpāṇa

mfn. eating anything to excite thirst

surāpāna

mfn. eating anything to excite thirst

surūpa

m. of a mythical cow

surūpakṛtnu

mfn. forming beautiful things

sūryaphaṇicakra

n. a kind of astrological diagram for indicating auspicious and in auspicious moments for doing anything

sūryāsūkta

n. the sūryā- hymn (

;describing the marriage of sūryā-;this hymn is also found with some variations in

sūryavaṃśa

m. the solar race of kings (id est the royal dynasty of rāma-candra-, king of ayodhyā-, hero of the rāmāyaṇa-, who was descended from ikṣvāku- son of vaivasvata- manu-, son of the Sun;many Rajput tribes still claim to belong to this race;it is one of the two great lines of kings, the other being called"lunar"See candra-v-)

susaktha

mfn. having beautiful thighs

susakthi

mfn. having beautiful thighs

suṣamaduḥṣamā

f. (with jaina-s) Name of two spokes of a time-wheel (the third in an avasarpiṇī- and the fourth in an utsarpiṇī-)

susamṛddhārtha

mf(ā-)n. abundantly provided with everything

suśaṃsa

mfn. (id est 5. su-+ ś-) saying or wishing good things, blessing

suśaṃsin

mfn. announcing or wishing good things

suśānti

m. Name of indra- under the third manu-

śuṣikā

f. dryness, thirst

śuṣka

n. (and m. gaRa ardharcādi-) anything dry (exempli gratia, 'for example' dry wood, dry cow-dung etc.)

śuṣkaka

mf(ikā-)n. dried up, emaciated, thin

śuṣkapeṣam

ind. (with piṣ-) to grind anything in a dry state (id est without any fluid)

susnāta

mfn. well purified by bathing, (especially) one who has duly performed his ablutions

śuśruvas

mfn. one who has heard etc. (with two accusative,"that anything is -";also equals śuśrāva-,"he has heard")

etc.

susthiravarman

m. Name of a son of sthira-varman- (varia lectio sura-v-)

sutanu

mfn. very thin or slender ( sutanutā -tā- f.)

(varia lectio)

sutīrtha

n. a very sacred bathing-place

sutīrthaka

n. a very sacred bathing-place (as a proper N.)

sutīrthya

mf(ā-)n. affording sacred bathing-places,

sūtra

n. that which like a thread runs through or holds together everything, rule, direction

sutrāmā

f. Name of pṛthivī-

sūtrapadī

f. having feet as thin as threads gaRa kumbhapady-ādi-.

sūtrapāta

m. applying the measuring line (taṃ-kṛ-or car-,"to measure, compare one thing with another")

sūtrapattrakara

mfn. liable to be made into threads or thin leaves

sūtrapattrin

mfn. liable to be made into threads or thin leaves

suvalli

f. Vernonia Anthelminthica

suvallikā

f. Vernonia Anthelminthica

suvarṇapura

n. Name of a mythical city

suvartitoru

mfn. having round thighs

suvas

mfn. (prob.) covering or clothing well

sva

n. one's own goods, property, wealth, riches (in this sense said to be also m.)

etc.

svabhāvokti

f. statement of the exact nature (of anything), accurate description of the properties (of things)

etc.

svaccha

mf(ā-)n. healthy, sound, convalescent (in this sense perhaps Prakrit for svastha-)

svadhāprāṇa

(dh/ā--) mfn. breathing sva-dhā-

svadhīta

n. anything well repeated or learned

svan

cl.1 P. (

) svanati- (mc. also te-; perfect tense sasvāna-,3. plural sasvanuḥ-[Gr. also svenuḥ-]

etc.; Aorist asvanīt-, svānīt-

[for Aorist P. sv/ani-See adhi--and anu-ṣvan-]; future svanitā-, svaniṣyati- grammar; infinitive mood svanitum-

), to sound, make any noise, roar, yell, hum, sing

etc. etc.: Causal svanayati- (Aorist asisvanat-), to sound, resound

; to adorn (in this sense also svānayati-)

: Desiderative sisvaniṣati- grammar : Intensive saṃsvanyate-, saṃsvanti- (confer, compare pari-ṣvan-)

[ confer, compare Latin sonit,sonus,sonare; Anglo-Saxon swin; English swan; German Schwan.]

śvānocchiṣṭa

n. "dog-remnant", anything left by a dog

svapatibhrāntimatī

f. (a woman) mistaking anything for her husband,

svar

ind. bright space or sky, heaven (as distinguished from div-,which is regarded as the vault above it;often"heaven"as a paradise and as the abode of the gods and the Blest, in

also of the asura-s; svaḥ prayātaḥ-,"gone to heaven" id est"departed this life")

etc.

svarga

m. heaven, the abode of light and of the gods, heavenly bliss, (especially) indra-'s heaven or paradise (to which the souls of virtuous mortalsSee transferred until the time comes for their re-entering earthly bodies;this temporary heaven is the only heaven of orthodox Brahmanism;it is supposed to be situated on mount meru- q.v; accusative with gā-, ā-sthā-,or ā-pad-,"to go to heaven","die")

etc.

svarocis

m. Name of a son of the gandharva- kali- by the apsaras- varūthinī-

svarumocana

m. the third cubit from the bottom or the fifteenth from the top of the sacrificial post

śvas

(see 3 -śuṣ-) cl.2 P. (

) śvasiti- (Vedic or Veda and Epic also śv/asati-, te-; imperative śvasih/i-

, śvasa-

; imperfect tense [or Aorist ] aśvasīt-, Epic also aśvasat-; Potential or preceding śvasyāt-, Epic also śvaset-; pr. p. śvasat-, Epic also śvasamāna-[for śvasamāna-See below]; perfect tense śaśvāsa-

; future śvasitā- grammar; śvasiṣyati-

; infinitive mood śvasitum-

; ind.p. -śvasya-

), to blow, hiss, pant, snort

etc. ; to breathe, respire, draw breath (also = live)

etc. ; to sigh, groan

; to strike, kill

: Causal śvāsayati- (Aorist aśiśvasat-), to cause to blow or breathe etc. ; to cause heavy breathing

: Desiderative śiśvasiṣati- grammar : Intensive śāśvasyate-, śāśvasti-

(only parasmE-pada śāśvasat-,snorting

)

śvāsa

m. breathing or aspiration (in the pronunciation of consonants)

śvāsa

m. affection of the breath, hard breathing, asthma (of which there are five kinds, viz. kṣudra-, tamaka-, chinna-, mahat-,and ūrdhva-)

śvāsākula

mfn. troubled in breathing, out of breath

svasamuttha

mfn. arising within self

mfn. blowing, hissing, panting, breathing

mfn. breathing heavily

n. breathing, respiration, breath

n. heavy breathing

śvasāna

mfn. breathing, living, alive

śvasanasamīraṇa

n. wind (caused) by breathing, breath

śvāsānila

m. wind (caused) by breathing, breath

śvāsaśeṣa

mf(ā-)n. having nothing left but breath, consisting only in breathing (as life)

śvāsatā

f. breathing, respiration, aspiration

śvasatha

m. the act of blowing, hissing, snorting, panting, breathing, breath

śvāsin

mfn. hissing, breathing

śvāsin

mfn. breathing hard, asthmatic

svāśiṣātman

mfn. (āśiṣā- instrumental case of āśis-) thinking only of one's own wishes

śvasita

n. breathing, breath, respiration, sighing, a sigh

svasṛ

f. (of doubtful derivation) a sister (also applied to closely connected things of the fem. gender, as to the fingers, the waters etc.)

[ confer, compare Greek ; Latin soror; Lithuanian sesu4; Gothic swistar; German Schwester; English sister.]

svāśraya

mfn. relating or referring to the thing itself or to the point in question

svastika

m. any lucky or auspicious object, (especially) a kind of mystical cross or mark made on persons and things to denote good luck (it is shaped like a Greek cross with the extremities of the four arms bent round in the same direction;the majority of scholars regard it as a solar symbol;that is, as representing a curtailed form of the wheel of the Solar viṣṇu-, consisting of four spokes crossing each other at right angles with short fragments of the periphery of the circle at the end of each spoke turning round in one direction to denote the course of the Sun; according to to the late Sir

Cunningham it has no connexion with sun-worship, but its shape represents a monogram or interlacing of the letters of the auspicious words su ast/i-[ svasti-]in the aśoka- characters;amongst jaina-s it is one of the 24 auspicious marks and is the emblem of the seventh arhat- of the present avasarpiṇī-)

svastivācanika

mfn. pronouncing a blessing on anything

svastivācya

mfn. to be called upon to pronounce a blessing on anything

svastivācya

ind. calling upon any one to pronounce a blessing on anything

svastyakṣara

n. expressing thanks for anything

svatā

f. the state of belonging to one's self, ownership (-tām paśyati-,"he thinks it belongs to him"; rāja-svatām upapadyate-,"it accrues to the king's ownership")

svatṛtīya

mf(ā-)n. having one's own as the third

svayamāhṛtyabhojin

mfn. enjoying things brought by one's self

svayambhū

m. (with jaina-s) of the third black vāsudeva-

svecchāhāra

mfn. eating anything at one's pleasure ( svecchāhāravihāra ra-vihāra- m."feeding and roaming according to to one's inclination")

śveta

m. of a mythical elephant

śvetadvīpa

mn. "white island", Name of a mythical abode of the blessed

etc. (see

)

śvetakāka

m. a white crow id est any very unusual thing

svid

ind. (prob. fr. 5. su-+ id-; see kuvid-) a particle of interrogation or inquiry or doubt, often translatable by"do you think?""perhaps","pray","indeed","any"(especially used after the interrogative ka-and its derivatives exempli gratia, 'for example' kaḥ svid eṣām brāhmaṇānām anucāna-tamaḥ-,"pray who [or"who do you think"] is the most learned of these brahman-s?"

;but also without another interrogative exempli gratia, 'for example' tvaṃ svin no yājñavalkya brakmiṣṭho 'si-,"do you think yājñavalkya-, you are the greatest Brahman among us?"

;also used after uta-, api-, āho-,and utāho-,and disjunctively in the first or second or both parts of a double interrogation, thus: kiṃnu-svid-; kiṃsvid-svid-; svid-svid-; svid-utāho-; nu-svid-; svid-nu-; svid-uta-; svid-vā-; svid-kimu-; svid-kim-nukim-;sometimes making a preceding interrogative indefinite exempli gratia, 'for example' kv/a svid-,"anywhere"; k/aḥ svid-,"whoever","any one";similarly with yad- exempli gratia, 'for example' yad svid dīyate-,"whatever is given"

;sometimes apparently a mere expletive)

svodarapūraka

mfn. filling only one's belly, thinking only of eating

m. a thief.

(Nominal verb and accusative sg. n.of and base in compound for 2. t/a-from which latter all the cases of this pronoun are formed except Nominal verb sg. m. s/as-or s/a-& f. s/ā-; instrumental case plural t/ais-

etc.;Ved. t/ebhis-

etc.) m. he f. she n. it, that, this (often correlative of y/a-generally standing in the preceding clause exempli gratia, 'for example' yasya buddhiḥ sa balavān-,"of whom there is intellect he is strong";sometimes, for the sake of emphasis, connected with the 1st and 2nd personal pronouns, with other demonstratives and with relatives exempli gratia, 'for example' so 'ham-,"I that very person, I myself"[ tasya- equals mama-

]; tāv imau-,"those very two"; tad etad ākhyānam-,"that very tale"

; yat tat kāraṇam-,"that very reason which"

; yā sā śrī-,"that very fortune which"

)

etc.

(tad-) n. this world (see idam-)

(t/ad-) ind. there, in that place, thither, to that spot (correlative of y/atra-or y/atas-)

ind. thus, in this manner, with regard to that,

tad tad- this and that, various, different (exempli gratia, 'for example' taṃ taṃ deśaṃ jagāma-,"he went to this and that place"; tāsu tāsu yoniṣu-,"in different or various birth-places"

)

yad tad- whosoever, whichsoever, any, every (also with vā-

[ yad vā tad vā-,"this or that, any"]

;often both pronouns repeated or the interrogative pronoun with cid-added after the relative exempli gratia, 'for example' yad-yat para-vaśaṃ karma tat-tad varjayet-,"whatever action depends on another, that he should avoid"

; yat kiṃ-cid-tad-,"whatever-that"

)

tadapatyamaya

mfn. thinking of one's off spring only

tādarthyena

instrumental case ind. with this intention

tadbhāva

m. the becoming that

(a-- negative,"the becoming [not that id est ]something else")

tadekacitta

mfn. having all the thoughts fixed on that (person or thing)

tadguṇa

m. (in rhetoric) transferring the qualities of one thing to another (a figure of speech)

tadguṇasaṃvijñāna

n. (a bahuvrīhi- compound) in which the qualities implied are perceived along with the thing itself (exempli gratia, 'for example' dīrghakarṇa-,"long-ear";opposed to a-- exempli gratia, 'for example' dṛṣṭasāgara-,"one who has seen the ocean")

tadriyañc

m(Nominal verb yaṅ-)fn. extending thither

tajjalān

mfn. according to to some, taj-- jāneī- nsti-,"thinking, may I know that"

confer, compare

takra

n. (gaRa nyaṅkv-ādi-) buttermilk mixed with (a third part of) water

etc.

takvan

m. a thief

talina

mf(ā-)n. thin, fine (see luna-)

tamas

n. mental darkness, ignorance, illusion, error (in sāṃkhya- philosophy one of the 5 forms of a-vidyā-

etc.;one of the 3 qualities or constituents of everything in creation [the cause of heaviness, ignorance, illusion, lust, anger, pride, sorrow, dulness, and stolidity;sin

;sorrow

;See guṇa-and see

]

etc.)

tamondhakāra

m. Name of a mythical place

tāmraguhā

f. Name of a mythical cave

tan

cl.8 P. A1. n/oti-, nut/e- (3. plural nv/ate-[ /ā--and vi-tanvat/e-

]

; imperative nu-[ /ava-and v/i-tanuhi-

; see

Va1rtt. 1

]

; nuṣva-

; subjunctive 2. sg. nuthās-,

;1. dual number navāvahai-,

; imperfect tense 3. plural /atanvata-,

; perfect tense P. tat/āna-,once tāt-

;2. sg. tat/antha-[

],class. tenitha-[

]; A1.1. 2. 3. sg. [ /ā--] tatane-, [abh/i-]tatniṣe-, [v/i-]tatne-

;3. sg. irregular tate-,

;3. plural tatnir/e-[

v/i--

] or ten-[

(vi--)etc.; see

]; Aorist P. /atan-

; [/ā-]atān-,

;

;[ p/ari--, v/i--] atanat-

; [anv-/ā]atāṃsīt-

; atānīt-

; tat/anat-, [abh/i-]t/anāma-, t/anan-

;2. plural ataniṣṭa-

;3. dual number atāniṣṭām-

; A1. atata-or ataniṣṭa-, atathās-or ataniṣṭhās-

;3. plural /atnata-

; tat/ananta-,

;1. sg. atasi- plural ataṃsmahi-

; future 2nd taṃsy/ate-

; future 1st [vi-]tāyitā-

; parasmE-pada proper tanv/at-, vān/a-; perfect tense tatanv/as-; ind.p. tatvā-, tv/āya-, -t/atya-

;[ vi--] tāya-

; infinitive mood tantum-

; Passive voice tāy/ate-

[ parasmE-pada y/amāna-]

etc.; tanyate-

; Aorist atāyi-

) to extend, spread, be diffused (as light) over, shine, extend towards, reach to

etc. ; to be protracted, continue, endure

; to stretch (a cord), extend or bend (a bow), spread, spin out, weave

etc. ; to emboss

; to prepare (a way for)

; to direct (one's way, gatim-) towards

; to propagate (one's self or one's family, tanūs-, tantum-)

; to (spread id est to) speak (words)

; to protract

; to put forth, show, manifest, display, augment

etc. (Passive voice to be put forth or extended, increase

) ; to accomplish, perform (a ceremony)

etc. ; to sacrifice

; to compose (a literary work)

; to render (any one thirsty, double accusative)

: Desiderative titaniṣati-, taṃsati-, tāṃs-

: Intensive tantanyate-, tantanīti-,

; ([ see , etc.])

tānava

n. (fr. tan/u- gaRa pṛthv-ādi-) thinness, meagreness, smallness

taniman

m. (fr. n/u- gaRa pṛthv-ādi-;oxyt.) thinness, slenderness

tanīyas

mfn. Comparative degree of n/u-, very thin or minute

tanmukhikayā

instrumental case ind. for this reason

tānta

mfn. ( tam-) breathing with difficulty, fainted away, languishing, drooping

tantraratna

n. Name of work by pārtha-sārathi-.

tantratā

f. the state of anything that serves as a tantra-

tantu

m. any continuity (as of thirst or hope)

tanu

mf(us-, /ūs-, vī-)n. thin, slender, attenuated, emaciated, small, little, minute, delicate, fine (texture

)

etc. (in compound gaRa kaḍārādi-;also equals -dagdha-

)

tanu

f. (us-) (once m.

) equals n/ū- (See sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order), the body, person, self (see duṣ-ṭanu-, priy/a--)

(in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound')

(svakā t-,"one's own person",

)

(accusative plural irregular navas-,

) etc. (iyaṃ tanur mama-,"this my self. id est I myself here "

; nuṃ-tyaj-or hā-,"to give up one's life"

)

tanūdara

mf(ī-)n. thin-waisted

tanudīrghaghoṇa

mfn. one who has a thin long nose,

tanujihvatā

f. the having a thin tongue (one of the 80 minor maeks of a buddha-),

tanuka

mfn. (gaRa yāvādi-) thin

and (said of a liquid)

tanūkaraṇa

n. making thin, attenuation

tanūkartṛ

m. making thin or emaciated, a destroyer

tanūkṛ

to make thin

; (ind.p. -kṛtya-) to diminish, discard (lajjām-)

tanukṣīra

m. "thin-sapped", Spondias mangifera

tanumūrti

mfn. thin-shaped

tanupattra

m. "thin-leaved", Terminalia Catappa

tanutā

f. thinness, tenuity, littleness

tanutvakka

mfn. thin-skinned

tārāvalī

f. of other mythical women

tark

cl.10. kayati- (Epic also te-), to N. conjecture, guess, suspect, infer, try to discover or ascertain, reason or speculate about

etc. ; to consider as (with double accusative), =

; to reflect, think of, recollect, have in one's mind, intend (with infinitive mood

)

; to ascertain

,"to speak"or"to shine"

; ([ see torqueo,etc.])

tārkṣya

m. Name of a mythical being (originally described as a horse with the epithet /ariṣṭa-nemi-[

] , later on taken to be a bird[

, interpolation

] and identified with garuḍa-[

etc.] or called his elder brother[

]or father[

;See also -putra-];mentioned with ariṣṭa-nemi-

;with ariṣṭa-nemi-, garuḍa-, aruṇa- and āruṇi- as offspring of kaśyapa- by vinatā-

;called a yakṣa-

;a muni- with the N. ariṣṭa-nemi-

; plural a class of demi-gods grouped with the gandharva-s, yakṣa-s, and cāraṇa-s

)

tarṣa

m. ( tṛṣ-) thirst, wish, desire for (in compound)

(ati--,"excessive desire")

f. thirst, desire,

n. thirst

mfn. thirsty

mfn. thirsty

n. the thicket of woods,

taruṇa

m. of a mythical being

taskara

m. (for tat-k-

) a thief, robber

etc. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).

; see a-taskar/a-; in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' used as a term of contempt[

]

)

taskaratā

f. thievishness, thieving

taskaravat

ind. like a thief

taskarāya

Nom. yate-, to behave like a thief

taṣṭa

mfn. ( takṣ-) pared, hewn, made thin

tāt

ind. (obsolete ablative of 2. t/a-) thus, in this way

obsolete accusative plural ([!]) of 2. t/a-

; see adh/as-tāt- etc.

tatas

ind. thither

tatas

ind. t/atas tataḥ-, from that and that place, here and there, hither and thither, from all sides, to everyplace, everywhere

tathā

ind. (t/a-thā-,correlative of y/a-thā-

; gaRa cādi-

and

) in that manner, so, thus (the correlative standing in the preceding or in the subsequent clause, exempli gratia, 'for example' yathā priyaṃ-, tathāstu-,"as is agreeable, so let it be"; tathā prayatnam ātiṣṭhed yathātmānaṃ na pīḍayet-,"he should so make effort as that he may not injure himself."

; tathā tathā-yathā-,so much that

;also correlative of iva-

;of yena-

;of yādṛśa-

;used in forms of adjuration exempli gratia, 'for example' yathāham anyaṃ na cintaye tathāyam patatāṃ kṣudraḥ parāsuḥ-,"as surely as I do not think on any other man, so surely let this wretch fall dead"

)

etc.

tathātā

f. true state of things, true nature

tathātva

n. the being so, such a state of things, such a condition

tathāvidham

ind. in this manner

tathāvidhāna

mfn. following this practice

tatkāla

m. that time (opposed to etat-k-,"this time")

tātparyatas

ind. with this intention

tatpratyayam

ind. to make anything sure

tatra

ind. thither, to that place

tattaddeśīya

mfn. belonging to this or that country

tattribhāgaka

mf(ikā-)n. forming one-third of that

tattva

n. the essence or substance of anything

tattvavat

mfn. possessing the truth or reality of things

tattvena

ind. instrumental case according to the true state or nature of anything, in truth, truly, really, accurately

tāvaka

mf(ī-)n. (fr. t/ava-[gen. of 1. tv/a-]

) thy, thine

tāvat

ind. meanwhile, in the mean time (the correlative yāvat-being often connected with a negative exempli gratia, 'for example' tāvac chobhate mūrkho yāvat kiṃ-cin na bhāṣate-,"so long a fool shines as long as he says nothing"

; śocayiṣyāmy ātmānaṃ tāvad yāvan me prāptam brāhmaṇyam-,"so long I will emaciate myself, as long as [i.e. until] I have obtained the state of a Brahman"

)

etc. (also correlative of purā-[

] , of yāvatā na-,of yāvat-preceded by purā-[

], or without any correlative [

])

tāvat

ind. really (equals eva-,sometimes connected with this particle exempli gratia, 'for example' vikrayas tāvad eva saḥ-,"it is really a sale")

etc.

tāyu

m. equals st-, a thief

tejaḥprabha

n. "gleaming with lustre", Name of a mythic missile

tigmaketu

m. Name of a son of vatsara- by svarvīthi-

tiktaka

mfn. bitter, (n.) anything having a bitter flavour

(with sarpis- equals kta-ghṛta-,iv, 9, 9)

tilaka

m. the ornament of anything (in compound)

etc. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).

)

tirobhū

-bhavati-, to be set aside, disappear, vanish, hide one's self

etc.: Passive voice -bhūyate- idem or 'm. disappearance and '

: Caus. -bhāvayati-, to cause to disappear, dispel

(subjunctive -bobhavat-) to try to disappear with (instrumental case) or conceal anything (instrumental case)

tīrtha

n. (rarely m.

) a passage, way, road, ford, stairs for landing or for descent into a river, bathing-place, place of pilgrimage on the banks of sacred streams, piece of water

etc.

tīrtha

n. a person worthy of receiving anything (genitive case)

tīrthaśilā

f. the stone steps leading to a bathing-place,

tithi

mf. (

) a lunar day (30th part of a whole lunation of rather more than 27 solar days;15 tithi-s, during the moon's increase, constitute the light half of the month and the other 15 the dark half;the auspicious tithi-s are nandā-, bhadrā-, vijayā-, pūrṇā-

)

etc.

tithinirṇaya

m. "disquisition on tithi-s", Name of a work by ananta-bhaṭṭa-

tithipraṇī

f. " tithi--leader", the moon

tithyardha

m. n. half of a tithi- id est a karaṇa- (in astronomy)

toraṇa

n. a mound near a bathing-place

toyakṛcchra

m. n. swallowing nothing but water (sort of fast)

traya

n. Venonia anthelminthica

trayodaśamāsa

mfn. extending over thirteen months,

tridaśaguru

m. "thirty-god-preceptor", bṛhaspati- (regent of Jupiter)

triḥṣamṛddha

mfn. "well furnished with 3 things", only abstr. -tv/a- (also triḥsam-

)

trilava

m. a third part

triṃśatpattra

n. "thirty-leaved", the blossom of Nymphaea esculenta

triśaṅku

m. Name of a mythical mountain

triśaṅku

f. Name of a mythical river

trita

m. "third"(), Name of a Vedic deity (associated with the marut-s, vāyu-, and indra-;fighting like the latter with tvāṣṭra-, vṛtra-, and other demons;called āptya- [ q.v ],"water-deity", and supposed to reside in the remotest regions of the world, whence[

]the idea of wishing to remove calamity to tvāṣṭra-, and the view of the trita-s being the keepers of nectar[

] , similarly

[

]the notion of trita-'s bestowing long life;also conceived as an inferior deity conquering the demons by order and with the help of indra-[

];fallen into a well he begged aid from the gods [

];as to this last myth

relates that 3 ṛṣi-s, ekata-, dvita-, and trita-, parched with thirst, looked about and found a well, and when tvāṣṭra- began to draw water, the other two, desirous of his property, pushed him down and closed up the well with a wheel;shut up there, tvāṣṭra- composed a hymn to the gods, and managed miraculously to prepare the sacrificial soma-, that he might drink it himself, or offer it to the deities and so be extricated: this is alluded to in

[ confer, compare

] and described in

;also

makes him a ṛṣi-, and he is the supposed author of

;in epic legends[

] ekata-, dvita-, and tvāṣṭra- are described as 3 brothers, sons of gautama- or of prajā-pati- or brahmā-;elsewhere tvāṣṭra- is one of the 12 sons of manu- cākṣuṣa- by naḍvalā-

; confer, compare traitan/a-; Zend Thrita;, , etc.)

trivarga

m. the three things

etc. (equals -gaṇa-

etc.; equals -guṇa-

;the 3 conditions,"progress, stationariness, and decline",

;the 3 higher castes, xiii; equals -madhura-

; equals -kaṭu-

; equals -phalā-

)

trivṛtti

f. livelihood through 3 things (sacrifice, study, and alms)

tṛṇabhūta

mfn. become as thin as a blade of grass

tṛṇagaṇanā

f. "valuing at a straw", thinking anything (locative case) to be of no importance

tṛṇapadī

f. (a woman) having legs as thin as blades of grass gaRa kumbhapady-ādi-.

tṛpu

m. a thief (see asu--and paśu-t/ṛp-)

(varia lectio trip/u-).

tṛṣ

cl.4. ṣyati- (parasmE-pada t/ṛṣyat- A1. ṣāṇ/a- perfect tense tātṛṣāṇ/a-

[ tat-,

];3. plural tātṛṣ/ur-,

; Aorist subjunctive tṛṣat-

; ind.p. ṣṭv/ā-,

; ṣitvā-and tarṣitvā-

) to be thirsty, thirst, thirst for

: Causal (Aorist 1. plural atītṛṣāma-) to cause to thirst,

; ([ confer, compare Gothic thars,thaursus;]) 2.

tṛṣ

f. (

) thirst

etc.

tṛṣā

f. thirst

etc.

tṛṣābhū

f. "thirst-origin", the bladder

tṛṣāha

n. "thirst-destroying", water

tṛṣāroga

m. "morbid thirst"Name of a disease

tṛṣārta

mfn. (ṣār-) suffering from thirst,

tṛṣita

mfn. (fr. 2. tṛṣ- gaRa tārakādi-) thirsty, thirsting, desirous

etc. (with infinitive mood

)

tṛṣita

n. thirst

tṛṣṇā

f. thirst,

etc.

tṛṣṇāghna

mfn. quenching thirst

tṛṣṇaj

mfn. (

) thirsty

tṛṣṇāmāra

m. dying of thirst

tṛṣṇārta

mfn. tormented by thirst,

tṛtīyam

ind. for the 3rd time, thirdly

etc.

tryambaka

Name (also title or epithet) of a sacred bathing-place at the source of the godāvarī- (commonly called Trimbak, and renowned for a temple of the three-eyed god śiva-).

tryaṅga

n. plural the 3 portions of a victim belonging to sviṣṭakṛt- (upper part of the right fore-foot, part of the left thigh, and part of the intestines)

tsar

cl.1. ts/arati- (subjunctive and parasmE-pada ts/arat-; perfect tense tatsāra-and Aorist atsār-

; atsārīt-

; perfect tense plural tatsarur-,

) to go or approach stealthily, creep on, sneak

; see abhi--, ava--, upa--.

tsarā

f. approaching stealthily

tsārin

mfn. approaching stealthily, hidden

tubh

cl.1.4. tobhate-, tubhyati-, to hurt, kill

: cl.9. (imperfect tense atubhnāt-) idem or 'm. Cassia Tora '

; ([ confer, compare stubh-; Gothic thiubs.])

tuccha

n. anything trifling

tul

cl.10. tolayati-, or tul- (only tul-also figuratively; A1.

) to lift up, raise

(future Passive voice tolayiṣyate-) ; to determine the weight of anything by lifting it up, weigh, compare by weighing and examining, ponder, examine with distrust

etc. ; to make equal in weight, equal, compare (with instrumental case exempli gratia, 'for example' na brāhmaṇais tulaye bhūtam anyat-,"I do not compare any other being with Brahmans"

;or with an adverb terminating in -vat-)

etc. ; to counterbalance, outweigh, match, possess in the same degree, resemble, reach

; (perfect tense parasmE-pada tulita-)

([ confer, compare Latin te-tul-ietc.; etc.; Gothic thulan.])

tulā

f. equal measure, equality, resemblance

etc. (lām i-or gam-or ā-yā-or ā-lamb-or dhā-,"to resemble any one or anything"[instr. or in compound ]; lāṃ na bhṛ-,"to have no equal"

; lāṃ-with Passive voice of nī-,"to become equal to"[gen.])

tulyaśikha

m. plural "equal-braided", Name of certain mythical beings

tuṣ

cl.4. ṣyati- (metrically also te-; future tokṣyati-, toṣṭā-,and infinitive mood toṣṭum-[

]

[

]; Aorist atuṣat-

; perfect tense tutoṣa-) to become calm, be satisfied or pleased with any one (genitive case dative case instrumental case locative case,or accusative with prati-) or anything (instrumental case)

etc. ; to satisfy, please, appease, gratify,

: Causal toṣayati- (or metrically te-) idem or ' (equals tuṣ-) cl.1. tośate- (parasmE-pada t/ośamāna-) to be satisfied or pleased with (instrumental case) ; to appease '

(parasmE-pada f. tuṣ/ayantī-)

etc. ; Desiderative tutukṣati-

: Intensive totuṣyate-, totoṣṭi-

; see tūṣṇ/īm-.

tuṣāra

m. sg. and plural frost, cold, snow, mist, dew, thin rain

etc.

tvacya

mfn. conducive to healthiness of skin

tvadīya

mfn. thy, your, thine, yours

tvagdoṣāpahā

f. "leprosy-curer", Vernonia anthelminthica

tvanmanya

mfn. thinking to be thou

the fifth letter and third short vowel of the alphabet, pronounced as the u in full.

ind. on the other hand (especially in connexion with a relative exempli gratia, 'for example' ya u-,he on the contrary who etc.) This particle may serve to give emphasis, like id- and eva-, especially after prepositions or demonstrative pronouns, in conjunction with nu-, vai-, hi-, cid-, etc. (exempli gratia, 'for example' ay/am u vām purut/amo-.. johavīti-[

], this very person [your worshipper] invokes you etc.) It is especially used in the figure of speech called Anaphora, and particularly when the pronouns are repeated (exempli gratia, 'for example' t/am u stuṣa /indram t/am gṛṇīṣe-[

], him I praise, indra-, him I sing). It may be used in drawing a conclusion, like the English"now" (exempli gratia, 'for example' t/ad u t/athā n/a kuryāt-[

], that now he should not do in such a manner) , and is frequently found in interrogative sentences (exempli gratia, 'for example' k/a u t/ac ciketa-[

], who, I ask, should know that?) pāṇini- calls this particle uñ- to distinguish it from the interrogative u-. In the pada-pāṭha- it is written ūm-. In the classical language u- occurs only after atha-, na-, and kim-, with a slight modification of the sense, and often only as an expletive (See kim-)

uccar

(ud-car-) P. A1. -carati-, -te- ([

]), to go upwards, ascend, rise (as the sun) , issue forth, go forth

etc. ; to let the contents (of anything) issue out ; to empty the body by evacuations

; to emit (sounds), utter, pronounce

etc. ; to quit, leave

; to sin against, be unfaithful to (a husband) ; to trespass against

: Causal P. -cārayati-, to cause to go forth ; to evacuate the body by excretion, discharge feces

; to emit, cause to sound, utter, pronounce, declare

ucchiṅkhana

(ud-śi-) n. breathing through the nostrils, snuffing, snoring

ucchvāsa

m. breathing out

ucchvasana

n. breathing, taking breath

ucchvasat

mfn. breathing etc. (See above)

ucchvasat

m. (an-) a breathing being

ucchvāsin

mfn. breathing out, expiring

ucchvāsin

mfn. breathing

ucchvasita

n. breathing out, respiration

udadhīya

Nom. (fr. uda-dhi-) P. udadhīyati-, to mistake (anything) for the ocean

udāharaṇa

n. (in logic) the example, instance (constituting the third member in a fivefold syllogism)

udakābhyavāyin

mfn. going down into water, bathing,

udakaghāta

m. "beating the water"(at bathing?), one of the 64 kalā-s or arts

udakārthin

mfn. desirous of water, thirsty.

udāna

m. breathing upwards

udanya

Nom. P. udanyati- (parasmE-pada udany/at-) to irrigate

; to be exceedingly thirsty

udanyā

f. want or desire of water, thirst

udara

n. the interior or inside of anything (udare-,inside, in the interior)

etc.

udara

n. the thick part of anything (exempli gratia, 'for example' of the thumb)

commentator or commentary on

udarapiśāca

m. "stomach-demon", voracious, a glutton, one who devours everything (flesh, fish etc.)

udāsin

mfn. one who has no desire nor affection for anything

udbhū

P. -bhavati-, to come up to, reach, be equal

; to rise, rise against

; to come forth, arise, exist, spring from

etc. ; to shoot forth, increase, grow larger, thrive

: Causal -bhāvayati-, to cause to exist, produce

; to make apparent, show, explain

etc. ; to speak of, mention

commentator or commentary on

; to consider, think (with two accusative)

udbuddha

mfn. reminded, made to think of, recalled

udbuddhasaṃskāra

m. association of ideas, recalling anything to remembrance.

uddeśa

m. mentioning a thing by name

etc.

uddeśya

mfn. anything to which one refers or which one has in view

commentator or commentary on

uddhama

m. breathing hard, panting

uddharṣa

(for 2.See) m. ( dhṛṣ-), courage to undertake anything

uddhṛ

P. A1. -dharati-, -te- (in many cases not to be distinguished from 2. ud-dhṛ-below;the imperfect tense and perfect tense are the only forms clearly referable to this root) , to bring out of, draw out

; to raise up, elevate, honour (See also 2. ud-dhṛ-below) : Desiderative -didhīrṣati-, to wish to draw out,

uddhṛ

( ud-hṛ-,in some cases not to be distinguished from 1. ud-dhṛ-) P. A1. -dharati-, -te- (parasmE-pada -dh/arat-

; perfect tense 3. plural /uj-jaharus-

; Aorist -ahārṣam-

) to take out, draw out, bring or tear out, pull out, eradicate ; to extricate

etc. ; to draw, ladle up, skim

; to take away (fire, or anything from the fire)

etc. ; to raise, lift up

etc. ; to rescue (from danger etc.), deliver, free, save

etc. ; to put away or off, remove ; to separate

etc. ; to leave out, omit ; to except (See ud-dhṛtya-) ; to select, choose: A1. to take for one's self

etc. ; to extend, elevate, raise ; to make strong or brisk or quick

etc. ; to present, offer

; to root out, destroy, undo

etc. ; to divide (in mathematics): Causal -dhārayati-, to raise, up-lift

; to take for one's self

: Desiderative uj-jihīrṣati-, to wish to draw out or to rescue

uddhṛṣ

( ud-hṛṣ-), Ved. A1. -[ d-] harṣate-, to be excited with joy, rejoice ; to do anything with joy or pleasure

; (in class. lang.) P. -dhṛṣyati-, to be merry or in high spirits ; to flare upwards

; to open (as a calyx)

: Causal -dharṣayati- (3. plural -dharṣ/ayanti-

) to make merry or in high spirits, rejoice, cheer

; to make brisk, encourage

uddhṛtoddhāra

mfn. that from which the thing to be excepted is excepted

uddhura

mfn. heavy, thick, gross, firm

etc.

uddīpana

n. any aggravating thing or circumstance (giving poignancy to feeling or passion)

udgatā

f. Name of a metre (consisting of four lines, with ten syllables in the first three, and thirteen in the last;occurring exempli gratia, 'for example' in

udghāta

m. a thing begun

udghāta

m. breathing through the nostrils (as a religious exercise)

udgrīva

mfn. one who raises or lifts up the neck (in trying toSee anything)

etc.

udvāhana

n. anything which raises or draws up

udyam

P. -yacchati- (Aorist -ayān-

), A1. (if the result of the action returns to the agent

) -yacchate- (Aorist -ayaṃsta-and -yamiṣṭa-) ; subjunctive -yaṃsate-

; (infinitive mood -y/amam-

) to lift up, raise

etc. ; to raise, set up, elevate ; to put up or higher, carry or bring upwards

etc. ; to hold out, present, offer (a sacrifice to gods, or any other thing to men)

etc. ; to shake up, rouse

; to raise (one's voice, or rays, or light)

; to undertake, commence ; to be diligent, strive after (only P. exempli gratia, 'for example' udyacchati cikitsāṃ vaidyaḥ-,"the physician strives after the science of medicine"

;with dative case or accusative or without any object)

etc. ; to rein, curb ; to guide

; to keep away or off, restrain, check

: Intensive -yamyamīti-, to raise, stretch out (the arms)

udyoga

m. the act of undertaking anything, exertion, perseverance, strenuous and continuous endeavour

ūhagāna

n. Name of the third gāna- or hymn-book of the sāma-veda-.

ūhagīti

f. Name of the third gāna- or hymn-book of the sāma-veda-.

ulbaṇa

mfn. anything laid over in addition, superfluous, abundant, excessive, much, immense, strong, powerful

etc.

ullāla

m. (?), Name of a metre (four verses of alternately fifteen and thirteen instants) .

upabhogya

mfn. anything enjoyed or used

etc.

upacaya

m. the third, sixth, tenth, and eleventh of the zodiacal signs

upacchanda

m. anything necessary or needful, a requisite

upacita

mfn. big, fat, thick

upadaṃśa

m. anything eaten in addition (to excite thirst or appetite), a relish, spice

upādhi

m. (for 2.See sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order) that which is put in the place of another thing, a substitute, substitution

upādhi

m. anything which may be taken for or has the mere name or appearance of another thing, appearance, phantom, disguise (said to be applied to certain forms or properties considered as disguises of the spirit

)

etc.

upādhi

m. anything defining more closely, a peculiarity

upadhmāna

mf(ī-)n. breathing or blowing upon

upadhṛ

Causal P. -dhārayati-, to hold up, support, bear

; to hold as, consider as, regard, think

etc. ; to hold in the mind, reflect or meditate on

; to perceive, comprehend, hear, experience, learn

upagraha

m. a kind of saṃdhi- or peace (purchased by the cession of everything)

upajap

P. -japati-, to whisper (karṇe-,or karṇam-,into anybody's ear)

; to bring over to one's own party (by secretly suggesting anything into the ear) ; to instigate to rebellion or treachery

n. the act of doing anything for another, doing a service or favour, helping, assisting, benefiting

etc.

n. anything added over and above, contribution, expedient

n. means of subsistence, anything supporting life

n. anything fabricated

etc.

upakaraṇavat

(upakaraṇ/a-) mfn. furnished with means or instruments or implements, competent to do anything

upākhyā

A1. (future 1. sg. -khyāsye-) to give an account about (anything), relate

upakrama

m. anything leading to a result

upalakṣaṇa

n. the act of implying something that has not been expressed, implying any analogous object where only one is specified

upamā

P. A1. (imperative 2. sg. -mimīhi-, -māhi-,and -māsva-; subjunctive 2. sg. -māsi-) to measure out to, apportion to, assign, allot, grant, give

: A1. -mimīte-, to measure one thing by another, compare

upamā

f. a particular figure in rhetoric, simile, comparison (a full simile must include four things;See pūrṇopama-, luptopamā-,etc.)

etc.

upamajjana

n. ablution, bathing, a bath

upamāna

n. the object with which anything is compared

etc.

upamāna

n. (in logic) recognition of likeness, comparison (the third of the four pramāṇa-s or means of correct knowledge)

upamānopameyabhāva

m. the connection between the thing to be compared and the object with which it is compared.

upamaśravas

m. Name of a son of kuru-śravaṇa- and grandson of mitrātithi-

upameya

n. that which is compared, the subject of comparison (opposed to upa-māna-,the object with which anything is compared)

commentator or commentary on

upamiti

f. knowledge of things derived from analogy or resemblance

upanahana

n. anything fit for binding up or wrapping (as a cloth)

upaniṣad

f. (according to some) the sitting down at the feet of another to listen to his words (and hence, secret knowledge given in this manner;but according to native authorities upaniṣad-means "setting at rest ignorance by revealing the knowledge of the supreme spirit")

upaniṣad

f. the mystery which underlies or rests underneath the external system of things (see

)

upaniṣatkṛ

(upaniṣat-kṛ-), to treat anything as a mystery (?)

upapad

A1. -padyate-, (rarely P.) -ti-, to go towards or against, attack

; to approach, come to, arrive at, enter

; to approach or come to a teacher (as a pupil)

; to approach for succour or protection ; to approach or join with in speech

; to reach, obtain, partake of ; to enter into any state

; to take place, come forth, be produced, appear, occur, happen ; to be present, exist

; to be possible, be fit for or adequate to (with locative case)

etc. ; to be regular or according to rules ; to become, be suitable

etc.: Causal P. -pādayati-, to bring to any state (with two accusative) ; to cause anything (accusative) to arrive at (locative case or dative case), cause to come into the possession of, offer, present

etc. ; to cause to come forth or exist ; to accomplish, effect, cause, produce

etc. ; to get ready, prepare, make fit or adequate for, make conformable to

; to furnish or provide or endow with

etc. ; to make anything out of

; to examine ; to find out, ascertain

etc. ; to prove, justify

commentator or commentary on

etc. ; to attend on a patient, physic

upaprach

A1. (1. plural -pṛcchāmahe-) to ask (a person accusative) about anything, consult

uparam

P. A1. (

) -ramati-, -te-, to cease from motion, stop

; to cease from action, be inactive or quiet (as a quietist)

; to pause, stop (speaking or doing anything)

etc. ; to leave off, desist, give up, renounce (with ablative)

commentator or commentary on

; to await, wait for

; to cause to cease or stop ; to render quiet

: Causal -ramayati-, to cause to cease or stop ; to render quiet

uparataviṣayābhilāṣa

mfn. one whose desire after worldly things has ceased.

uparikāṇḍa

n. the third division of the maitrāyaṇī- saṃhitā-.

upās

( upa-- 2 as-) P. -asyati-, to throw off, throw or cast down upon, throw under

: A1. -asyate-, to throw (anything) under one's self

upasaṃyamana

n. the act of fixing one thing to another

upaśaṅk

A1. to suspect, suppose, think

upasāntvana

n. the act of appeasing, soothing

upasarjana

n. anything or any person subordinate to another

upaśāyin

mfn. allaying, tranquillizing, anything that calms etc.

upasecana

n. anything poured over or upon, infusion, juice

(see anupa-and kṣīropa-.)

upaśiṅghana

n. (in med.) anything given to smell at

upaskāra

m. anything additional, a supplement

commentator or commentary on

upaskṛti

f. a supplement, anything additional

upasparśa

m. washing, bathing, ablution (as a religious act)

upasparśin

mfn. bathing in

(see udakopa-.)

upaśri

P. -śrayati-, to lean (anything) against

: A1. -śrayate- (p. of the perfect tense -śiśriyāṇ/a-) to lean against, support, prop

; to cling to, fit closely (as an ornament)

; to place one's self near to, go towards

; to accommodate one's self to

upāśrita

mfn. anything against which one leans or upon which one rests

upasṛp

P. A1. -sarpati-, -te-, to creep towards, approach stealthily or softly or gently

etc. ; to approach (a woman for intercourse)

; to meet with

; to draw near, approach slowly (as sunset, misfortune, etc.)

upastara

m. anything laid under, a substratum

upastāra

m. anything poured under

upastaraṇa

n. the act of spreading out under, anything laid under, an under-mattress, pillow

etc.

upastha

m. "the part which is under", lap, middle or inner part of anything, a well-surrounded or sheltered place, secure place

etc.

upastir

f. anything spread over, a cover

upatriṃśa

mfn. (plural) nearly thirty,

upatsarya

ind.p. having approached stealthily, creeping near

upavastra

n. upper clothing,

upaveda

m. "secondary knowledge", Name of a class of writings subordinate or appended to the four veda-s (viz. the āyur-veda-,or science of medicine, to the ṛg-- veda-;the dhanurveda-or science of archery, to the yajur-veda-;the gāndharva-veda-or science of music, to the sāmaveda-;and the śastra-śāstra-or science of arms, to the atharva-- veda-;this is according to the caraṇavyūha-, but

and the

make the āyur-veda- belong to the atharva-- veda-;according to others, the sthāpatya-veda-or science of architecture, and śilpa-śāstra-or knowledge of arts, are reckoned as the fourth upa-veda-).

upaveṣṭana

n. the act of wrapping up, swathing.

upavrataya

Nom. (fr. vrata-) A1. (Potential 3. plural -vratayeran-) to eat (anything) together with the food prescribed for a vrata- or fast

upāyacintā

f. devising an expedient, thinking of a resource.

upayantrita

mfn. solicited or compelled to do anything, allured

(erroneous for upa-ma-

)

upeya

mfn. to be set about or undertaken, a thing undertaken

upodghāta

m. anything begun

upodghāta

m. analysis, the ascertainment of the elements of anything

upodghātapāda

m. Name of the third part of the vāyu-purāṇa-.

ūravya

m. "born from the thigh (of brahmā-)", a vaiśya- (See ūru-ja-)

ūrdhva

n. anything placed above or higher (with ablative)

ūrdhvāgra

mf(ā-)n. with the point upwards,

(- romatā-, f. having the hairs of the body erect [one of this 32 signs of perfection],

ūrdhvāgraromatā

f. having the hairs of the body erect [one of this 32 signs of perfection],

ūrdhvaśvāsa

m. "breathing above", shortness of breath, a kind of asthma

ūrdhvocchvāsin

mfn. breathing one's last

ūrmi

mf. "the waves of existence"(six are enumerated, viz. cold and heat [of the body], greediness and illusion [of the mind], and hunger and thirst [of life]

;or according to others, hunger, thirst, decay, death, grief, illusion commentator or commentary on

)

ūru

m. [the f.may be ū-at the end of compounds in comparison

], (fr. ūrṇu-

) the thigh, shank

ūrubhaṅga

m. fracture of the thigh,

ūrubhinna

mf(ī-)n. having a rent in the thigh

ūrudaghna

mf(ī-)n. reaching to the thighs

ūrūdbhava

mfn. sprung from the thigh.

ūruglāni

f. weakness of the thigh.

ūrugraha

m. paralysis of the thigh

ūruja

mfn. born from the thigh

ūruja

m. a vaiśya- (supposed to be born from brahmā-'s thighSee

)

ūrujanman

m. "born from the thigh", Name of aurva- (q.v)

urukāla

m. the creeper Cucumis Colocynthis

urukālaka

m. the creeper Cucumis Colocynthis

ūrumātra

mf(ī-)n. reaching to the thigh

ūrūpapīḍam

ind. pressing upon the thigh

ūruparvan

m. n. joint of the thigh, knee

ūruphalaka

n. the thigh-bone, hip-bone

ūrusāda

m. weakness of the thigh

ūruṣkambha

m. paralysis of the thigh

ūruskambha

m. paralysis of the thigh

ūrustambha

m. paralysis of the thigh

ūrva

m. (for 2.See sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order) Name of the ṛṣi- aurva- (from whose thigh sprang the submarine fire which is also called aurva-, q.v)

etc.

ūrvaṅga

n. "having a thigh-like body", fungus, mushroom

ūrvastha

n. thigh-bone

ūrvasthamātra

mf(ī-)n. reaching to the thigh-bone

ūrvaṣṭhīva

n. sg. (

), /e- n. dual number (

), /āni- n. plural (

) thigh and knee.

ūrvī

f. the middle of the thigh

uṣita

mfn. what has stood or lain (especially "overnight"said of things)

uṣṇasparśavat

mfn. anything which feels hot (as fire)

uṣṇīṣa

mn. (uṣṇam īṣate hinasti-, śakandhv-ādi-[ vArttika on

] para-rūpam-

) anything wound round the head, turban, fillet

etc.

uṣṇīṣabhājana

n. anything serving for a turban

uṣṇodaka

n. hot water, water boiled and so reduced in quantity (said to be wholesome to drink and healing when used for bathing)

uta

ind. in this sense it may be strengthened by āho- (exempli gratia, 'for example' kaccit tvam asi mānuṣī utāho surāṅganā-,art thou a mortal woman or divine? nala-) , or by āho-svit- (exempli gratia, 'for example' śālihotraḥ kiṃ nu syād utāhosvid rājā nalaḥ-,can it be śālihotra- or king nala-?) Rarely kim- is repeated before uta- used in this sense (exempli gratia, 'for example' kim nu svargāt prāptā tasyā rūpeṇa kimutānyāgatā-,has she arrived from heaven or has another come in her form?

)

etc. (As a particle of wishing, especially at the beginning of a sentence followed by a potential) would that! utinam! (exempli gratia, 'for example' utādhīyīta-,would that he would read!) (uta-preceded by kim-) on the contrary, how much more, how much less (exempli gratia, 'for example' kam&iencoding=&lang='>samartho 'si sahasram api jetuṃ kimutaikam-,thou art able to conquer even a thousand, how much more one

)

etc. (uta-preceded by prati-) on the contrary, rather (exempli gratia, 'for example' eṣa pṛṣṭo 'smābhir na jalpati hanti praty-uta pāṣāṇaih-,this one questioned by us does not speak, but rather throws stones at us)

utka

mfn. (fr. 1. ud-

), excited by the desire of obtaining anything

utka

mfn. absent, thinking of something else

etc.

utkalikā

f. longing for, regretting, missing any person or thing

etc.

utkaṇṭha

mfn. having the neck uplifted (on the point of doing anything)

utkaṇṭhā

f. longing for (a beloved person or thing)

utkaṇṭha

m. regretting or missing anything or a person

utkara

m. anything dug out or scattered upwards, rubbish

etc.

utkarṣa

m. elevation, increase, rising to something better, prosperity

utkṛṣṭopādhitā

f. state of having something superior as an indispensable condition

utprekṣ

( ud-pra-īkṣ-) A1. -prekṣate-, to look up to (with attention, as a pupil to his teacher who occupies an elevated seat)

; to observe, regard ; to look out or at

; to expect

; to reflect on the past

; to use (a word) figuratively ; to transfer (with locative case)

; to take anything for another, compare one thing with another, illustrate by a simile ; to fancy, imagine

; to ascribe, impute.

utpū

(ud-pū-) P. A1. -punāti-, -punīte-, to cleanse, purify

etc. ; to extract (anything that has been) purified

utsaktha

mf(ī-)n. lifting up the thighs (as a female at coition)

utsarga

m. presentation (of anything promised to a god or Brahman with suitable ceremonies)

utsargam

ind. "leaving off (everything else)", at once, immediately,

utsedha

m. thickness, bigness

etc.

utsūtra

mfn. anything not contained in a rule

uttakṣ

(ud-- takṣ-) P. (imperative 2. dual number /ut-takṣatam-

) to form (anything) out of (any other thing), ([

]) ; to take out of (anything), ([

])

uttama

m. of a son of priya-vrata- and third manu-

uttamapuruṣa

m. the last person in verbal conjugation id est "I, we two, we"(= in European grammars the first person, our third person being regarded in Hindu grammars as the prathama-puruṣa- q.v; see also madhyama-puruṣa-)

etc.

uttamīya

mfn. (gaRa gahādi-

) belonging to anything excellent or best or last etc.

uttarā

f. dual number (e-) the second and third verse of a tṛca- (or a stanza consisting of three verses)

uttaracchada

m. a cover thrown over anything

uttarasaktha

n. the left thigh

vā

cl.2 P. (

) v/āti- (perfect tense vavau-

etc.; Aorist avāsīt-

; future vāsyati-

; infinitive mood vātum-

), to blow (as the wind)

etc. ; to procure or bestow anything (accusative) by blowing

; to blow towards or upon (accusative)

; to emit an odour, be diffused (as perfume)

; to smell (trans.)

(varia lectio) ; to hurt, injure

: Causal vāpayati- See nir-vā- and confer, compare vājaya-: Desiderative vivāsati- See 1. van-. ([ confer, compare Greek for ; Latin ventus; Slavonic or Slavonian vejati; Gothic waian,winds; German wa7jan,woejen,wehen,Wind; Anglo-Saxon wa7wan; English wind.])

vac

cl.2 P. (

) vakti- (occurs only in sg. vacmi-, vakṣi-, vakti-,and imperative vaktu-; Vedic or Veda also cl.3 P. v/ivakti-; perfect tense uv/āca-, ūj-

etc.; uv/aktha-

; vavāca-, vavakṣ/e-

; Aorist avocat-, cata-

etc.;in veda- also subjunctive vocati-, te-, vecāti-; Potential voc/et-, ceta-; imperative vocatu-; preceding ucyāsam-

; future vakt/ā-

etc.; vakṣy/ati-

etc.; te-

; Conditional avakṣyat-

; infinitive mood vāktum-

etc.; tave-

; tos-

; ind.p. uktv/ā-

etc.; -/ucya-

), to speak, say, tell, utter, announce, declare, mention, proclaim, recite, describe (with accusative with or without prati- dative case or genitive case of Persian,and accusative of thing;often with double accusative exempli gratia, 'for example' tam idaṃ vākyam uvāca-,"he spoke this speech to him";with double accusative also"to name, call"A1.with nom;"one's self";with punar-,"to speak again, repeat";or "to answer, reply")

etc. ; to reproach, revile (accusative)

: Passive voice ucy/ate- (Aorist avāci-,or in later language avoci-), to be spoken or said or told or uttered etc.

etc. (yad ucyate-,"what the saying is") ; to resound

; to be called or accounted, be regarded as, pass for (Nominal verb

also locative case)

etc.: Causal vācayati-, te- (Potential vācayīta-

; Aorist avīvacat-; Passive voice vācyate-), to cause to say or speak or recite or pronounce (with, double accusative;often the object is to be supplied)

etc. ; to cause anything written or printed to speak id est to read out loud

etc. ; (

) to say, tell, declare

; to promise

: Desiderative vivakṣati-, te- (Passive voice vivakṣyate-), to desire to say or speak or recite or proclaim or declare

etc. ; (Passive voice) to be meant

: Intensive (only /avāvacīt-) to call or cry aloud

[ confer, compare Greek for in, etc.; Latin vocare,vox; German gi-waht,gi-wahinnen,er-wähnen.]

vācaka

mf(ikā-[ akā- wrong reading ])n. speaking, saying, telling anything (genitive case)

vācakalakṣakavyañjakatva

n. direct or indirect or implicit designation of a thing

vācya

mfn. to be addressed or spoken to about anything (accusative or Nominal verb with iti-)

etc.

vācya

n. what may be said against any one or anything, blame, censure, reproach, fault (vācyaṃ-gam-,to undergo blame)

vācya

n. that of which anything is predicated, a substantive

vad

cl.1 P. A1. (

) v/adati-, te- (Epic mc. also vādati-; Potential udeyam-

; perfect tense uvāda- plural ūdim/a-

; ūde-etc.

; veditha-, dailuḥ-, duḥ-

; Aorist avādīt-, diṣuḥ-

etc.; subjunctive vādiṣaḥ-

; avādiran-

; vadiṣma-, ṣihāḥ-

; preceding udyāt-

; future vadiṣy/ati-, te-

etc.; infinitive mood v/aditos-

; vaditum-

etc.; ind.p. uditvā-

; -udya-

), to speak, say, utter, tell, report, speak to, talk with, address (P.or A1.;with accusative of the thing said, and accusative [with or without abhi-]or genitive case,or locative case of the person addressed;also followed by yad-,"that", or by yadi-,"whether")

etc. ; (P.) to praise, recommend

; to adjudge, adjudicate

; to indicate, designate

; to proclaim, announce, foretell, bespeak

etc. ; to allege, affirm

; to declare (any one or anything) to be, call (two accusative or accusative and Nominal verb with iti-)

etc. ; (with or scilicet vācam-) to raise the voice, sing, utter a cry (said of birds and 9.)

etc. ; (A1.) to say, tell, speak to (accusative)

etc. ; to mention, state, communicate, name

; to confer or dispute about

; to contend, quarrel

; to lay claim to (locative case)

; to be an authority, be eminent in (locative case)

; to triumph, exult

: Passive voice udy/ate- (Aorist avādi-), to be said or spoken etc.

: Causal vād/ayati- m.c. also te- (see

; Aorist avīvadat-; Passive voice vādyate-, Epic also ti-), to cause to speak or say

; to cause to sound, strike, play (with instrumental case,rarely locative case of the instrument)

etc. ; to play music

; (with bahu-) to make much ado about one's self.

; to cause a musical instrument (accusative) to be played by (instrumental case)

Va1rtt. 2

; to speak, recite, rehearse

: Desiderative vivadiṣati-, te-, to desire to speak,

: Intensive v/āvadīti- (

), vāvady/ate-, (

), vāvatti- (grammar), to speak or sound aloud. [ confer, compare Lit.vadi4nti.]

vaḍabābhartṛ

m. "mare's husband", Name of the mythical horse uccaiḥ-śravas- (q.v)

vaḍabāmukha

m. plural Name of a mythical people

vadha

m. annihilation, disappearance (of inanimate things)

etc.

vadhar

n. (only this form) a destructive weapon (especially the thunderbolt of indra-)

vagāha

m. (for ava-gāha-) bathing, ablution

vāgbaddha

mfn. suppressing speech, saying nothing, silent

vāgdvāra

n. entrance to speech ( kṛtavāgdvāra kṛta-vāg--dvāra- mfn.anything to the description of which a way has been facilitated)

vah

cl.1 P. A1. (

) v/ahati-, te- (in later language A1.only mc.;Vedic forms which may partly belong to the Aorist are v/akṣi-, voḍham-, ḍh/ām-or voḷham-, ḷh/ām-, uhīta-, v/akṣva-, voḍhvam-, ūḍhvam-, /uhāna-; perfect tense uvāha-, ūh/uḥ-; ūh/e-

etc.; vavāha-, hatuḥ-

; Aorist Ved. /avākṣīt-or /avāṭ- subjunctive v/akṣat-, ati-, preceding uhyāt-; avakṣi-, avoḍha- grammar; future voḍh/ā-

; vakṣy/ati-, te-

etc.; vahiṣyati-

etc.; infinitive mood voḍhum-

etc. etc. [Ved. also ḍhave-and ḍhavai-]; vāhe-

; v/ahadhyai-

; ind.p. ūḍhvā-

; -/uhya-

etc.; confer, compare 1. ūh-), to carry, transport, convey (with instrumental case of vehicle)

etc. ; to lead, conduct (especially offerings to the gods, said of agni-)

; to bear along (water, said of rivers)

; to draw (a car), guide (horses etc.)

; to lead towards, to bring, procure, bestow

; to cause, effect

; to offer (a sacrifice)

; to spread, diffuse (scent)

; to shed (tears)

; to carry away, carry off, rob

etc. ; to lead home, take to wife, marry

etc. ; to bear or carry on or with (Inc. or instrumental case)

etc. ; to take or carry with or about one's self, have, possess

; to wear (clothes)

; (with śiras-) to bear one's head (uccaiś-tarām-,"high")

; (with vasuṃdharām-or kṣmā-maṇḍālam-) to support id est rule the earth

; (with garbham-) to be with child

; to bear, suffer, endure

; to forbear, forgive, pardon

; to undergo (with agnim-, viṣam-, tulām-,"the ordeal of fire, poison, and the balance")

; to experience, feel

etc. ; to exhibit, show, betray

; to pay (a fine)

; to pass, spend (time)

; (intrans.) to drive, ride, go by or in (with instrumental case of the vehicle) , be borne or carried along, run, swim etc.

etc. ; to draw (scilicet a carriage, said of a horse)

; to blow (as wind)

; to pass away, elapse

: Passive voice uhy/ate- (Epic also ti-; Aorist avāhi-), to be carried (uhyamāna-,"being carried") etc. ; to be drawn or borne by (instrumental case) or along or off

etc. etc.: Causal vāhayati- (mc. also te-; Aorist avīvahat-; Passive voice vāhyate-), to cause to bear or carry or convey or draw (with two accusative

Va1rtt. 6

), drive (a chariot), guide or ride (a horse), propel (a boat), go or travel by any vehicle

etc. ; to cause to guide (two accusative)

; to cause any one (accusative) to carry anything (accusative) on (locative case)

; to cause to take in marriage

; to cause to be conveyed by (instrumental case)

; to traverse (a road)

; to accomplish (a journey)

; to employ, keep going or in work

; to give, administer (See vāhita-) ; to take in, deceive (See idem or '1. 2. vasra-. See p.932, and column 1.'): Desiderative vivakṣati-, te- grammar : Intensive vanīvāhy/ate-, to carry hither and thither (confer, compare vanīv/āhana-and vanīvāhit/a-) ; vāvahīti-, to bear (a burden)

; vāvahyate-, vāvoḍhi- grammar ([ confer, compare Greek for , ; Latin vehere,vehiculum; Slavonic or Slavonian vesti; Lithuanian ve4z3ti; Gothic gawigan; German wëgan,bewegen; English weigh.])

vaha

m. the breathing of a cow

vāha

m. any vehicle, carriage, conveyance, car (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' = having anything as a vehicle, riding or driving on or in)

etc.

vahnitaskarapārthiva

m. plural fire and thieves and the king

vaidhṛta

m. (fr. vi-dhṛti-) Name of a particular yoga- (or conjunction of the sun and moon when they are on the same side of either solstitial point [i.e. in the same ayana-, whether uttarāyaṇa- or dakṣiṇāyana-] and of equal declination, and when the sum of their longitude amounts to 360 degrees;this is considered a malignant aspect see vy-atipāta-)

vaiḍūrya

n. (rarely m.; see vidūra-ja-) a cat's-eye gem (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'"a jewel", ="anything excellent of its kind")

etc.

vaiḍūryaśṛṅga

n. Name of a mythical town

vaidyamānin

mfn. thinking one's self a physician, pretending to be a physician

vaijayi

m. (fr. vi-jaya-) Name of the third cakra-vartin- in bhārata-

vaikhānasa

m. (fr. vi-khānasa-) a Brahman in the third stage of his life, anchorite, hermit (equals vānaprastha- q.v)

vaina

m. patronymic of pṛthi-

vainya

m. (less correctly spelt vaiṇya-) patronymic fr. vena- (also plural), Name of pṛthi- or pṛthī- or pṛthu-

etc.

vaipulya

n. (fr. vi-pula-) largeness, spaciousness, breadth, thickness

etc.

vairāgya

n. disgust, aversion, distaste for or loathing of (locative case ablative,or compound)

etc.

vairāgyaśataka

n. "100 verses on freedom from worldly desires", Name of the third century of bhartṛhari-'s moral sentiments and of several other works.

vaiṣuvata

mf(ī-)n. (fr. viṣu-vat-) being in the middle of anything, middlemost, central

vaiṣuvata

n. the middle of anything, centre

vaiśya

m. (fr. 2. viś-) "a man who settles on the soil", a peasant, or"working man", agriculturist, man of the third class or caste (whose business was trade as well as agriculture)

etc.

vaiśya

mfn. belonging to a man of the third caste

vaiśyajātīya

m. a vaiśya- (by birth), man of the third caste

vaitṛṣṇya

n. (fr. vi-tṛṣṇa-) quenching of thirst

vājasaneyisaṃhitā

f. "the saṃhitā- or continuous text of the vājasaneyin-s" (id est of the hymns of the White yajur-veda- ascribed to the ṛṣi- yājñavalkya- and called śukla-,"white", to distinguish it from the Black or Dark yajur-veda-, which was the name given to the taittirīya-saṃhitā- [q.v.] of the yajur-veda-, because in this last, the separation between the mantra- and brāhmaṇa- portion is obscured, and the two are blended together;whereas the White saṃhitā- is clearly distinguished from the brāhmaṇa-;it is divided into 40 adhyāya-s with 303 anuvāka-s, comprising 1975 sections or kaṇḍikā-s: the legend relates that the original yajus- was taught by the ṛṣi- vaiśampāyana- to his pupil yājñavalkya-, but the latter having incurred his teacher's anger was made to disgorge all the texts he had learnt, which were then picked up by vaiśampāyana-'s other disciples in the form of partridges [see taittirīya-saṃhitā-] yājñavalkya- then hymned the Sun, who gratified by his homage, appeared in the form of a vājin-or horse, and consented to give him fresh yajus- texts, which were not known to his former master; see vājin-)

vājikeśa

m. plural Name of a mythical people

vājin

mfn. winged, (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') having any thing for wings

vajra

mn. "the hard or mighty one", a thunderbolt (especially that of indra-, said to have been formed out of the bones of the ṛṣi- dadhīca- or dadhīci- [q.v.] , and shaped like a circular discus, or in later times regarded as having the form of two transverse bolts crossing each other thus x;sometimes also applied to similar weapons used by various gods or superhuman beings, or to any mythical weapon destructive of spells or charms, also to manyu-,"wrath"

or [with apām-]to a jet of water

etc.;also applied to a thunderbolt in general or to the lightning evolved from the centrifugal energy of the circular thunderbolt of indra- when launched at a foe;in Northern Buddhist countries it is shaped like a dumb-bell and called Dorje;See

)

etc.

vajrakūṭa

m. of a mythical town on the himālaya-

vakṣaskāra

m. a bag, sack or bag-like receptacle (prob. for keeping valuable things, and so called from being borne upon the breast, applied to sections of jaina- works; see karaṇḍaka-and piṭaka-).

vaktavya

mf(ā-)n. to be spoken to or addressed, to be told (with accusative of thing)

etc.

vākyakaṇṭha

mfn. one whose speech is in the throat, being on the point of speaking anything

vākyārthopamā

f. a simile in which the resemblance of two things is specified in detail

vālamātra

n. the thickness of a hair

valitāpāṅga

mf(ī-)n. having the (corners of the) eyes turned or directed towards anything

valkavāsas

n. clothing made of bark

vallarīkā

f. thin hair

vallimat

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') having anything (as locks, eyebrows etc.) resembling a creeper

vallura

n. a thicket or wilderness

vallūra

m. a thicket

vālmīki

m. (incorrectly vālmiki-) Name of the celebrated author of the rāmāyaṇa- (so called, according to some, because when immersed in thought he allowed himself to be overrun with ants like an anthill;he was no doubt a Brahman by birth and closely connected with the kings of ayodhyā-;he collected the different songs and legendary tales relating to rāma-candra- and welded them into one continuous poem, to which later additions may have been made;he is said to have invented the śloka- metre, and probably the language and style of Indian epic poetry owe their definite form to him;according to one tradition he began life as a robber, but repenting be took himself to a hermitage on a hill in the district of Banda in Bundelkund, where he eventually received sītā-, the wife of rāma-, when banished by her husband; see

)

etc.

vālukādi

(kādi-) m. plural sand and other things

vālukātva

n. "the being mere sand", nothingness, vanity

vāma

n. a lovely thing, any dear or desirable good (as gold, horses etc.), wealth, fortune

vāmadeva

m. of the third day or kalpa- in the month of brahmā- (See under kalpa-)

vāmamoṣa

mfn. stealing precious things

vāmana

m. "the Dwarf", Name of viṣṇu- in his fifth avatāra- or descent (undertaken to humble the pride of the daitya- bali- [q.v.];the germ of the story of this incarnation seems to be contained in the 1st book of the

;the later legend is given in

)

vāmin

mfn. (for 1.See this page, column 1) equals vāmācarin-

vāmoru

f. (Nom. rūs-

; vocative case rū-; see

; Comparative degree rū-tarā-

) a handsome-thighed woman

vāmorū

f. (Nom. rūs-

; vocative case rū-; see

; Comparative degree rū-tarā-

) a handsome-thighed woman

vaṃśa

m. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') a succession or collection of similar things, assemblage multitude, host (as of chariots, stars etc.)

etc.

vaṃśagulma

Name of a sacred bathing-place

vaṃśakaṭhina

m. a clump or thicket of bamboos

(see vāṃśakathinika-).

vaṃśamūlaka

n. Name of a sacred bathing-place

vaṃśavartin

m. a particular class of gods in the third manv-antara-

vaṃśavitati

f. a clump or thicket of bamboos

vaṃśya

mfn. preceding any one (genitive case) in a science (locative case), being a person's teacher in anything

vana

n. (once m.

;for 2.See) a forest, wood, grove, thicket, quantity of lotuses or other plants growing in a thick cluster (but in older language also applied to a single tree)

etc.

vāna

n. a multitude of woods or groves or thickets

vanagahana

n. the depth or thick part of a forest

vānaprastha

m. (fr. vana-prastha-) a Brahman in the third stage of life (who has passed through the stages of student and householder and has abandoned his house and family for an ascetic life in the woods;See āśrama-), hermit, anchorite (mentioned by Megasthenes under the name)

etc.

vānaprastha

m. (scilicet āśrama-) the third stage of a Brahman's life, forest-life

vanargu

mfn. a thief or robber

vanasamūha

m. a thick forest or wood

vanaspati

m. anything made of wood (especially particular parts of a car or carriage, a wooden drum, a wooden amulet, a block on which criminals are executed, a coffin etc.)

vanāśrama

m. abode in the forest (the third āśrama- [, q.v ] in a Brahman's life)

vanaugha

m. "thick forest", Name of a district or mountain in the west of India,

vand

(see vad-) cl.1 A1. (

) v/andate- (Epic also ti-; perfect tense vavanda-, de-

etc.; preceding vandiṣīm/ahi-

; future vanditā-, vandiṣyate- grammar; infinitive mood vanditum-

etc.; vandādhyai-

; ind.p. vanditvā-vandya-

etc.) , to praise, celebrate, laud, extol

; to show honour, do homage, salute respectfully or deferentially, venerate, worship, adore

etc. ; to offer anything (accusative) respectfully to (dative case)

: Passive voice vandyate- (Aorist avandi-, vandi-), to be praised or venerated

etc. etc. Causal vandayati- (aor. avavandat- data-), to show honour to any one, greet respectfully

: Desiderative See vivandiṣu-.

vandanī

f. begging or thieving (yācana-.or mācala-karman-)

vandhyāduhitṛ

f. the daughter of a barren woman, a mere chimera or anything merely imaginary

vandhyāputra

m. the son of a barren woman, id est anything merely imaginary, an impossibility

vandyatā

f. laudability, praiseworthiness, venerableness

vanebilvaka

m. plural "Aegle Marmelos in a forest", anything found unexpectedly

(see -kiṃśuka-).

vanekiṃśuka

m. plural "Butea Frondosa in a wood", anything found unexpectedly

(see bilvaka-).

vanevāsin

m. "forest-dweller", a Brahman in the third stage of his life, a vānaprastha-

vanin

m. "living in a wood", a Brahman in the third stage of his life, a vānaprastha-

vanīvāhana

n. (anomalous Intensive form fr.1. vah-) the act of carrying or moving hither and thither

vanīvāhita

mfn. carried hither and thither

vaṅkṣaṇa

n. the thigh-joint

vanya

n. anything grown in a wood the fruit or roots of wild plants

etc.

vanyānnabhojana

m. "eating forest-food", a Brahman in the third stage of his life

vāpīvistīrṇa

(prob.) n. a hole (made by a thief in a wall) resembling a pond

m. anything which covers or surrounds or restrains, a cover

m. anything which causes an obstruction, a gate, door-way

m. anything enclosed or circumscribed in space or time, especially an appointed place (exempli gratia, 'for example' sva-vāraṃ samā-sthā-,to occupy one's proper place)

m. the time fixed or appointed for anything (according to to some fr.2. vṛ-,to choose) , a person's turn

etc. (often, especially with numerals, = times exempli gratia, 'for example' varāṃs trīn-or vara-trayam-,three times; bhūribhir vāraiḥ-or bhūri-vārān-or bahu-vāram-or vāraṃ vāram-or vāraṃ vāreṇa-,many times, often, repeatedly)

m. anything chosen or choice or exquisite, goods, treasure

(often in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'; see aśasta--, ṛdhad--, dāti-v-etc.)

varāha

m. Name of viṣṇu- in his third or boar-incarnation (see varāhāvatāra-)

etc.

vārāha

m. "the Boar" (id est viṣṇu- in his third incarnation, as a varāha- q.v)

(varia lectio varāha-)

varāhasvāmin

m. Name of a mythical king

vardh

cl.10 P. vardhayati- (also vardhāpayati-; see below) , to cut, divide, shear, cut off

; to fill

(in this sense rather Causal of vṛdh-).

vardhāpaka

m. (prob.) one who performs the ceremony of cutting the umbilical cord

(prob.) the presents distributed at this ceremony

vardhrakaṭhina

n. a strap or band by means of which anything is carried,

varga

m. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) a separate division, class, set, multitude of similar things (animate or inanimate), group, company, family, party, side (mostly in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' exempli gratia, 'for example' catur--, tri-v- q.v;often plural for sg.)

etc.

varga

m. everything comprehended under any department or head, everything included under a category, province or sphere of.

vāritaskara

m. "water-thief", Name of the sun (as absorbing water)

vāritavāma

mfn. eager for forbidden things

varṇa

m. colour = race, species, kind, sort, character, nature, quality, property (applied to persons and things)

etc.

varṇaka

mf(ikā-)n. colour for painting, paint, pigment, unguent, anything for smearing on the body

etc. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(akā-).)

varṇamātra

n. only the colour, nothing but colour

varoru

m. a beautiful thigh

varoru

mf(u-or ū-)n. (a woman) having beautiful thighs

varṣa

m. a year (commonly applied to age)

etc. (ā varṣāt-,for a whole year; varṣāt-,after a year; varṣeṇa-within a year; varṣe-every year)

varṣakarī

f. a cricket (this animal chirping in wet weather)

varṣamedas

(varṣ/a--) mfn. thick or plentiful through rain

(-medhas-

Paipp.)

varṣin

mfn. raining, discharging like rain, pouring out, showering down, distributing (anything good or evil;mostly in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound')

etc. ( varṣitā ṣi-tā- f.)

varṣmābha

mfn. resembling the body or form (of anything)

vartī

f. anything rolled or wrapped round, a pad, a kind of bandage bound round a wound

vārttā

f. (sometimes plural) an account of anything that has happened, tidings, report, rumour, news, intelligence, story of or about (genitive case or compound)

etc. (vārttāṃ-kīrt-with genitive case,"to give an account of, talk about"; kā vārttā-,"what is the news?")

vārttāvaśeṣa

(ttāv-) mfn. "having nothing left but to be talked about", dead, gone

vārttika

n. an explanatory or supplementary rule, critical gloss or annotation (added to a grammatical or philosophical sūtra- and defined to be"the exposition of the meaning, of that which is said, of that which is left unsaid, and of that which is ill or imperfectly said";the term vārttika- is, however, especially applied to kātyāyana-'s critical annotations on the aphorisms of pāṇini-'s grammar, the object of which is to consider whether pāṇini-'s rules are correct or not, and to improve on them where this may be found to be necessary;and also to similar works on various matters by kumārila-, sureśvara- etc.; see tantra-v-, śloka-v-)

vāruṇī

f. a particular fast-day on the thirteenth of the dark half of caitra-

vas

cl.10 P. vāsayati- (Aorist avīvasat-), to love ; to cut off ; to accept, take ; to offer ; to kill (ni-vāsita-,killed)

(only with preposition;See pari-vas-;but according to to some the imperative vasiṣva-[

] and uṣa-,"a lover"[

], and v/asiṣṭha-[

] belong also to this root, which has developed an obscene meaning = Greek , futuere) .

vas

cl.1 P. (

) v/asati- (mc. also te-; perfect tense uvāsa-, ūṣuḥ-

etc.; parasmE-pada vāvasāna-

; -vāsāṃ cakre-

; Aorist avātsīt-

; avāksam-

[where it is artificially connected with vāc-]; avāstam-

; future vastā- grammar; vatsyati-, te-

etc.; vasiṣyati-

; infinitive mood vastum-, vasitum-

etc.; ind.p. uṣitv/ā-

; uṣṭvā-

; -/uṣya-

etc.), to dwell, live, stop (at a place), stay (especially "overnight" , with or without rātrim-or rātrīs-)

etc. ; to remain, abide with or in (with locative case of Persian; locative case or accusative of place, especially with vāsam-or vasatim-)

etc. ; to remain or keep on or continue in any condition (with a pp., exempli gratia, 'for example' with channa-,"to continue to be covered"

;or with an accusative,with brahmacaryam-,"to practise chastity"

;or with an adverb exempli gratia, 'for example' with sukham-,"to live pleasantly or at ease";with or without dūratas-,"to keep aloof")

etc. ; to have sexual intercourse with (locative case)

; to rest upon (locative case)

; to charge or entrust with (instrumental case)

; cl.10 P. vasayati-, to dwell

: Passive voice uṣyate- (Aorist avāsi-), to be dwelt etc.

etc.: Causal vās/ayati-, te- (confer, compare

; Aorist avīvasat-

: Passive voice vāsy/ate-

, ti-

), to cause to halt or stay (overnight), lodge, receive hospitably or as a guest

etc. ; to cause to have sexual intercourse with (locative case)

; to let anything stand overnight (with tisro-, scilicet ratrīs-,"three nights")

; to cause to wait, keep in suspense

; to delay, retard

; to cause to exist, preserve

; to cause to be inhabited, populate (a country)

; to put in, place upon (locative case)

(anadhyāyam mukhe-,to put restraint on the mouth, refrain from speaking) ; to produce

: Desiderative vivatsati-, to wish to dwell

: Intensive vāvasyate-, vāvasti-, to remain, be in, be engaged in

[ confer, compare Gothic wisan; German wësan,ge-wesen,waretc.; Anglo-Saxon wësan; English was,were.]

vaśa

m. (with aśvya-) of the supposed author of

(in

etc. also of this hymn itself)

vāsaka

(in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') = vāsa-2 clothing, clothes

(see aśuddha-v-).

vāsana

n. covering, clothing, garment, dress

vāsanā

f. the impression of anything remaining unconsciously in the mind, the present consciousness of past perceptions, knowledge derived from memory

vāsanā

f. thinking of, longing for, expectation, desire, inclination

vāsanta

m. Phaseolus Mungo or a black species of this kind of bean

vāsas

n. the"clothing"or feathers of an arrow

etc. (only in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'; see barhiṇa-v-)

vaśavartin

m. sg. (scilicet gaṇa-) or plural a particular class of gods in the third manv-antara-

vasiṣṭha

m. (wrongly written vaśiṣṭha-),"the most wealthy", Name of a celebrated Vedic ṛṣi- or sage (owner of the"cow of plenty" , called nandinī-, offspring of surabhi-, which by granting all desires made him, as his name implies, master of every vasu-or desirable object;he was the typical representative of Brahmanical rank, and the legends of his conflict with viśvā-mitra-, who raised himself from the kingly or kṣatriya- to the Brahmanical class, were probably founded on the actual struggles which took place between the Brahmans and kṣatriya-s;a great many hymns of the

are ascribed to these two great rivals;those of the seventh maṇḍala-, besides some others, being attributed to vasiṣṭha-, while those of the third maṇḍala- are assigned to viśvā-mitra-;in one of vasiṣṭha-'s hymns he is represented as king su-dās-'s family priest, an office to which viśvā-mitra- also aspired;in another hymn vasiṣṭha- claims to have been inspired by varuṇa-, and in another[

] he is called the son of the apsaras- urvaśī- by mitra- and varuṇa-, whence his patronymic maitrāvaruṇi-;in manu-

, he is enumerated among the ten prajā-pati-s or Patriarchs produced by manu- svāyambhuva- for the peopling of the universe;in the

he is mentioned as the family priest of the solar race or family of ikṣvāku- and rāma-candra-, and in the purāṇa-s as one of the arrangers of the veda-s in the dvāpara- age;he is, moreover, called the father of aurva-[

],of the sukālin-s[

],of seven sons[

] , and the husband of akṣa-mālā- or arundhatī-[

]and of ūrjā-[

];other legends make him one of the 7 patriarchal sages regarded as forming the Great Bear in which he represents the starSee ṛṣi-)

etc. (see

)

vāstava

mf(ī-)n. (fr. 2. vastu-,5. vas-) substantial, real, true, genuine, being anything in the true sense of the word

vastṛ

mfn. (for 1.See p.931;for 3. p. 933) clothing, covering

(

)

vastrāgāra

m. n. a clothier's shop

vastramukhya

mfn. having clothes as the chief thing

f. (for 2.See) becoming light, dawning, morning

(genitive case v/astoḥ-,in the morning; v/astor vastoḥ-,every morning; v/astor asy/āḥ-,this morning; pr/ati v/astoḥ-,towards morning; dative case v/astave-See under2. vas-).

n. any really existing or abiding substance or essence, thing, object, article

etc. (also applied to living beings exempli gratia, 'for example'

)

n. the right thing, a valuable or worthy object, object of or for (compound)

n. the thing in question, matter, affair, circumstance

etc.